Compounds for the treatment of inflammatory disorders

ABSTRACT

This invention relates to compounds of the Formula (I):  
                 
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or isomer thereof, which can be useful for the treatment of diseases or conditions mediated by MMPs, ADAMs, TACE, TNF-α or combinations thereof.

BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION

1. Field of the Invention

This invention relates generally to tartaric acid functional compoundsthat can inhibit matrix metalloproteinases (MMPs), a disintegrin andmetalloproteases (ADAMs) and/or tumor necrosis factor alpha—convertingenzyme (TACE) and in so doing prevent the release of tumor necrosisfactor alpha (TNF-α), pharmaceutical compositions comprising suchcompounds, and methods of treatment using such compounds.

2. Description

Osteo- and rheumatoid arthritis (OA and RA, respectively) aredestructive diseases of articular cartilage characterized by localizederosion of the cartilage surface. Findings have shown that articularcartilage from the femoral heads of patients with OA, for example, had areduced incorporation of radiolabeled sulfate over controls, suggestingthat there must be an enhanced rate of cartilage degradation in OA(Mankin et al. J. Bone Joint Surg. 52A (1970) 424-434). There are fourclasses of protein degradative enzymes in mammalian cells: serine,cysteine, aspartic and metalloproteases. The available evidence supportsthe belief that it is the metalloproteases that are responsible for thedegradation of the extracellular matrix of articullar cartilage in OAand RA. Increased activities of collagenases and stromelysin have beenfound in OA cartilage and the activity correlates with severity of thelesion (Mankin et al. Arthritis Rheum. 21, 1978, 761-766, Woessner etal. Arthritis Rheum. 26, 1983, 63-68 and Ibid. 27, 1984, 305-312). Inaddition, aggrecanase (a newly identified metalloprotease) has beenidentified that provides the specific cleavage product of proteoglycan,found in RA and OA patients (Lohmander L. S. et al. Arthritis Rheum. 36,1993, 1214-22).

Metalloproteases (MPs) have been implicated as the key enzymes in thedestruction of mammalian cartilage and bone. It can be expected that thepathogenesis of such diseases can be modified in a beneficial manner bythe administration of MP inhibitors (see Wahl et al. Ann. Rep. Med.Chem. 25, 175-184, AP, San Diego, 1990).

MMPs are a family of over 20 different enzymes that are involved in avariety of biological processes important in the uncontrolled breakdownof connective tissue, including proteoglycan and collagen, leading toresorption of the extracellular matrix. This is a feature of manypathological conditions, such as RA and OA, corneal, epidermal orgastric ulceration; tumor metastasis or invasion; periodontal diseaseand bone disease. Normally these catabolic enzymes are tightly regulatedat the level of their synthesis as well as at their level ofextracellular activity through the action of specific inhibitors, suchas alpha-2-macroglobulins and TIMPs (tissue inhibitor of MPs), whichform inactive complexes with the MMP's.

Tumor necrosis factor alpha (TNF-α) is a cell-associated cytokine thatis processed from a 26 kDa precursor form to a 17 kd active form. SeeBlack R. A. “Tumor necrosis factor-alpha converting enzyme” Int JBiochem Cell Biol. 2002 January;34(1):1-5 and Moss M L, White J M,Lambert M H, Andrews R C. “TACE and other ADAM proteases as targets fordrug discovery” Drug Discov Today. 2001 Apr. 1;6(8):417-426, each ofwhich is incorporated by reference herein.

TNF-α has been shown to play a pivotal role in immune and inflammatoryresponses. Inappropriate or over-expression of TNF-α is a hallmark of anumber of diseases, including RA, Crohn's disease, multiple sclerosis,psoriasis and sepsis. Inhibition of TNF-α production has been shown tobe beneficial in many preclinical models of inflammatory disease, makinginhibition of TNF-α production or signaling an appealing target for thedevelopment of novel anti-inflammatory drugs.

TNF-α is a primary mediator in humans and animals of inflammation, feverand acute phase responses, similar to those observed during acuteinfection and shock. Excess TNF-α has been shown to be lethal. Blockingthe effects of TNF-α with specific antibodies can be beneficial in avariety of conditions, including autoimmune diseases such as RA (Feldmanet al, Lancet, (1994) 344, 1105), non-insulin dependent diabetesmellitus (Lohmander L. S. et al., Arthritis Rheum. 36 (1993) 1214-22)and Crohn's disease (Macdonald T. et al., Clin. Exp. Immunol. 81 (1990)301).

Compounds that inhibit the production of TNF-α are therefore oftherapeutic importance for the treatment of inflammatory disorders.Recently it has been shown that metalloproteases, such as TACE, arecapable of converting TNF-α from its inactive to active form (Gearing etal Nature, 1994, 370, 555). Since excessive TNF-α production has beennoted in several disease conditions also characterized by MMP-mediatedtissue degradation, compounds which inhibit both MMPs and TNF-αproduction may also have a particular advantage in diseases where bothmechanisms are involved.

One approach to inhibiting the harmful effects of TNF-α is to inhibitthe enzyme, TACE before it can process TNF-α to its soluble form. TACEis a member of the ADAM family of type I membrane proteins and mediatesthe ectodomain shedding of various membrane-anchored signaling andadhesion proteins. TACE has become increasingly important in the studyof several diseases, including inflammatory disease, because of its rolein cleaving TNF-α from its “stalk” sequence and thus releasing thesoluble form of the TNF-α protein (Black R. A. Int J Biochem Cell Biol.2002 34, 1-5).

There are several patents which disclose hydroxamate, carboxylate and/orlactam based MMP inhibitors.

U.S. Pat. No. 6,677,355 and U.S. Pat. No. 6,534,491 (B2), describecompounds that are hydroxamic acid derivatives and MMP inhibitors.

U.S. Pat. No. 6,495,565 discloses lactam derivatives that are potentialinhibitors of matrix metalloproteases and/or TNF-α.

There is a need in the art for inhibitors of MMPs, ADAMs, TACE, andTNF-α, which can be useful as anti-inflammatory compounds and cartilageprotecting therapeutics. The inhibition of TNF-α, TACE and or other MMPscan prevent the degradation of cartilage by these enzymes, therebyalleviating the pathological conditions of OA and RA as well as manyother auto-immune diseases.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

In its many embodiments, the present invention provides a novel class ofcompounds as inhibitors of TACE, the production of TNF-α, MMPs, ADAMs orany combination thereof, methods of preparing such compounds,pharmaceutical compositions comprising one or more such compounds,methods of preparing pharmaceutical formulations comprising one or moresuch compounds, and methods of treatment, prevention, inhibition oramelioration of one or more diseases associated with TACE, TNF-α, MMPs,ADAMs or any combination thereof using such compounds or pharmaceuticalcompositions.

In one embodiment, the present application discloses a compound, orpharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of said compound, saidcompound having the general structure shown in formula (I):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein:

A is selected from the group consisting of:

—CO₂R¹;

-   -   d is 0 to 4;    -   J is from the group consisting of: O, S, and NR⁵;    -   E is selected from the group consisting of: O, S, and NR⁵;    -   T is O or S;    -   R¹ and R² are the same or different, each being independently        selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, cycloalkyl,        heterocyclyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaralkyl, and heteroaryl; or        alternatively R¹ and R², taken together with the N to which R¹        and R² are shown attached, represent a 4-8 membered heterocyclic        ring having 1-3 heteroatoms including said N, said heterocyclic        ring being optionally fused with aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl,        or heterocyclyl, wherein each of said alkyl, cycloalkyl,        heterocyclyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaralkyl, heteroaryl and 4-8        membered heterocyclic ring can be unsubstituted or optionally        independently substituted with one or more moieties which can be        the same or different, each moiety being independently selected        from the group of R⁷⁰ moieties below;    -   R¹⁰ is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, and        fluoroalkyl;    -   R²⁰ is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, and        fluoroalkyl;    -   R³⁰ is H or alkyl, or alternatively R³⁰ and R⁴⁰ taken together        with the N to which R⁴⁰ is shown attached to in Formula I, are        joined to form a 4-7 membered heterocylic ring, wherein said        heterocylic ring is unsubstituted or optionally independently        substituted with one or more moieties which can be the same or        different, each moiety being independently selected from the        group of R⁷⁰ moieties below;    -   R⁴⁰ is H or alkyl;    -   R⁵⁰ is H or alkyl;    -   W is —(CR¹³ ₂)_(n)—, wherein n is 0 to 5 or a covalent bond, or        alternatively two R¹³ groups can fuse to form a 3-8 membered        cycloalkyl, wherein said 3-8 membered cycloalkyl can be        unsubstituted or optionally independently substituted with one        or more moieties which can be the same or different, each moiety        being independently selected from the group of R⁶ moieties        below;    -   X is absent or present, and if present X is selected from the        group consisting of a covalent bond, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl,        cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein said        alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and        heteroaryl can be unsubstituted or optionally independently        substituted with one or more moieties which can be the same or        different, each moiety being independently selected from the        group of R⁷⁰ moieties below;    -   Y is absent or present, and if present Y is selected from the        group consisting of a covalent bond, —[C(R⁶)₂]_(n)— wherein n is        1 to 2, —O—, —S—, —NR¹—, —SO_(v)— wherein v is 1 to 2,        —SO_(n)(CR⁶ ₂)_(p)— wherein n is 1 or 2 and p is 1 to 4, —O(CR⁶        ₂)_(q)— or —(CR⁶ ₂)_(q)O— wherein q is 1 to 4, —N(R⁷)S(O)_(n)—        or —S(O)_(n)N(R⁷)— wherein n is 1 or 2, and —N(R⁷)C(O)— or        —C(O)N(R⁷)—;    -   Z is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, alkenyl,        alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, said        cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl being optionally        fused with aryl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl or cycloalky; wherein        each of said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl,        aryl, and heteroaryl can be unsubstituted or optionally        independently substituted with one or more moieties which can be        the same or different, each moiety being independently selected        from the group of R⁷⁰ moieties below;    -   R⁵ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and        alkylaryl;    -   each R⁶ is the same or different and is independently selected        from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, —SR¹⁵,        —S(O)_(q)R¹⁵ wherein q is 1 to 2, alkyl, cycloalkyl,        heterocyclyl, alkoxyl, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino, alkenyl,        alkynyl, arylalkyl, aminocarbonyl, alkylcarbonyl, and        alkoxycarbonyl;    -   each R⁷ is the same or different and is independently selected        from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl,        heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylalkyl,        alkylcarbonyl, and alkoxycarbonyl, wherein each of the aryl,        heteroaryl and heterocyclyl can be unsubstituted or optionally        independently substituted with one or more moieties which can be        the same or different, each moiety being independently selected        from the group of R⁷⁰ moieties below;    -   R¹³ is the same or different and is independently selected from        the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, —OH, —OR¹⁴, alkyl,        cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkylaryl,        alkylamino, and alkylcarbonyl;    -   R¹⁴ is alkyl;    -   each R⁷⁰ is a substituent for H where indicated and is the same        or different and is independently selected from the group        consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl,        heterocyclyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl,        halo, —CN, —CF₃, —OCF₃, —OR¹⁵, —C(O)R¹⁵, —C(O)OR¹⁵,        —C(O)N(R¹⁵)(R¹⁶), —SR¹⁵, —S(O)_(q)N(R¹⁵)(R¹⁶) wherein q is 1 to        2, —C(═NOR¹⁵)R¹⁶, —N(R¹⁵)(R¹⁶), -alkyl-N(R¹⁵)(R¹⁶),        —N(R¹⁵)C(O)R¹⁶, —CH₂—N(R¹⁵)C(O)R¹⁶, —N(R¹⁵)S(O)R¹⁶,        —N(R¹⁵)S(O)₂R¹⁶, —CH₂—N(R¹⁵)S(O)₂R¹⁶, —N(R¹⁷)S(O)₂N(R¹⁶)(R¹⁵),        —N(R¹⁷)S(O)N(R¹⁶)(R¹⁵), —N(R¹⁷)C(O)N(R¹⁶)(R¹⁵),        —CH₂—N(R¹⁷)C(O)N(R¹⁶)(R¹⁵), —N(R¹⁵)C(O)OR¹⁶,        —CH₂—N(R¹⁵)C(O)OR¹⁶, and —S(O)_(q)R¹⁵ wherein q is 1 to 2; and        wherein each of the alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl,        arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl are        independently unsubstituted or substituted by 1 to 5 groups        independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl,        cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, —CF₃, —CN,        —OR¹⁵, —N(R¹⁵)(R¹⁶), —C(O)OR¹⁵, —C(O)N(R¹⁵)(R¹⁶), and        —N(R¹⁵)S(O)R¹⁶;    -   each R¹⁵, R¹⁶ and R¹⁷ are independently selected from the group        consisting of H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and        heteroaryl, or alternatively R¹⁵ and R¹⁶ taken together with the        N to which they are shown attached, are joined to form a 4-8        membered heterocylic ring, wherein said 4-8 membered cycloalkyl        can be unsubstituted or optionally independently substituted        with one or more moieties which can be the same or different,        each moiety being independently selected from the group of R⁷⁵        moieties below;    -   each R⁷⁵ is independently selected from the group consisting of        alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl,        heteroarylalkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl, and wherein each of the        alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl,        heteroarylalkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl are independently        unsubstituted or substituted by 1 to 5 groups independently        selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl,        heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, —CF₃, —CN, —OR¹⁹,        —N(R¹⁹)₂, —C(O)OR¹⁹, —C(O)N(R¹⁹)₂, and —N(R¹⁹)S(O)R¹⁹; and    -   each R¹⁹ is independently selected from the group consisting of        H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl.

The compounds of Formula I can be useful as inhibitors and may be usefulin the treatment and prevention of diseases associated with TACE, TNF-α,MMPs, ADAMs or any combination thereof.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION

In its several embodiments, the present invention provides a novel classof inhibitors of TACE, the production of TNF-α, MMPs, ADAMs or anycombination thereof, pharmaceutical compositions containing one or moreof the compounds, methods of preparing pharmaceutical formulationscomprising one or more such compounds, and methods of treatment,prevention or amelioration of one or more of the symptoms ofinflammation.

In one embodiment, the present invention provides compounds which arerepresented by structural Formula (I) above or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt, solvate or isomer thereof, wherein the various moietiesare as described above.

In one embodiment, R¹ and R² are the same or different, each beingindependently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl,heterocyclyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaralkyl, and heteroaryl; oralternatively R¹ and R², taken together with the N to which R¹ and R²are shown attached, represent a 4-8 membered heterocyclic ring having1-3 heteroatoms including said N, said heterocyclic ring beingoptionally fused with aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocyclyl,wherein each of said alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, arylalkyl,heteroaralkyl, heteroaryl and 4-8 membered heterocyclic ring can beunsubstituted or optionally independently substituted with one or moremoieties which can be the same or different, each moiety beingindependently selected from the group of R⁷⁰.

In one embodiment, R¹ and R² are the same or different, each beingindependently selected from the group consisting of H, cycloalkyl,heterocyclyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaralkyl, and heteroaryl; oralternatively R¹ and R², taken together with the N to which R¹ and R²are shown attached, represent a 4-8 membered heterocyclic ring having1-3 heteroatoms including said N, said heterocyclic ring beingoptionally fused with aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocyclyl,wherein each of said alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, arylalkyl,heteroaralkyl, heteroaryl and 4-8 membered heterocyclic ring can beunsubstituted or optionally independently substituted with one or moremoieties which can be the same or different, each moiety beingindependently selected from the group of R⁷⁰.

In one embodiment, A is selected from the group consisting of:

wherein R¹ and R², taken together with the N to which R¹ and R² areshown attached, represent a 4-8 membered heterocyclic ring having 1-3heteroatoms including said N, said heterocyclic ring being optionallysubstituted with R⁷⁰, or optionally fused with aryl, heteroaryl,cycloalkyl, or heterocyclyl, wherein said 4-8 membered heterocyclic ringcan be unsubstituted or optionally independently substituted with one ormore moieties which can be the same or different, each moiety beingindependently selected from the group of R⁷⁰ moieties.

In another embodiment, A is

wherein R¹ and R² are the same or different, each being independentlyselected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, cycloalkyl,heterocyclyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaralkyl, and heteroaryl; whereinsaid alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaralkyl andheteroaryl can be unsubstituted or optionally independently substitutedwith one or more moieties which can be the same or different, eachmoiety being independently selected from the group of R⁷⁰ moieties.

In another embodiment, A is

-   -   wherein R¹ and R² are the same or different, each being        independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl,        cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaralkyl, and        heteroaryl; wherein said alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl,        arylalkyl, heteroaralkyl and heteroaryl can be unsubstituted or        optionally independently substituted with one or more moieties        which can be the same or different, each moiety being        independently selected from the group of R⁷⁰ moieties.

In another embodiment, A is

-   -   wherein R¹ and R² are the same or different, each being        independently selected from the group consisting of H,        cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaralkyl, and        heteroaryl; wherein said alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl,        arylalkyl, heteroaralkyl and heteroaryl can be unsubstituted or        optionally independently substituted with one or more moieties        which can be the same or different, each moiety being        independently selected from the group of R⁷⁰ moieties.

In another embodiment, A is

In another embodiment, A is

wherein a is 0 to 4 and x is 0 to 4.

In another embodiment, A is

wherein each x idependently is 0 to 4.

In another embodiment, A is selected from the group consisting of:

wherein R¹ and R², taken together with the N to which R¹ and R² areshown attached, represent a 3-8 membered heterocyclic ring having 1-3heteroatoms including said N, said heterocyclic ring being optionallysubstituted with R⁷⁰, or optionally fused with aryl, heteroaryl,cycloalkyl, or heterocyclyl, wherein said 3-8 membered heterocyclic ringcan be unsubstituted or optionally independently substituted with one ormore moieties which can be the same or different, each moiety beingindependently selected from the group of R⁷⁰ moieties;

-   -   wherein a ring is formed from —NR¹R² and said ring is        wherein    -   each R⁹ is a substituent for H where indicated and can be the        same or different, each being independently selected from the        group consisting of —OH, —OR¹⁴, —C(O)OR¹⁵, —C(O)N(R¹⁵)(R¹⁶),        alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl and        heterocyclyl, wherein said alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkenyl,        alkynyl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl can be unsubstituted or        optionally independently substituted with one or more moieties        which can be the same or different, each moiety being        independently selected from the group of R⁷⁰ moieties;    -   R¹¹ and R¹² taken together with the carbon to which each R¹¹ and        R¹² are shown attached are fused heteroaryl or fused cycloalkyl,        wherein said fused heteroaryl and fused cycloalkyl can be        unsubstituted or optionally independently substituted with one        or more moieties which can be the same or different, each moiety        being independently selected from the group of R⁷⁰ moieties; and    -   x is 0 to 4, and when x is greater than 1, each R⁹ moiety can be        the same or different, each moiety being independently selected        from the group of R⁹ moieties.

In another embodiment, A is selected from the group consisting of:

wherein R¹ and R², taken together with the N to which R¹ and R² areshown attached, represent a 3-8 membered heterocyclic ring having 1-3heteroatoms including said N, said heterocyclic ring being optionallysubstituted with R⁷⁰, or optionally fused with aryl, heteroaryl,cycloalkyl, or heterocyclyl, wherein said 3-8 membered heterocyclic ringcan be unsubstituted or optionally independently substituted with one ormore moieties which can be the same or different, each moiety beingindependently selected from the group of R⁷⁰ moieties;

-   -   wherein a ring is formed from —NR¹R² and said ring is        wherein    -   each R⁹ is a substituent for H where indicated and can be the        same or different, each being independently selected from the        group consisting of —OH, —OR¹⁴, —C(O)OR¹⁵, —C(O)N(R¹⁵)(R¹⁶),        alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl and        heterocyclyl, wherein said alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkenyl,        alkynyl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl can be unsubstituted or        optionally independently substituted with one or more moieties        which can be the same or different, each moiety being        independently selected from the group of R⁷⁰ moieties;    -   x is 0 to 4, and when x is greater than 1, each R⁹ moiety can be        the same or different, each moiety being independently selected        from the group of R⁹ moieties; and    -   G is selected from the group consisting of CH₂, NR⁷, O, S, or        SO₂.

In another embodiment, A is selected from the group consisting of:

-   -   wherein R¹ and R², taken together with the N to which R¹ and R²        are shown attached, represent a 3-8 membered heterocyclic ring        having 1-3 heteroatoms including said N, said heterocyclic ring        being optionally substituted with R⁷⁰, or optionally fused with        aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocyclyl, wherein said 3-8        membered heterocyclic ring can be unsubstituted or optionally        independently substituted with one or more moieties which can be        the same or different, each moiety being independently selected        from the group of R⁷⁰ moieties;    -   a ring is formed from —NR¹R² and said ring is selected from the        group consisting of    -   wherein    -   x is 0 to 4, and when x is greater than 1, each R⁷⁰ moiety can        be the same or different, each moiety being independently        selected from the group of R⁷⁰ moieties; and    -   each R¹⁸ is the same or different and is independently H or        alkyl.

In another embodiment, A is selected from the group consisting of:

-   -   wherein R¹ and R², taken together with the N to which R¹ and R²        are shown attached, represent a 3-8 membered heterocyclic ring        having 1-3 heteroatoms including said N, said heterocyclic ring        being optionally substituted with R⁷⁰, or optionally fused with        aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocyclyl, wherein said 3-8        membered heterocyclic ring can be unsubstituted or optionally        independently substituted with one or more moieties which can be        the same or different, each moiety being independently selected        from the group of R⁷⁰ moieties;    -   a ring is formed from —NR¹R² and said ring is selected from the        group consisting of    -   wherein    -   x is 0 to 4, and when x is greater than 1, each R⁷⁰ moiety can        be the same or different, each moiety being independently        selected from the group of R⁷⁰ moieties.

In another embodiment, A is selected from the group consisting of:

-   -   wherein R¹ and R², taken together with the N to which R¹ and R²        are shown attached, represent a 3-8 membered heterocyclic ring        having 1-3 heteroatoms including said N, said heterocyclic ring        being optionally substituted with R⁷⁰, or optionally fused with        aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocyclyl, wherein said 3-8        membered heterocyclic ring can be unsubstituted or optionally        independently substituted with one or more moieties which can be        the same or different, each moiety being independently selected        from the group of R⁷⁰ moieties;    -   a ring is formed from —NR¹R² and said ring is        wherein    -   each R⁹ is a substituent for H where indicated and can be the        same or different, each being independently selected from the        group consisting of —OH, —OR¹⁴, —C(O)OR¹⁵, —C(O)N(R¹⁵)(R¹⁶),        alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl and        heterocyclyl, wherein said alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkenyl,        alkynyl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl can be unsubstituted or        optionally independently substituted with one or more moieties        which can be the same or different, each moiety being        independently selected from the group of R⁷⁰ moieties; and    -   x is 0 to 4, and when x is greater than 1, each R⁹ moiety can be        the same or different, each moiety being independently selected        from the group of R⁹ moieties.

In another embodiment, J is O.

In another embodiment, E is O.

In another embodiment, R¹⁰ is H or alkyl.

In another embodiment, R²⁰, R³⁰, R⁴⁰, and R⁵⁰ are all the same and areH.

In another embodiment, R⁶ is H or alkyl.

In another embodiment, R⁶ is H.

In another embodiment, R¹³ is H or alkyl.

In another embodiment, R¹³ is H or —CH₃.

In another embodiment, A is selected from the group consisting of

-   -   wherein R¹ and R², taken together with the N to which R¹ and R²        are shown attached, represent a 4-6 membered heterocyclic ring        having 1-3 heteroatoms including said N, said heterocyclic ring        being optionally substituted with R⁷⁰, wherein R⁷⁰ is aryl.

In another embodiment, Y is a covalent bond or —[C(R⁶)₂]_(n)— wherein nis 1 to 2, —CH₂—.

In another embodiment, Y is selected from the group consisting of acovalent bond, —CH₂—, —C(H)(OH)—, —C(O)— and —O—.

In another embodiment, Y is a covalent bond or —CH₂—.

In another embodiment, Y is a covalent bond.

In another embodiment, W is —(CR¹³ ₂)_(n)—, in which n is 0-5.

In another embodiment, W is —(CR¹³ ₂)_(n)—, in which n is 1-5 and eachR¹³ is H or alkyl.

In another embodiment, W is selected from the group consisting of —CH₂—,—C(H)(CH₃)—, —C(CH₃)₂— and —CH₂CH₂—.

In another embodiment, W is —CH₂—.

In another embodiment, W is —C(H)(CH₃)—.

In another embodiment, X is selected from the group consisting of alkyl,aryl, heterocyclyl and heteroaryl.

In another embodiment, X is aryl.

In another embodiment, X is heteroaryl.

In another embodiment, X is selected from the group consisting ofphenyl, azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, pyridinyl, thienyl,thiazolyl, oxazolyl, imidazolyl and pyrazolyl.

In another embodiment, X is selected from the group consisting ofphenyl, pyridinyl and piperidinyl.

In another embodiment, X is selected from the group consisting of

wherein

-   -   x is 0 to 4, and wherein x is greater than 1, each R⁷⁰ moiety        can be the same or different, each moiety being independently        selected from the group of R⁷⁰ moieties.

In the above shown moieties for X, X is the moiety enclosed by

and W and Y are shown only to indicate which end of the X is attached toW and which end to Y. Similar depictions occur throughout thisapplication with similar connotations.

In another embodiment X is selected from the group consisting of

wherein x is 0 to 4, and when x is greater than 1, each R⁷⁰ moiety canbe the same or different, each moiety being independently selected fromthe group of R⁷⁰ moieties.

In another embodiment, Z is selected from the group consisting of H,aryl and heteroaryl.

In another embodiment, Z is selected from the group consisting of H,phenyl, indolyl, benzimidazolyl, pyrazolyl, thienyl, pyridinyl,thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazinyl, triazolyl,tetrazolyl and tetrazinyl, wherein said phenyl, indolyl, benzimidazolyl,pyrazolyl, thienyl, pyridinyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, imidazolyl,pyrrolidinyl, pyrazinyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl and tetrazinyl can beunsubstituted or optionally independently substituted with one or moremoieties which can be the same or different, each moiety beingindependently selected from the group consisting of R⁷⁰ moieties.

In another embodiment, Z is selected from the group consisting of

wherein x is 0 to 4, and when x is greater than 1, each R⁷⁰ moiety canbe the same or different, each moiety being independently selected fromthe group of R⁷⁰ moieties.

In another embodiment, Z is phenyl.

In another embodiment, Z is a phenyl substituted with at least onesubstituent selected from the group consisting of cyano, alkoxy,halogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, hydroxy, aryl, heteroaryl, aryloxy, amino andtetrazole.

In another embodiment, Z is thienyl.

In another embodiment, Z is a thienyl substituted with at least onesubstituent selected from the group consisting of cyano, alkoxy,halogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, hydroxy, aryl, heteroaryl, aryloxy, amino andtetrazole.

In another embodiment, Z is pyrazolyl.

In another embodiment, Z is a pyrazolyl substituted with at least onesubstituent selected from the group consisting of cyano, alkoxy,halogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, hydroxy, aryl, heteroaryl, aryloxy, amino andtetrazole.

In another embodiment, Z is pyridinyl.

In another embodiment, Z is a pyridinyl substituted with at least onesubstituent selected from the group consisting of cyano, alkoxy,halogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, hydroxy, aryl, heteroaryl, aryloxy, amino andtetrazole.

In another embodiment, Z is imidazolyl.

In another embodiment, Z is an imidazolyl substituted with at least onesubstituent selected from the group consisting of cyano, alkoxy,halogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, hydroxy, aryl, heteroaryl, aryloxy, amino andtetrazole.

In another embodiment, A is selected from the group consisting of:

wherein R¹ and R², taken together with the N to which R¹ and R² areshown attached, represent a 4-8 membered heterocyclic ring having 1-3heteroatoms including said N, said heterocyclic ring being optionallysubstituted with one or more R⁷⁰, or optionally fused with aryl,heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocyclyl, wherein said 4-8 memberedheterocyclic ring can be unsubstituted or optionally independentlysubstituted with one or more moieties which can be the same ordifferent, each moiety being independently selected from the group ofR⁷⁰ moieties; E, J and T are the same and are O; R¹⁰ is H or alkyl; R²⁰,R³⁰, R⁴⁰, and R⁵⁰ are the same and are H; W is —(CR¹³ ₂)_(n)—, wherein nis 0 to 5; X is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryland heterocyclyl; Y is selected from the group consisting of a covalentbond, —[C(R⁶)₂]_(n)— wherein n is 1 to 2, —O—, —S—, and —NR¹—; and Z isselected from the group consisting of

In another embodiment, A is:

wherein;

-   the —NR¹R² of    is    wherein    -   each R⁹ is a substituent for H where indicated and can be the        same or different, each being independently selected from the        group consisting of —OH, —OR¹⁴, —C(O)OR¹⁵, —C(O)N(R¹⁵)(R¹⁶),        alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl and        heterocyclyl, wherein said alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkenyl,        alkynyl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl can be unsubstituted or        optionally independently substituted with one or more moieties        which can be the same or different, each moiety being        independently selected from the group of R⁷⁰ moieties; and    -   x is 0 to 4, and when x is greater than 1, each R⁹ moiety can be        the same or different, each moiety being independently selected        from the group of R⁹ moieties;    -   E, J and T are the same and are O; R¹⁰ is H or alkyl; R²⁰, R³⁰,        R⁴⁰, and R⁵⁰ are the same and are H; W is —(CR¹³ ₂)_(n)—,        wherein n is 0 to 5; X is selected from the group consisting of        aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclyl; Y is selected from the group        consisting of a covalent bond, —[C(R⁶)₂]_(n)— wherein n is 1 to        2, —O—, —S—, and —NR¹—; and Z is selected from the group        consisting of        In another embodiment, A is:-   wherein R¹ and R², taken together with the N to which R¹ and R² are    shown attached, represent a 4-8 membered heterocyclic ring having    1-3 heteroatoms including said N, said heterocyclic ring being    optionally substituted with one or more R⁷⁰, or optionally fused    with aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocyclyl, wherein said 4-8    membered heterocyclic ring can be unsubstituted or optionally    independently substituted with one or more moieties which can be the    same or different, each moiety being independently selected from the    group of R⁷⁰ moieties; E, J and T are the same and are O; R¹⁰ is H    or alkyl;-   R²⁰, R³⁰, R⁴⁰, and R⁵⁰ are the same and are H; W is —(CR¹³ ₂)_(n)—,    wherein n is 0 to 5; X is selected from the group consisting of    aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclyl; Y is selected from the group    consisting of a covalent bond, —[C(R⁶)₂]_(n)— wherein n is 1 to 2,    —O—, —S—, and —NR¹—; and Z is selected from the group consisting of    In another embodiment, A is selected from the group consisting of:-   wherein R¹ and R², taken together with the N to which R¹ and R² are    shown attached, represent a 3-8 membered heterocyclic ring having    1-3 heteroatoms including said N, said heterocyclic ring being    optionally substituted with one or more R⁷⁰, or optionally fused    with aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocyclyl, wherein said 3-8    membered heterocyclic ring can be unsubstituted or optionally    independently substituted with one or more moieties which can be the    same or different, each moiety being independently selected from the    group of R⁷⁰ moieties;-   wherein E, J and T are the same and are O; R¹⁰ is H or alkyl; R²⁰,    R³⁰, R⁴⁰, and R⁵⁰ are the same and are H; W is —(CR⁶ ₂)_(n)—,    wherein n is 0 to 5; X is selected from the group consisting of    phenyl, piperidinyl, pyridinyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl and    pyrazolyl; Y is —[C(R⁶)₂]_(n)— wherein n is 1 to 2; and Z is    selected from the group consisting of    In another embodiment, A is:-   wherein R¹ and R², taken together with the N to which R¹ and R² are    shown attached, represent a 3-8 membered heterocyclic ring having    1-3 heteroatoms including said N, said heterocyclic ring being    optionally substituted with one or more R⁷⁰, or optionally fused    with aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocyclyl, wherein said 3-8    membered heterocyclic ring can be unsubstituted or optionally    independently substituted with one or more moieties which can be the    same or different, each moiety being independently selected from the    group of R⁷⁰ moieties;-   wherein E, J and T are the same and are O; R¹⁰ is H or alkyl; R²⁰,    R³⁰, R⁴⁰, and R⁵⁰ are the same and are H; W is —(CR⁶ ₂)_(n)—,    wherein n is 0 to 5; X is selected from the group consisting of    phenyl, piperidinyl, pyridinyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl and    pyrazolyl; Y is —[C(R⁶)₂]_(n)— wherein n is 1 to 2; and Z is    selected from the group consisting of    In another embodiment, A is selected from the group consisting of:-   wherein R¹ and R², taken together with the N to which R¹ and R² are    shown attached, represent a 3-8 members heterocyclic ring having 1-3    heteroatoms including said N, said heterocyclic ring being    optionally substituted with one or more R⁷⁰, or optionally fused    with aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocyclyl, wherein said 3-8    membered heterocyclic ring can be unsubstituted or optionally    independently substituted with one or more moieties which can be the    same or different, each moiety being independently selected from the    group of R⁷⁰ moieties;-   E, J and T are the same and are O; R¹⁰ is H or alkyl; R²⁰, R³⁰, R⁴⁰,    and R⁵⁰ are the same and are H; W is —(CR⁶ ₂)_(n)—, wherein n is 0    to 5; X is selected from the group consisting of phenyl,    piperidinyl, pyridinyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl and pyrazolyl;    Y is selected from the group consisting of O—, —S—, and —NR¹—; and Z    is selected from the group consisting of    In another embodiment, A is-   wherein R¹ and R², taken together with the N to which R¹ and R² are    shown attached, represent a 3-8 membered heterocyclic ring having    1-3 heteroatoms including said N, said heterocyclic ring being    optionally substituted with one or more R⁷⁰, or optionally fused    with aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocyclyl, wherein said 3-8    membered heterocyclic ring can be unsubstituted or optionally    independently substituted with one or more moieties which can be the    same or different, each moiety being independently selected from the    group of R⁷⁰ moieties;-   wherein E, J and T are the same and are O; R¹⁰ is H or alkyl; R²⁰,    R³⁰, R⁴⁰, and R⁵⁰ are the same and are H; W is —(CR⁶ ₂)_(n)—,    wherein n is 0 to 5; X is selected from the group consisting of    phenyl, piperidinyl, pyridinyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl and    pyrazolyl; Y is selected from the group consisting of O—, —S—, and    —NR¹—; and Z is selected from the group consisting of    In another embodiment, A is selected from the group consisting of:-   wherein R¹ and R², taken together with the N to which R¹ and R² are    shown attached, represent a 3-8 membered heterocyclic ring having    1-3 heteroatoms including said N, said heterocyclic ring being    optionally substituted with one or more R⁷⁰, or optionally fused    with aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocyclyl, wherein said 3-8    membered heterocyclic ring can be unsubstituted or optionally    independently substituted with one or more moieties which can be the    same or different, each moiety being independently selected from the    group of R⁷⁰ moieties;-   wherein E, J and T are the same and are O; R¹⁰ is H or alkyl; R²⁰,    R³⁰, R⁴⁰, and R⁵⁰ are the same and are H; W is —(CR¹³ ₂)_(n)—    wherein n is 1 or 2; X is selected from the group consisting of    phenyl, piperidinyl, pyridinyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl and    pyrazolyl; Y is a covalent bond and Z is selected from the group    consisting of    In another embodiment, A is    -   wherein R¹ and R², taken together with the N to which R¹ and R²        are shown attached, represent a 3-8 membered heterocyclic ring        having 1-3 heteroatoms including said N, said heterocyclic ring        being optionally substituted with one or more R⁷⁰, or optionally        fused with aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocyclyl,        wherein said 3-8 membered heterocyclic ring can be unsubstituted        or optionally independently substituted with one or more        moieties which can be the same or different, each moiety being        independently selected from the group of R⁷⁰ moieties; wherein        E, J and T are the same and are O; R¹⁰ is H or alkyl; R²⁰, R³⁰,        R⁴⁰, and R⁵⁰ are the same and are H; W is —(CR¹³ ₂)_(n), wherein        n is 1 or 2; X is selected from the group consisting of phenyl,        piperidinyl, pyridinyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl and        pyrazolyl; Y is a covalent bond and Z is selected from the group        consisting of

In another embodiment, X is selected from the group consisting ofphenyl, piperidinyl, pyridinyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, andpyrazolyl.

In another embodiment, X is selected from the group consisting ofphenyl, piperidinyl, thienyl, and pyridinyl and Y is selected from thegroup consisting of a covalent bond, —[C(R⁶)₂]_(n)— wherein n is 1 to 2and —O—.

In another embodiment, X is phenyl and Y is selected from the groupconsisting of a covalent bond, —CH₂— and —O—.

In another embodiment, X is piperidinyl, Y is a covalent bond, and Z isaryl or heteroaryl having two substituents which can be the same ordifferent, each moiety being independently selected from the groupconsisting of cyano, alkoxy, halogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, hydroxy, aryl,heteroaryl, aryloxy and amino.

In another embodiment, W is selected from the group consisting of —CH₂—,—C(H)CH₃—, —C(CH₃)₂— and Y is a covalent bond.

In another embodiment, W is —CH₂— and Y is —CH₂—.

In another embodiment, Z is selected from the group consisting of

Another embodiment of the invention discloses the compounds shown inTable 1 below.

As used above, and throughout this disclosure, the following terms,unless otherwise indicated, shall be understood to have the followingmeanings:

“Patient” includes both human and animals.

“Mammal” means humans and other mammalian animals.

“Alkyl” means an aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may be straight orbranched and comprising about 1 to about 20 carbon atoms in the chain.Preferred alkyl groups contain about 1 to about 12 carbon atoms in thechain. More preferred alkyl groups contain about 1 to about 6 carbonatoms in the chain. Branched means that one or more lower alkyl groupssuch as methyl, ethyl or propyl, are attached to a linear alkyl chain.“Lower alkyl” means a group having about 1 to about 6 carbon atoms inthe chain which may be straight or branched. The term “substitutedalkyl” means that the alkyl group may be substituted by one or moresubstituents which may be the same or different, each substituent beingindependently selected from the group consisting of halo, alkyl, aryl,cycloalkyl, cyano, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkylthio, amino, —NH(alkyl),—NH(cycloalkyl), —N(alkyl)₂, carboxy and —C(O)O-alkyl. Non-limitingexamples of suitable alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl,isopropyl and t-butyl. The term “Fluoroalkyl” means an alkyl group inwhich alkyl is as previously described wherein one or more hydrogens arereplaced with fluorine atoms.

“Alkenyl” means an aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing at least onecarbon-carbon double bond and which may be straight or branched andcomprising about 2 to about 15 carbon atoms in the chain. Preferredalkenyl groups have about 2 to about 12 carbon atoms in the chain; andmore preferably about 2 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain. Branchedmeans that one or more lower alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl orpropyl, are attached to a linear alkenyl chain. “Lower alkenyl” meansabout 2 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain which may be straight orbranched. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkenyl groups includeethenyl, propenyl, n-butenyl, 3-methylbut-2-enyl, n-pentenyl, octenyland decenyl.

“Alkynyl” means an aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing at least onecarbon-carbon triple bond and which may be straight or branched andcomprising about 2 to about 15 carbon atoms in the chain. Preferredalkynyl groups have about 2 to about 12 carbon atoms in the chain; andmore preferably about 2 to about 4 carbon atoms in the chain. Branchedmeans that one or more lower alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl orpropyl, are attached to a linear alkynyl chain. “Lower alkynyl” meansabout 2 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain which may be straight orbranched. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkynyl groups includeethynyl, propynyl, 2-butynyl and 3-methylbutynyl. The term “substitutedalkynyl” means that the alkynyl group may be substituted by one or moresubstituents which may be the same or different, each substituent beingindependently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, aryl andcycloalkyl.

“Aryl” means an aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic ring systemcomprising about 6 to about 14 carbon atoms, preferably about 6 to about10 carbon atoms. The aryl group can be optionally substituted with oneor more “ring system substituents” which may be the same or different,and are as defined herein. Non-limiting examples of suitable aryl groupsinclude phenyl and naphthyl.

“Heteroaryl” means an aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic ring systemcomprising about 5 to about 14 ring atoms, preferably about 5 to about10 ring atoms, in which one or more of the ring atoms is an elementother than carbon, for example nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, alone or incombination. Preferred heteroaryls contain about 5 to about 6 ringatoms. The “heteroaryl” can be optionally substituted by one or more“ring system substituents” which may be the same or different, and areas defined herein. The prefix aza, oxa or thia before the heteroarylroot name means that at least a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atomrespectively, is present as a ring atom. A nitrogen atom of a heteroarylcan be optionally oxidized to the corresponding N-oxide. Non-limitingexamples of suitable heteroaryls include pyridyl, pyrazinyl, furanyl,thienyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridone (including N-substituted pyridones),isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazolyl, furazanyl,pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl, pyrazinyl,pyridazinyl, quinoxalinyl, phthalazinyl, oxindolyl,imidazo[1,2-a]pyridinyl, imidazo[2,1-b]thiazolyl, benzofurazanyl,indolyl, azaindolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothienyl, quinolinyl,imidazolyl, thienopyridyl, quinazolinyl, thienopyrimidyl,pyrrolopyridyl, imidazopyridyl, isoquinolinyl, benzoazaindolyl,1,2,4-triazinyl, benzothiazolyl and the like. The term “heteroaryl” alsorefers to partially saturated heteroaryl moieties such as, for example,tetrahydroisoquinolyl, tetrahydroquinolyl and the like.

“Aralkyl” or “arylalkyl” means an aryl-alkyl- group in which the aryland alkyl are as previously described. Preferred aralkyls comprise alower alkyl group. Non-limiting examples of suitable aralkyl groupsinclude benzyl, 2-phenethyl and naphthalenylmethyl. The bond to theparent moiety is through the alkyl.

“Alkylaryl” means an alkyl-aryl- group in which the alkyl and aryl areas previously described. Preferred alkylaryls comprise a lower alkylgroup. Non-limiting example of a suitable alkylaryl group is tolyl. Thebond to the parent moiety is through the aryl.

“Cycloalkyl” means a non-aromatic mono- or multicyclic ring systemcomprising about 3 to about 10 carbon atoms, preferably about 5 to about10 carbon atoms. Preferred cycloalkyl rings contain about 5 to about 7ring atoms. The cycloalkyl can be optionally substituted with one ormore “ring system substituents” which may be the same or different, andare as defined above. Non-limiting examples of suitable monocycliccycloalkyls include cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyland the like. Non-limiting examples of suitable multicyclic cycloalkylsinclude 1-decalinyl, norbornyl, adamantyl and the like, as well aspartially saturated species such as, for example, indanyl,tetrahydronaphthyl and the like.

“Halogen” means fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine. Preferred arefluorine, chlorine and bromine.

“Ring system substituent” means a substituent attached to an aromatic ornon-aromatic ring system which, for example, replaces an availablehydrogen on the ring system. Ring system substituents may be the same ordifferent, each being independently selected from the group consistingof alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl, alkylaryl,heteroaralkyl, heteroarylalkenyl, heteroarylalkynyl, alkylheteroaryl,hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, aralkoxy, acyl, aroyl, halo,nitro, cyano, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl,aralkoxycarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl,alkylthio, arylthio, heteroarylthio, aralkylthio, heteroaralkylthio,cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, —C(═N—CN)—NH₂, —C(═NH)—NH₂, —C(═NH)—NH(alkyl),Y₁Y₂N—, Y₁Y₂N-alkyl-, Y₁Y₂NC(O)—, Y₁Y₂NSO₂— and —SO₂NY₁Y₂, wherein Y,and Y₂ can be the same or different and are independently selected fromthe group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, and aralkyl.“Ring system substituent” may also mean a single moiety whichsimultaneously replaces two available hydrogens on two adjacent carbonatoms (one H on each carbon) on a ring system. Examples of such moietyare methylene dioxy, ethylenedioxy, —C(CH₃)₂— and the like which formmoieties such as, for example:

“Heterocyclyl” means a non-aromatic saturated monocyclic or multicyclicring system comprising about 3 to about 10 ring atoms, preferably about5 to about 10 ring atoms, in which one or more of the atoms in the ringsystem is an element other than carbon, for example nitrogen, oxygen orsulfur, alone or in combination. There are no adjacent oxygen and/orsulfur atoms present in the ring system. Preferred heterocyclyls containabout 5 to about 6 ring atoms. The prefix aza, oxa or thia before theheterocyclyl root name means that at least a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfuratom respectively is present as a ring atom. Any —NH in a heterocyclylring may exist protected such as, for example, as an —N(Boc), —N(CBz),—N(Tos) group and the like; such protections are also considered part ofthis invention. The heterocyclyl can be optionally substituted by one ormore “ring system substituents” which may be the same or different, andare as defined herein. The nitrogen or sulfur atom of the heterocyclylcan be optionally oxidized to the corresponding N-oxide, S-oxide orS,S-dioxide. Non-limiting examples of suitable monocyclic heterocyclylrings include piperidyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl,thiomorpholinyl, thiazolidinyl, 1,4-dioxanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl,tetrahydrothiophenyl, lactam, lactone, and the like.

It should be noted that in hetero-atom containing ring systems of thisinvention, there are no hydroxyl groups on carbon atoms adjacent to a N,O or S, as well as there are no N or S groups on carbon adjacent toanother heteroatom. Thus, for example, in the ring:

there is no —OH attached directly to carbons marked 2 and 5.

It should also be noted that tautomeric forms such as, for example, themoieties:

are considered equivalent in certain embodiments of this invention.

“Alkynylalkyl” means an alkynyl-alkyl- group in which the alkynyl andalkyl are as previously described. Preferred alkynylalkyls contain alower alkynyl and a lower alkyl group. The bond to the parent moiety isthrough the alkyl. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkynylalkyl groupsinclude propargylmethyl.

“Heteroaralkyl” means a heteroaryl-alkyl- group in which the heteroaryland alkyl are as previously described. Preferred heteroaralkyls containa lower alkyl group. Non-limiting examples of suitable aralkyl groupsinclude pyridylmethyl, and quinolin-3-ylmethyl. The bond to the parentmoiety is through the alkyl.

“Hydroxyalkyl” means a HO-alkyl- group in which alkyl is as previouslydefined. Preferred hydroxyalkyls contain lower alkyl. Non-limitingexamples of suitable hydroxyalkyl groups include hydroxymethyl and2-hydroxyethyl.

“Acyl” means an H—C(O)—, alkyl-C(O)— or cycloalkyl-C(O)—, group in whichthe various groups are as previously described. The bond to the parentmoiety is through the carbonyl. Preferred acyls contain a lower alkyl.Non-limiting examples of suitable acyl groups include formyl, acetyl andpropanoyl.

“Aroyl” means an aryl-C(O)— group in which the aryl group is aspreviously described. The bond to the parent moiety is through thecarbonyl. Non-limiting examples of suitable groups include benzoyl and1-naphthoyl.

“Alkoxy” means an alkyl-O— group in which the alkyl group is aspreviously described. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkoxy groupsinclude methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy and n-butoxy. The bond tothe parent moiety is through the ether oxygen.

“Aryloxy” means an aryl-O— group in which the aryl group is aspreviously described. Non-limiting examples of suitable aryloxy groupsinclude phenoxy and naphthoxy. The bond to the parent moiety is throughthe ether oxygen.

“Aralkyloxy” means an aralkyl-O— group in which the aralkyl group is aspreviously described. Non-limiting examples of suitable aralkyloxygroups include benzyloxy and 1- or 2-naphthalenemethoxy. The bond to theparent moiety is through the ether oxygen.

“Alkylthio” means an alkyl-S— group in which the alkyl group is aspreviously described. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkylthio groupsinclude methylthio and ethylthio. The bond to the parent moiety isthrough the sulfur.

“Arylthio” means an aryl-S— group in which the aryl group is aspreviously described. Non-limiting examples of suitable arylthio groupsinclude phenylthio and naphthylthio. The bond to the parent moiety isthrough the sulfur.

“Aralkylthio” means an aralkyl-S— group in which the aralkyl group is aspreviously described. Non-limiting example of a suitable aralkylthiogroup is benzylthio. The bond to the parent moiety is through thesulfur.

“Alkoxycarbonyl” means an alkyl-O—CO— group. Non-limiting examples ofsuitable alkoxycarbonyl groups include methoxycarbonyl andethoxycarbonyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the carbonyl.

“Aryloxycarbonyl” means an aryl-O—C(O)— group. Non-limiting examples ofsuitable aryloxycarbonyl groups include phenoxycarbonyl andnaphthoxycarbonyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through thecarbonyl.

“Aralkoxycarbonyl” means an aralkyl-O—C(O)— group. Non-limiting exampleof a suitable aralkoxycarbonyl group is benzyloxycarbonyl. The bond tothe parent moiety is through the carbonyl.

“Alkylsulfonyl” means an alkyl-S(O₂)— group. Preferred groups are thosein which the alkyl group is lower alkyl. The bond to the parent moietyis through the sulfonyl.

“Arylsulfonyl” means an aryl-S(O₂)— group. The bond to the parent moietyis through the sulfonyl.

The term “substituted” means that one or more hydrogens on thedesignated atom is replaced with a selection from the indicated group,provided that the designated atom's normal valency under the existingcircumstances is not exceeded, and that the substitution results in astable compound. Combinations of substituents and/or variables arepermissible only if such combinations result in stable compounds. By“stable compound’ or “stable structure” is meant a compound that issufficiently robust to survive isolation to a useful degree of purityfrom a reaction mixture, and formulation into an efficacious therapeuticagent.

The term “optionally substituted” means optional substitution with thespecified groups, radicals or moieties.

The term “isolated” or “in isolated form” for a compound refers to thephysical state of said compound after being isolated from a syntheticprocess or natural source or combination thereof. The term “purified” or“in purified form” for a compound refers to the physical state of saidcompound after being obtained from a purification process or processesdescribed herein or well known to the skilled artisan, in sufficientpurity to be characterizable by standard analytical techniques describedherein or well known to the skilled artisan.

It should also be noted that any carbon as well as heteroatom withunsatisfied valences in the text, schemes, examples and Tables herein isassumed to have the sufficient number of hydrogen atom(s) to satisfy thevalences.

When a functional group in a compound is termed “protected”, this meansthat the group is in modified form to preclude undesired side reactionsat the protected site when the compound is subjected to a reaction.Suitable protecting groups will be recognized by those with ordinaryskill in the art as well as by reference to standard textbooks such as,for example, T. W. Greene et al, Protective Groups in organic Synthesis(1991), Wiley, New York.

When any variable (e.g., aryl, heterocycle, R², etc.) occurs more thanone time in any constituent or in Formula I, its definition on eachoccurrence is independent of its definition at every other occurrence.

As used herein, the term “composition” is intended to encompass aproduct comprising the specified ingredients in the specified amounts,as well as any product which results, directly or indirectly, fromcombination of the specified ingredients in the specified amounts.

Prodrugs and solvates of the compounds of the invention are alsocontemplated herein. The term “prodrug”, as employed herein, denotes acompound that is a drug precursor which, upon administration to asubject, undergoes chemical conversion by metabolic or chemicalprocesses to yield a compound of Formula I or a salt and/or solvatethereof. A discussion of prodrugs is provided in T. Higuchi and V.Stella, Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems (1987) 14 of the A.C.S.Symposium Series, and in Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, (1987)Edward B. Roche, ed., American Pharmaceutical Association and PergamonPress, both of which are incorporated herein by reference thereto.

“Solvate” means a physical association of a compound of this inventionwith one or more solvent molecules. This physical association involvesvarying degrees of ionic and covalent bonding, including hydrogenbonding. In certain instances the solvate will be capable of isolation,for example when one or more solvent molecules are incorporated in thecrystal lattice of the crystalline solid. “Solvate” encompasses bothsolution-phase and isolatable solvates. Non-limiting examples ofsuitable solvates include ethanolates, methanolates, and the like.“Hydrate” is a solvate wherein the solvent molecule is H₂O.

“Effective amount” or “therapeutically effective amount” is meant todescribe an amount of compound or a composition of the present inventioneffective in inhibiting the CDK(s) and thus producing the desiredtherapeutic, ameliorative, inhibitory or preventative effect.

The compounds of Formula I can form salts which are also within thescope of this invention. Reference to a compound of Formula I herein isunderstood to include reference to salts thereof, unless otherwiseindicated. The term “salt(s)”, as employed herein, denotes acidic saltsformed with inorganic and/or organic acids, as well as basic saltsformed with inorganic and/or organic bases. In addition, when a compoundof Formula I contains both a basic moiety, such as, but not limited to apyridine or imidazole, and an acidic moiety, such as, but not limited toa carboxylic acid, zwitterions (“inner salts”) may be formed and areincluded within the term “salt(s)” as used herein. Pharmaceuticallyacceptable (i.e., non-toxic, physiologically acceptable) salts arepreferred, although other salts are also useful. Salts of the compoundsof the Formula I may be formed, for example, by reacting a compound ofFormula I with an amount of acid or base, such as an equivalent amount,in a medium such as one in which the salt precipitates or in an aqueousmedium followed by lyophilization.

Exemplary acid addition salts include acetates, ascorbates, benzoates,benzenesulfonates, bisulfates, borates, butyrates, citrates,camphorates, camphorsulfonates, fumarates, hydrochlorides,hydrobromides, hydroiodides, lactates, maleates, methanesulfonates,naphthalenesulfonates, nitrates, oxalates, phosphates, propionates,salicylates, succinates, sulfates, tartarates, thiocyanates,toluenesulfonates (also known as tosylates,) and the like. Additionally,acids which are generally considered suitable for the formation ofpharmaceutically useful salts from basic pharmaceutical compounds arediscussed, for example, by P. Stahl et al, Camille G. (eds.) Handbook ofPharmaceutical Salts. Properties, Selection and Use. (2002) Zurich:Wiley-VCH; S. Berge et al, Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences (1977)66(1) 1-19; P. Gould, International J. of Pharmaceutics (1986) 33201-217; Anderson et al, The Practice of Medicinal Chemistry (1996),Academic Press, New York; and in The Orange Book (Food & DrugAdministration, Washington, D.C. on their website). These disclosuresare incorporated herein by reference thereto.

Exemplary basic salts include ammonium salts, alkali metal salts such assodium, lithium, and potassium salts, alkaline earth metal salts such ascalcium and magnesium salts, salts with organic bases (for example,organic amines) such as dicyclohexylamines, t-butyl amines, and saltswith amino acids such as arginine, lysine and the like. Basicnitrogen-containing groups may be quarternized with agents such as loweralkyl halides (e.g. methyl, ethyl, and butyl chlorides, bromides andiodides), dialkyl sulfates (e.g. dimethyl, diethyl, and dibutylsulfates), long chain halides (e.g. decyl, lauryl, and stearylchlorides, bromides and iodides), aralkyl halides (e.g. benzyl andphenethyl bromides), and others.

All such acid salts and base salts are intended to be pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts within the scope of the invention and all acid and basesalts are considered equivalent to the free forms of the correspondingcompounds for purposes of the invention.

Compounds of Formula I, and salts, solvates and prodrugs thereof, mayexist in their tautomeric form (for example, as an amide or iminoether). All such tautomeric forms are contemplated herein as part of thepresent invention.

All stereoisomers (for example, geometric isomers, optical isomers andthe like) of the present compounds (including those of the salts,solvates and prodrugs of the compounds as well as the salts and solvatesof the prodrugs), such as those which may exist due to asymmetriccarbons on various substituents, including enantiomeric forms (which mayexist even in the absence of asymmetric carbons), rotameric forms,atropisomers, and diastereomeric forms, are contemplated within thescope of this invention, as are positional isomers (such as, forexample, 4-pyridyl and 3-pyridyl). Individual stereoisomers of thecompounds of the invention may, for example, be substantially free ofother isomers, or may be admixed, for example, as racemates or with allother, or other selected, stereoisomers. The chiral centers of thepresent invention can have the S or R configuration as defined by theIUPAC 1974 Recommendations. The use of the terms “salt”, “solvate”“prodrug” and the like, is intended to equally apply to the salt,solvate and prodrug of enantiomers, stereoisomers, rotamers, tautomers,positional isomers, racemates or prodrugs of the inventive compounds.

Polymorphic forms of the compounds of Formula I, and of the salts,solvates and prodrugs of the compounds of Formula I, are intended to beincluded in the present invention.

The compounds according to the invention have pharmacologicalproperties; in particular, the compounds of Formula I can be inhibitorsof TACE, TNF-α, ADAM and/or MMP activity.

In one aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical compositioncomprising as an active ingredient at least one compound of formula 1.

In another aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical compositionof formula 1 additionally comprising at least one pharmaceuticallyacceptable carrier.

In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating disordersassociated with TACE, TNF-α, MMPs, ADAMs or any combination thereof orany combination thereof, said method comprising administering to apatient in need of such treatment a pharmaceutical composition whichcomprises therapeutically effective amounts of at least one compound offormula 1.

In another aspect, the invention provides a use of a compound of formula1 for the manufacture of a medicament to treat disorders associated withTACE, TNF-α, MMPs, ADAMs or any combination thereof.

The compounds of Formula I can have anti-inflammatory activity and/orimmunomodulatory activity and can be useful in the treatment of diseasesincluding but not limited to septic shock, haemodynamic shock, sepsissyndrome, post ischaemic reperfusion injury, malaria, mycobacterialinfection, meningitis, psoriasis, congestive heart failure, fibroticdiseases, cachexia, graft rejection, cancers such as cutaneous T-celllymphoma, diseases involving angiogenesis, autoimmune diseases, skininflammatory diseases, inflammatory bowel diseases such as Crohn'sdisease and colitis, OA and RA, ankylosing spondylitis, psoriaticarthritis, adult Still's disease, ureitis, Wegener's granulomatosis,Behcehe disease, Sjogren's syndrome, sarcoidosis, polymyositis,dermatomyositis, multiple sclerosis, sciatica, complex regional painsyndrome, radiation damage, hyperoxic alveolar injury, periodontaldisease, HIV, non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus, systemic lupuserythematosus, glaucoma, sarcoidosis, idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis,bronchopulmonary dysplasia, retinal disease, scleroderma, osteoporosis,renal ischemia, myocardial infarction, cerebral stroke, cerebralischemia, nephritis, hepatitis, glomerulonephritis, cryptogenicfibrosing aveolitis, psoriasis, transplant rejection, atopic dermatitis,vasculitis, allergy, seasonal allergic rhinitis, reversible airwayobstruction, adult respiratory distress syndrome, asthma, chronicobstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) and/or bronchitis. It iscontemplated that a compound of this invention may be useful in treatingone or more of the diseases listed.

In another aspect, the invention provides a method of preparing apharmaceutical composition for treating the disorders associated withTACE, TNF-α, MMPs, ADAMs or any combination thereof, said methodcomprising bringing into intimate contact at least one compound offormula 1 and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

In another aspect, the invention provides a compound of formula (I)exhibiting TACE, TNF-α, MMPs, ADAMs or any combination thereofinhibitory activity, including enantiomers, stereoisomers and tautomersof said compound, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates ofsaid compound, said compound being selected from the compounds ofstructures listed below:

In a preferred embodiment, the compound is selected from the group

The above preferred compounds have TACE K_(i) values of less than 20 nM.

In a more preferred embodiment, the compound is selected from the groupconsting of:

The above more preferred compounds have TACE K_(i) values of less than 5nM.

In another aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical compositionfor treating disorders associated with TACE, TNF-α, MMP, ADAM or anycombination thereof in a subject comprising, administering to thesubject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount ofa compound of formula 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvateor isomer thereof.

In another aspect, the invention provides a compound of formula 1 inpurified form.

In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating acondition or disease mediated by TACE, MMPs, TNF-α, aggrecanase (such asaggrecanase 1 or aggrecanase 2), or any combination thereof in a subjectcomprising: administering to the subject in need of such treatment atherapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of formula 1or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or isomer thereof.

In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating acondition or disease selected from the group consisting of rheumatoidarthritis, osteoarthritis, periodontitis, gingivitis, cornealulceration, solid tumor growth and tumor invasion by secondarymetastases, neovascular glaucoma, inflammatory bowel disease, multiplesclerosis and psoriasis in a subject, comprising: administering to thesubject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount ofat least one compound of formula 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptablesalt, solvate or isomer thereof.

In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating acondition or disease selected from the group consisting of fever,cardiovascular conditions, hemorrhage, coagulation, cachexia, anorexia,alcoholism, acute phase response, acute infection, shock, graft versushost reaction, autoimmune disease and HIV infection in a subjectcomprising administering to the subject in need of such treatment atherapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of formula 1or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or isomer thereof.

In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating acondition or disease selected from the group consisting of septic shock,haemodynamic shock, sepsis syndrome, post ischaemic reperfusion injury,malaria, mycobacterial infection, meningitis, psoriasis, congestiveheart failure, fibrotic diseases, cachexia, graft rejection, cancerssuch as cutaneous T-cell lymphoma, diseases involving angiogenesis,autoimmune diseases, skin inflammatory diseases, inflammatory boweldiseases such as Crohn's disease and colitis, osteo and rheumatoidarthritis, ankylosing spondylitis, psoriatic arthritis, adult Still'sdisease, ureitis, Wegener's granulomatosis, Behcehe disease, Sjogren'ssyndrome, sarcoidosis, polymyositis, dermatomyositis, multiplesclerosis, sciatica, complex regional pain syndrome, radiation damage,hyperoxic alveolar injury, periodontal disease, HIV, non-insulindependent diabetes mellitus, systemic lupus erythematosus, glaucoma,sarcoidosis, idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, bronchopulmonary dysplasia,retinal disease, scleroderma, osteoporosis, renal ischemia, myocardialinfarction, cerebral stroke, cerebral ischemia, nephritis, hepatitis,glomerulonephritis, cryptogenic fibrosing aveolitis, psoriasis,transplant rejection, atopic dermatitis, vasculitis, allergy, seasonalallergic rhinitis, reversible airway obstruction, adult respiratorydistress syndrome, asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD)and bronchitis in a subject comprising administering to the subject inneed of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of at leastone compound of formula 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvateor isomer thereof.

In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating acondition or disease associated with COPD, comprising: administering tothe subject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amountof at least one compound of claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptablesalt, solvate or isomer thereof.

In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating acondition or disease associated with rheumatoid arthritis, comprising:administering to the subject in need of such treatment a therapeuticallyeffective amount of at least one compound of formula 1 or apharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or isomer thereof.

In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating acondition or disease associated with Crohn's disease, comprising:administering to the subject in need of such treatment a therapeuticallyeffective amount of at least one compound of formula 1 or apharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or isomer thereof.

In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating acondition or disease associated with psoriasis, comprising:administering to the subject in need of such treatment a therapeuticallyeffective amount of at least one compound of formula 1 or apharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or isomer thereof.

In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating acondition or disease associated with ankylosing spondylitis, comprising:

-   -   administering to the subject in need of such treatment a        therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of        formula 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or        isomer thereof.

In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating acondition or disease associated with sciatica, comprising: administeringto the subject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effectiveamount of at least one compound of formula 1 or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt, solvate or isomer thereof.

In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating acondition or disease associated with complex regional pain syndrome,comprising: administering to the subject in need of such treatment atherapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of formula 1or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or isomer thereof.

In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating acondition or disease associated with psoriatic arthritis, comprising:administering to the subject in need of such treatment a therapeuticallyeffective amount of at least one compound of formula 1 or apharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or isomer thereof.

In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating acondition or disease associated with multiple sclerosis, comprising:administering to the subject in need of such treatment a therapeuticallyeffective amount of at least one compound of formula 1 or apharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or isomer thereof, incombination with a compound selected from the group consisting ofAvonex®, Betaseron, Copaxone or other compounds indicated for thetreatment of multiple sclerosis.

Additionally, a compound of the present invention may be co-administeredor used in combination with disease-modifying antirheumatic drugs(DMARDS) such as methotrexate, azathioprine, leflunomide,pencillinamine, gold salts, mycophenolate mofetil, cyclophosphamide andother similar drugs. They may also be co-administered with or used incombination with NSAIDS such as piroxicam, naproxen, indomethacin,ibuprofen and the like; COX-2 selective inhibitors such as Vioxx® andCelebrex®; immunosuppressives such as steroids, cyclosporin, Tacrolimus,rapamycin and the like; biological response modifiers (BRMs) such asEnbrel®, Remicade®, IL-1 antagonists, anti-CD40, anti-CD28, IL-10,anti-adhesion molecules and the like; and other anti-inflammatory agentssuch as p38 kinase inhibitors, PDE4 inhibitors, other chemicallydifferent TACE inhibitors, chemokine receptor antagonists, Thalidomideand other small molecule inhibitors of pro-inflammatory cytokineproduction.

Also, a compound of the present invention may be co-administered or usedin combination with an H1 antagonist for the treatment of seasonalallergic rhinitis and/or asthma. Suitable H1 antagonists may be, forexample, Claritin®, Clarinex®D, Allegra®, or Zyrtec®.

In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating acondition or disease mediated by TACE, MMPs, TNF-α, aggrecanase, or anycombination thereof in a subject comprising: administering to thesubject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount ofat least one compound of formula 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptablesalt, solvate or isomer thereof in combination with a therapeuticallyeffective amount of at least one medicament selected from the groupconsisting of disease modifying anti-rheumatic drugs (DMARDS), NSAIDs,COX-2 inhibitors, COX-1 inhibitors, immunosuppressives, biologicalresponse modifiers (BRMs), anti-infammatory agents and H1 antagonists.

In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating acondition or disease selected from the group consisting of rheumatoidarthritis, osteoarthritis, periodontitis, gingivitis, cornealulceration, solid tumor growth and tumor invasion by secondarymetastases, neovascular glaucoma, inflammatory bowel disease, multiplesclerosis and psoriasis in a subject, comprising: administering to thesubject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount ofat least one compound of claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt,solvate or isomer thereof in combination with a therapeuticallyeffective amount of at least one medicament selected from the groupconsisting of DMARDS, NSAIDs, COX-2 inhibitors, COX-1 inhibitors,immunosuppressives, BRMs, anti-infammatory agents and H1 antagonists.

In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating acondition or disease selected from the group consisting of septic shock,haemodynamic shock, sepsis syndrome, post ischaemic reperfusion injury,malaria, mycobacterial infection, meningitis, psoriasis, congestiveheart failure, fibrotic diseases, cachexia, graft rejection, cancerssuch as cutaneous T-cell lymphoma, diseases involving angiogenesis,autoimmune diseases, skin inflammatory diseases, inflammatory boweldiseases such as Crohn's disease and colitis, osteo and rheumatoidarthritis, ankylosing spondylitis, psoriatic arthritis, adult Still'sdisease, ureitis, Wegener's granulomatosis, Behcehe disease, Sjogren'ssyndrome, sarcoidosis, polymyositis, dermatomyositis, multiplesclerosis, sciatica, complex regional pain syndrome, radiation damage,hyperoxic alveolar injury, periodontal disease, HIV, non-insulindependent diabetes mellitus, systemic lupus erythematosus, glaucoma,sarcoidosis, idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, bronchopulmonary dysplasia,retinal disease, scleroderma, osteoporosis, renal ischemia, myocardialinfarction, cerebral stroke, cerebral ischemia, nephritis, hepatitis,glomerulonephritis, cryptogenic fibrosing aveolitis, psoriasis,transplant rejection, atopic dermatitis, vasculitis, allergy, seasonalallergic rhinitis, reversible airway obstruction, adult respiratorydistress syndrome, asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD)and bronchitis in a subject comprising administering to the subject inneed of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of at leastone compound of claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvateor isomer thereof in combination with a therapeutically effective amountof at least one medicament selected from the group consisting of DMARDS,NSAIDs, COX-2 inhibitors, COX-1 inhibitors, immunosuppressives, BRMs,anti-infammatory agents and H1 antagonists.

In another aspect, the invention provides a method for treating RAcomprising administering a compound of the formula I in combination withcompound selected from the class consisting of a COX-2 inhibitor e.g.Celebrex® or Vioxx®; a COX-1 inhibitor e.g. Feldene®; animmunosuppressive e.g. methotrexate or cyclosporin; a steroid e.g.β-methasone; and anti-TNF-α compound, e.g. Enbrel® or Remicade®; a PDEIV inhibitor, or other classes of compounds indicated for the treatmentof RA.

In another aspect, the invention provides a method for treating multiplesclerosis comprising administering a compound of the formula I incombination with a compound selected from the group consisting ofAvonex®, Betaseron, Copaxone or other compounds indicated for thetreatment of multiple sclerosis.

TACE activity is determined by a kinetic assay measuring the rate ofincrease in fluorescent intensity generated by TACE catalyzed cleavageof an internally quenched peptide substrate (SPDL-3). The purifiedcatalytic domain of recombinant human TACE (rhTACEc, Residue 215 to 477with two mutation (S266A and N452Q) and a 6×His tail) is used in theassay. It is purified from the baculovirus/Hi5 cells expression systemusing affinity chromatography. The substrate SPDL-3 is an internallyquenched peptide(MCA-Pro-Leu-Ala-Gln-Ala-Val-Arg-Ser-Ser-Ser-Dpa-Arg-NH2), with itssequence derived from the pro-TNFα cleavage site. MCA is(7-Methoxycoumarin-4-yl)acetyl. Dpa isN-3-(2,4-Dinitrophenyl)-L-2,3-diaminopropionyl.

A 50 μl assay mixture contains 20 mM HEPES, pH 7.3, 5 mM CaCl₂, 100 μMZnCl₂, 2% DMSO, 0.04% Methylcellulose, 30 μM SPDL-3, 70 pM rhTACEc and atest compound. RhTACEc is pre-incubated with the testing compound for 90min. at 25° C. Reaction is started by addition of the substrate. Thefluorescent intensity (excitation at 320 nm, emission at 405 nm) wasmeasured every 45 seconds for 30 min. using a fluorospectrometer (GEMINIXS, Molecular Devices). Rate of enzymatic reaction is shown as Units persecond. Effect of a test compound is shown as % of TACE activity in theabsence of the compound.

TACE inhibitory activities for representative compounds are shown in thetable below. K_(i) values greater than 1000 nM (1 μM) are designated asD class. K_(i) values between 100 nM (0.1 μM) and 1000 nM (1 μM) aredesignated as C class. K_(i) values between 20 nM (0.02 μM) and 100 nM(0.1 μM) are designated as B class. K_(i) values less than 20 nM (0.02μM) are designated as A class. Compound # Structure K_(i) (nM)   5

  6

  7A

  7B

  8

  9

 10

 11

 12

 13

 14

 15

 16

 17

 18

 19

 20

 21

 22

 23

 24

 25

 26

 27

 28

 29A

 29B

 30

 31

 32

 33

 34

 35

 36

 37

 38

 39

 40

 41

 42

 43

 44

 46

 47

 50

 52

 55

 56

 57

 58

 59

 60

 61

 62

 63

 64

 65

 66

 67

 68

 69

 70

 71

 72

 73

 74

 75

 76

 77

 78

 79

 80

 81

 82

 83

 84

 85

 86

 87

 88

 89

 90

 91

 92

 93

 94

 95

 96

 97

 98

 99

 100

 101

 102

 103

 104

 105

 108

(R1 = R2 = CH₂Ph, R3 = CH₂CH₂(C₄H₄O)  109

 110

 111

 112

 113

 114

 115

 116

 117

 118A

 118B

 119

 120

 121

 122

 123

 124

 108

 125

 38

 39

 126

 127

 128

 129

 130

 131

 132

 133

 134

 135

 136

 137

 138

 139

 140

 141

 142

 143

 144

 145

 146

 147

 148

 149

 150

 151

 152

 157

 158

 159

 160

 161

 162

 163

 164

 165

 166

 167

 168

 169

 170

 171

 172

 173

 174

 175

 176

 177

 178

 179

 180

 181

 182

 191

 192

 197

 198

 199

 200

 201

 202

 203

 204

 205

 206

 207

 208

 212

 213

 214

 215

 216

 217

 218

 219

 220

 221

 222

 223

 224

 225

 226

 227

 232

 236

 242

 243

 244

 245

 246

 247

 248

 249

 250

 251

 252

 253

 254

 255

 256

 257

 258

 259

 260

 261

 262

 263

 264

 265

 266

 267

 268

 269

 270

 271

 272

 273

 274

 275

 276

 277

 278

 279

 280

 281

 282

 283

 284

 285

 286

 287

 288

 289

 290

 291

 292

 293

 294

 295

 296

 297

 298

 299

 300

 301

 302

 303

 304

 309

 310

 311

 312

 313

 314

 315

 316

 317

 318

 325

 329

 327

 338

 339

 340

 341

 342

 343

 344

 345

 346

 347

 348

 349

 350

 351

 352

 375

 376

 377

 378

 379

 380

 381

 382

 383

 384

 174

 175

 179

 181

 182

 396

 397

 398

 399

 400

 401

 402

 403

 404

 405

 406

 407

 408

 409

 410

 411

 412

 413

 414

 415

 416

 417

 418

 419

 420

 421

 422

 423

 424

 425

 426

 427

 428

 429

 430

 431

 432

 433

 434

 435

 436

 437

 438

 439

 440

 441

 442

 443

 444

 445

 446

 447

 448

 468

 473

 477

 478

 479

 480

 481

 482

 483

 484

 485

 486

 487

 488

 489

 490

 491

 492

 493

 494

 495

 496

 497

 498

 499

 500

 501

 502

 416

 417

 418

 529

 530

 531

 532

 536

 537

 538

 539

 540

 541

 542

 546

 553

 557

 565

 572

 578

 585

 586

 587

 588

 589

 590

 591

 592

 593

 594

 595

 596

 597

 598

 599

 600

 601

 602

 603

 604

 605

 606

 607

 608

 609

 610

 611

 612

 613

 614

 615

 616

 617

 618

 619

 620

 621

 622

 623

 624

 625

 626

 627

 628

 629

 630

 635

 636

 637

 638

 639

 640

 646A

 646B

 647

 648

 649A

 649B

 655

 656A

 656B

 657

 658

 659

 660

 661

 662

 663

 664

 668

 673

 674

 678

 683

 684

 685

 686

 687

 688

 689

 690

 691

 696

 697

 698

 699

 700

 701

 702

 703

 704

 705

 706

 707

 708

 709

 710

 711

 712

 713

 714

 715

 716

 717

 718

 719

 720

 721

 722

 723

 724

 725

 726

 696

 728

 729

 730

 731

 732

 733

 734

 735

 736

 737

 738

 739

 740

 741

 742

 743

 744

 745

 746

 747

 748

 749

 750

 751

 752

 753

 754

 755

 756

 757

 758

 759

 760

 761

 762

 763

 764

 765

 772

 773

 774

 772

 776

 777

 778

 779

 780

 781

 782

 783

 784

 785

 786

 787

 788

 789

 790

 791

 792

 793

 794

 795

 796

 802

 804

 805

 806

 807

 808

 814

 815

 823

 828

 829

 830

 831

 832

 833

 834

 835

 836

 839

 846

 852

 855

 857

 858

 859

 860

 861

 862

 863

 864

 865

 866

 867

 868

 869

 870

 871

 872

 873

 874

 875

 876

 877

 878

 879

 880

 884

 890

 891

 894

 897

 898

 899

 900

 901

 902

 903

 905

 910

 914

 918

 919

 920

 921

 922

 923

 924

 925

 926

 927

 928

 929

 930

 931

 932

 933

 934

 935

 936

 937

 938

 939

 940

 941

 942

 943

 944

 945

 946

 947

 948

 949

 950

 951

 952

 954

 961

 968

 969

 970

 971

 972

 973

 974

 975

 976

 980

 985

 994

 995

 996

 997

 998

 999

1000

1001

1002

1003

1004

1005

1006

1007

1008

1009

1010

1011

1012

1013

1014

1015

1016

1017

1018

1019

1020

1021

1022

1023

1024

1025

1026

1027A

1027B

1027C

1028

1029

1030

1031

1032

1033

1034A

1034B

1035

1036

1037

1038A

1038B

1039

1040

 863

1048A

1048B

1052

1053

1054

1059

1060

1061

1063

1066

1071

1072

1073

1079

1085

1093

1103

1104

1105

1106

1107

1108

1109

1110

1111

1112

1113

1114

1121

1122

1123

1128

1129

1133

1134

1138

1146

1152

1156

1160

1163

1166

1167

1168

1169

1170

1171

1173

1175

1176

1177

1178

1179

1180

1181

1182

1183

1184

1185

1186

1187

1188

1210

1211

1212

1213

1214

1218

1222

1223

1036

1035

1235A

1235B

1236A

1236B

1243A, B diastereomers)

1243C

1247A, B diastereomers) (?)

1255

1256

1261

1266

1267

1268

1269

1276

1280

2003

B 2007

A 2030

B 2031

A 2032

A 2033

A 2034

B 2035

A 2036

A 2037

B 2038

B 2039

A 2040

A 2041

B 2042

A 2043

A 2044

A 2045

C 2046

C 2047

C 2048

B 2049

B 2050

B 2051

B 2052

A 2053

B 2054

A 2055

A 2056

A 2057

A 2073

B 2074

B 2075

B 2076

B 2077

B 2078

C 2079

C 2080

C 2081

A 2082

C 2083

B 2084

B 2093

D 2094

D 2095

C 2096

C 2097

C 2098

C 2099

C 2139

A 2140

D 2141

D 2142

B 2143

A 2144

A 2145

C 2146

C 2147

C 2148

C 2149

C 2150

B 2151

A 2152

D 2153

D 2154

D 2155

D 2156

B 2157

B 2158

B 2159

B 2233

A 2234

C 2235

A 2236

D 2237

C 2238

B 2239

D 2240

B 2241

C 2242

A 2243

A 2244

A 2245

A 2246

B 2247

A 2248

A 2249

A 2250

A 2251

A 2252

A 2253

A 2254

C 2255

A

2256

A 2257

A 2258

B 2259

A 2260

B 2261

A 2262

A 2263

C 2264

A 2265

A 2266

A 2267

C 2268

A 2269

A 2270

A 2271

A 2333

A 2334

A 2335

C 2336

C 2337

B 2338

A 2339

B 2340

B 2341

C 2342

C 2343

D 2344

D 2345

D 2346

D 2347

D 2348

C 2349

A 2350

A 2351

A 2352

A 2306

D 2307

D 2308

D 2353A

C 2353B

B 2354

B 2355

A 2356

D 2357

A 2358

C 2304

A 2359

A 2360

A 2305

A 2365

C 2369

2372

D 2376

D 2382

D 2387

D 2391

D 2393

D 2394

D 2395

C 2396

D 2397

D 2398

D 2399

D 2400

C 2401

C 2402

D 2403

D 2408

B 2409

C 2410

A 2411

D 2412

C 2413

A 2414

B 2415

B 2416

B 2417

B 2418

B 2419

C 2420

C 2421

C 2422

B 2423

C 2424

C 2425

C 2438

A 2439

A 2440

B 2441

B 2442

A 2443

A 2444

A 2445

A 2446

B 2456

D 2460

D 2474

D 2475

B 2476

B 2477

C 2478

D 2480

B 2481

C 2482

D 2483

D 2485

D 2486

D 2487

B 2489

B 2494

C 2495

C 2496

C 2506

A 2507

A 2508

B 2527

A 2528

A 2567

A 2568

— 2569

— 2570

A 2571

A 2572

A 2573

— 2574

— 2575

— 2576

— 2577

— 2578

— 2579

A 2580

A 2581

A 2582

A 2583

— 2584

— 2585

A 2586

A 2587

A 2588

A 2589

A 2590

A 2591

A 2592

A 2593

A 2594

A 2595

A 2596

A 2597

A 2598

A 2599

A 2600

A

Representative examples of compounds of the invention with theirrespective K_(i) values are listed in the table below: Ki Structure (nM)

0.16

0.25

0.3

0.38

0.49

0.5

0.5

0.54

0.56

0.57

0.6

0.74

0.75

0.8

0.85

0.86

0.89 Mixture of diastereomers

1

1.1

1.4 One diastereomer

1.4

1.4

1.44

1.54

2

2

2.0

2.3 Mixture of diastereomers

2.5

2.7

2.7

2.9

3.0

3.3

3.6

3.8

3.9

The pharmaceutical compositions containing the active ingredient may bein a form suitable for oral use, for example, as tablets, lozenges,aqueous or oily suspensions, dispersible powders or granules, emulsions,hard or soft capsules, or syrups or elixirs. Compositions intended fororal use may be prepared according to any method known to the art forthe manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions and such compositions maycontain one or more agents selected from the group consisting ofsweetening agents, flavoring agents, coloring agents and preservingagents in order to provide pharmaceutically elegant and palatablepreparations. Tablets contain the active ingredient in admixture withnon-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable excipients that are suitable forthe manufacture of tablets. These excipients may be for example, inertdiluents, such as calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate, lactose, calciumphosphate or sodium phosphate; granulating and disintegrating agents,for example, corn starch, or alginic acid; binding agents, for examplestarch, gelatin or acacia, and lubricating agents, for example magnesiumstearate, stearic acid or talc. The tablets may be uncoated or they maybe coated by known techniques to delay disintegration and absorption inthe gastrointestinal tract and thereby provide a sustained action over alonger period. For example, a time delay material such as glycerylmonostearate or glyceryl distearate may be employed. They may also becoated by the technique described in the U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,256,108;4,166,452; and 4,265,874 to form osmotic therapeutic tablets forcontrolled release.

Formulations for oral use may also be presented as hard gelatin capsuleswherein the active ingredients is mixed with an inert solid diluent, forexample, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin, or a softgelatin capsules where in the active ingredient is mixed with water oran oil medium, for example peanut oil, liquid paraffin or olive oil.

Aqueous suspensions contain the active material in admixture withexcipients suitable for the manufacture of aqueous suspensions. Suchexcipients are suspending agents, for example, sodiumcarboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose,sodium alginate, polyvinyl-pyrrolidone, gum tragacanth and gum acacia;dispersing or wetting agents may be a naturally-occurring phosphatide,for example, lecithin, or condensation products of an alkylene oxidewith fatty acids, for example polyoxyethylene stearate, or condensationproducts of ethylene oxide with long chain aliphatic alcohols, forexample, heptadecaethylene-oxycetanol, or condensation products ofethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and ahexitol such as polyoxyethylene sorbitol monooleate, or condensationproducts of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acidsand hexitol anhydrides, for example, polyethylene sorbitan monooleate.The aqueous suspensions may also contain one or more preservatives, forexample, ethyl or n-propyl, p-hydroxybenzoate, one or more coloringagents, one or more flavoring agents, and one or more sweetening agents,such as sucrose, saccharin or aspartame.

Oily suspensions may be formulated by suspending the active ingredientin a vegetable oil, for example, arachis oil, olive oil, sesame oil orcoconut oil, or in mineral oil such as liquid paraffin. The oilysuspensions may contain a thickening agent, for example, beeswax, hardparaffin or cetyl alcohol. Sweetening agents such as those set forthabove, and flavoring agents may be added to provide a palatable oralpreparation. These compositions may be preserved by the addition of ananti-oxidant such as ascorbic acid.

Dispersible powders and granules suitable for preparation of an aqueoussuspension by the addition of water provide the active ingredient inadmixture with a dispersing or wetting agent, suspending agent and oneor more preservatives. Suitable dispersing or wetting agents andsuspending agents are exemplified by those already mentioned above.Additional excipients, e.g., sweetening, flavoring and coloring agents,may also be present.

The pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may also be in the formof an oil-in-water emulsion. The oily phase may be a vegetable oil,e.g., olive oil or arachis oil, or a mineral oil, e.g., liquid paraffinor mixtures of these. Suitable emulsifying agents may benaturally-occurring phosphatides, e.g., soy beans, lecithin, and estersor partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides, forexample, sorbitan monooleate, and condensation products of the saidpartial esters with ethylene oxide, e.g., polyoxyethylene sorbitanmonooleate. The emulsions may also contain sweetening and flavoringagents.

Syrups and elixirs may be formulated with sweetening agents, forexample, glycerol, propylene glycol, sorbitol or sucrose. Suchformulations may also contain a demulcent, a preservative and flavoringand coloring agents.

The pharmaceutical compositions may be in the form of a sterileinjectable aqueous or oleagenous suspension. This suspension may beformulated according to the known art using those suitable dispersing orwetting agents and suspending agents which have been mentioned above.The sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectablesolution or suspension in a non-toxic parenterally-acceptable diluent orsolvent, e.g., as a solution in 1,3-butane diol. Among the acceptablevehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solutionand isotonic sodium chloride solution. In addition, sterile fixed oilsare conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium. For thispurpose any bland fixed oil may be employed including synthetic mono- ordiglycerides. In addition, fatty acids such as oleic acid find use inthe preparation of injectables.

Compounds of the invention may also be administered in the form ofsuppositories for rectal administration of the drug. The compositionscan be prepared by mixing the drug with a suitable non-irritatingexcipient which is solid at ordinary temperatures but liquid at therectal temperature and will therefore melt in the rectum to release thedrug. Such materials are cocoa butter and polyethylene glycols.

For topical use, creams, ointments, jellies, solutions or suspensions,etc., containing the compound of The invention are employed. (Forpurposes of this application, topical application shall includemouthwashes and gargles.)

The compounds for the present invention can be administered in theintranasal form via topical use of suitable intranasal vehicles, or viatransdermal routes, using those forms of transdermal skin patches wellknown to those of ordinary skill in the art. To be administered in theform of a transdermal delivery system, the dosage administration will,of course, be continuous rather than intermittent throughout the dosageregimen. Compounds of the present invention may also be delivered as asuppository employing bases such as cocoa butter, glycerinated gelatin,hydrogenated vegetable oils, mixtures of polyethylene glycols of variousmolecular weights and fatty acid esters of polyethylene glycol.

The dosage regimen utilizing the compounds of the present invention isselected in accordance with a variety of factors including type,species, weight, sex and medical condition of the patient; the severityof the condition to be treated; the route of administration; the renaland hepatic function of the patient; and the particular compound thereofemployed. A physician or veterinarian of ordinary skill can readilydetermine and prescribe the effective amount of the drug required toprevent, counter, arrest or reverse the progress of the condition.Optimal precision in achieving concentration of drug within the rangethat yields efficacy without toxicity requires a regimen based on thekinetics of the drug's availability to target sites. This involves aconsideration of the distribution, equilibrium, and elimination of adrug. Preferably, doses of the compound of Formula I useful in themethod of the present invention range from 0.01 to 1000 mg per day. Morepreferably, dosages range from 0.1 to 1000 mg/day. Most preferably,dosages range from 0.1 to 500 mg/day. For oral administration, thecompositions are preferably provided in the form of tablets containing0.01 to 1000 milligrams of the active ingredient, particularly 0.01,0.05, 0.1, 0.5, 1.0, 2.5, 5.0, 10.0, 15.0, 25.0, 50.0, 100 and 500milligrams of the active ingredient for the symptomatic adjustment ofthe dosage to the patient to be treated. An effective amount of the drugis ordinarily supplied at a dosage level of from about 0.0002 mg/kg toabout 50 mg/kg of body weight per day. The range is more particularlyfrom about 0.001 mg/kg to 1 mg/kg of body weight per day.

Advantageously, the active agent of the present invention may beadministered in a single daily dose, or the total daily dosage may beadministered in dividend doses of two, three or four time daily.

The amount of active ingredient that may be combined with the carriermaterials to produce single dosage form will vary depending upon thehost treated and the particular mode of administration.

It will be understood, however, that the specific dose level for anyparticular patient will depend upon a variety of factors including theage, body weight, general health, sex, diet, time of administration,route or administration, rate of excretion, drug combination and theseverity of the particular disease undergoing therapy.

The compounds of the invention may be produced by processes known tothose skilled in the art and as shown in the following reaction schemesand in the preparations and examples described below.

EXAMPLES

The following abbreviations are used in the procedures and schemes:

-   ACN Acetonitrile-   AcOH Acetic acid-   ADDP 1,1¹-(Azodicarbonyl)dipiperidine-   Anh. Anhydrous-   Aq Aqueous-   BOC tert-Butoxycarbonyl-   ° C. degrees Celsius-   CBZCI Benzyl chloroformate-   CDI Carbodiimide-   DBU 1,8-Diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene-   DCC Dicyclohexylcarbodiimide-   DCM Dichloromethane-   DEAD Diethyl azodicarboxylate-   (DHQ)₂PHAL Hydroquinine 1,4-phthalazinediyl diether-   DIAD Diisopropylazodicarboxylate-   DIEA Diisopropylethylamine-   DMA N,N-Dimethylacetamide-   DMAP 4-Dimethylaminopyridine-   DME Dimethoxyethane-   DMF Dimethylformamide-   DMFDMA N,N-Dimethylformamide dimethylacetal-   DMPU 1,3-Dimethyl-3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2(1 h)-pyrimidinone-   DMSO Dimethyl sulfoxide-   EDC 1-(3-Dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride-   EI Electron ionization-   Eq Equivalents-   EtOAc Ethyl acetate-   EtOH Ethanol-   g grams-   h. hours-   ¹H proton-   HATU N,N,N′,N′-Tetramethyl-O-(7-Azabenzotriazol-1-yl)Uronium    hexafluorophosphate-   Hex hexanes-   HOBt 1-Hydroxybenzotriazole-   HPLC High pressure liquid chromatography-   LAH Lithium aluminum hydride-   LDA Lithium diisopropylamide-   M Molar-   mCPBA meta-Chloroperoxybenzoic acid-   Me Methyl-   MeCN Acetonitrile-   MeOH Methanol-   min Minutes-   mg Milligrams-   MHz Megahertz-   ml Milliliter-   MS Mass Spectroscopy-   NMM N-Methylmorpholine-   NMP 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidone-   ON Overnight-   Pd(^(t)Bu₃P)₂ Bis-(tri-tert-butylophosphine)palladium-   Pd(TPP)₄ Tetrakis-(triphenylphosphine)palladium-   Pd(Oac)₂ Palladium(II) acetate-   PdCl₂(TPP)₂ Bis-(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II) chloride-   PdCl₂(ddppf)    Dichloro[1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]palladium(ii)    dichloride-   Pd₂(dba)₃ Tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0)-   PyBrOP Bromo-tris-pyrrolidino-phosphonium hexafluorophosphate-   Pyr Pyridine-   RT Room temperature-   SiO₂ Silica gel 60 chromatography-   sgc Silica gel 60 chromatography-   tBOC tert-Butoxycarbonyl-   TACE TNF-alpha converting enzyme-   TEA Triethylamine-   TFA Trifluoroacetic acid-   THF Tetrahydrofuran-   TLC Thin layer chromatography-   TPP Triphenylphosphine-   t_(R) Retention time

NMR spectra were acquired on a Mercuryplus 400 MHz NMR Spectrometer(Varian), using CDCl3 or DMSO-d6 as solvents. LC-MS data was obtainedusing an Agilent 1100 Series LC/MSD (quadrupole, API-ES (AtmosphericPressure Interface Electrospray)) with a capillary voltage set to 3500 Vand running in positive mode. Reported analytical HPLC (LC/MS) retentiontimes were obtained using a C18 (150×4.6 mm) reverse-phase columneluting with a 5 or 10 minute gradient of 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid inwater to 95:5 acetonitrile:water at a flow rate of 3 mL/min.

Purification via reverse phase chromatography was accomplished using aC18 reverse phase column with a gradient of 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid inwater to 95:5 acetonitrile:water at a flow rate of 20 mL/min. Sampleswere collected using a UV (Gilson, 254 nm) or mass spectra (Agilent 1100Series LC/MSD model SL) signal.

Normal phase silica gel chromatography on a Biotage instrument wasaccomplished using a Quad UV System (P/N 07052) utilizing KP-SIL 32-63um columns, 60 Å with flash cartridges 12+M or 25+M.

The compounds of formula (I) may be produced by processes known to thoseskilled in the art and as shown in the following reaction schemes and inthe preparations and examples described below. These preparations andexamples should not be construed to limit the scope of the disclosure.Alternate mechanistic pathways and analogous structures may be apparentto those skilled in the art. Some of the compounds made by theseprocesses are listed in Table 1. All kinds of isomeric forms of thecompounds are considered to be within the scope of this invention.

Example 1 General Synthesis of Tartrate Inhibitors

Two general routes exist for the synthesis of tartrate diamides fromamines. The first (Example 1) utilizes an acetonide-protectedmonoacid/monoester intermediate prepared from the commercially availableacetonide dimethyl ester using a literature procedure (J. Am. Chem. Soc.1978, 100, 48654872). In general either Example 1 or Example 2 could beused interchangeably, although Example 2 was found to be more preferredfor compounds that contained functional groups that were unstabletowards acidic deprotection conditions (such as 113).

A variety of amide bond coupling reagents were acceptable, includingHATU, CDI, EDC, DCC/HOBt, PyBrOP, polymer supported CDI with HOBt,polymer supported carbodiimide, and polymer supported EDC (PS-EDC) withHOBt. These coupling reagents could be used with a variety of bases,including triethylamine (TEA), diisopropylethylamine (DIEA), N-methylmorpholine, pyridine, dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP) and imidazole. Insome cases the excess amines in the peptide coupling steps were removedusing liquid/liquid extraction or polymeric scavenging resins such aspolymer supported isocyanate (PS-NCO) and/or polymer supported tosicacid (MP-TSOH). Unreacted acids could be removed using MP-carbonateresin or polymer resins containing basic functional groups such astrisamine (i.e. PS-trisamine), amberlite, or morpholine. Peptidecouplings were conducted in a variety of solvents, including DMF, THF,dioxane, acetonitrile, NMP, and DCM. These solvents can also be combinedin various proportions to optimize the reaction conditions. A lesspreferred but viable route using pentafluorophenyl (PFP) esterintermediates may be also utilized to prepare mono or diamides;preferred solvents for this approach should include THF. General peptidecoupling strategies, including PFP-based approaches, can be found inBodanszky & Bodanszky, The Practice of Peptide Synthesis, secondedition, Springer-Verlag, 1994.

Cleavage (saponification) of the intermediate methyl ester could beaccomplished under a variety of well-known conditions; including: aslight excess (1.1-3 equivalents) of base, KOH in methanol, LiOH inTHF/water, LiOH in methanol/water, and NaOH/THF/MeOH/water. Removal ofthe acetonide protecting group could be afforded using a variety ofacidic conditions, including TFA:water combinations (such as 80:20).

Part A:

To 2,2-dimethyl-[1,3]dioxolane-4R,5R-dicarboxylic acid monomethyl ester(1) (Musich, J. A.; Rapoport, H.; J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1978, 100,4865-4872) (500 mg, 2.45 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added2-thiopheneethylamine (316 μL, 2.70 mmol), DIEA (0.94 mL, 5.4 mmol) andHATU (989 mg, 2.60 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight andthe DMF was removed in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc, washedwith water, saturated bicarbonate solution, 0.1 N HCl, and brine. Theorganic layer was dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated.Purification by column chromatography (SiO₂, 10% EtOAc/DCM) afforded 2as an oil (491 mg, 64%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.17 (dd, 1H, J=1.2,5.2 Hz), 6.95 (dd, 1H, J=2.1, 5.2 Hz), 6.84 (d, 1H, J=2.4 Hz), 6.66 (bs,1H, NH), 4.72 (ABq, 2H, J=13.2 Hz), 3.84 (s, 3H), 3.65 (m, 1H), 3.57 (m,1H), 3.09 (t, 2H, J=6.4 Hz), 1.47 (s, 3H), 1.40 (s, 3H); HPLC-MSt_(R)=1.63 min (UV_(254 nm)); Mass calculated for formula C₁₄H₁₉NO₅S313.1, observed LCMS m/z 314.2 (M+H).

Part B:

To 2 (869 mg, 2.77 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added 1.0 M LiOH (3 mL, 3mmol) and the reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature. Thereaction mixture was diluted with water (10 mL) and the THF was removedin vacuo. The basic aqueous layer was extracted with diethyl ether andthe ether wash was discarded. The aqueous layer was made acidic with 1.0N HCl and extracted with diethyl ether. The combined organic layers weredried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to afford 3 as a yellow solid(443 mg, 53%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.21 (dd, 1H, J=1.2, 5.2 Hz),6.97 (dd, 1H, J=3.6, 5.2 Hz), 6.90 (bs, 1H, NH), 6.86 (d, 1H, J=3.2 Hz),4.48 (ABq, 2H, J=9.2 Hz), 3.76 (m, 1H), 3.60 (m, 1H), 3.15 (m, 2H), 1.53(s, 3H), 1.41 (s, 3H); HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.34 min (UV_(254 nm)); Masscalculated for formula C₁₃H₁₇NO₅S 299.1, observed LCMS m/z 300.1 (M+H).

Part C:

To 3 (150 mg, 0.5 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added racemic2-(4-fluorophenyl)-pyrrolidine (99 mg, 0.6 mmol), DIEA (261 μL, 1.5mmol), and HATU (228 mg, 0.6 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirredovernight at room temperature. The DMF was removed in vacuo and theresidue was dissolved in ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washedwith 0.1 N NaOH, 0.1 N HCl, water, and brine, dried over sodium sulfateand concentrated. Purification by column chromatography (SiO₂, 10% to50% EtOAc/DCM) afforded an oil (220 mg, 99%). The diastereomers wereresolved (as described in Example 18) by reverse phase HPLC to afford 4the desired isomer (78 mg, 35%) after lypholization. HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.93min (UV_(254 nm)); Mass calculated for formula C₂₃H₂₇FN₂O₄S 446.2,observed LCMS m/z 447.3 (M+H).

Part D:

Compound 4 (78 mg, 0.17 mmol) was dissolved in 90:10 TFA:water (5 mL)and stirred for 4 hours at room temperature. The reaction mixture wasquenched with 1:1 ACN:water (10 mL) and concentrated. The residue wasre-dissolved in 1:1 ACN:water (10 mL) and concentrated. Lypholizationafforded 5 as white solid (62 mg, 87%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) mixtureof rotomers δ 7.16-6.8 (m, 8H), 5.23-5.11 (m, 1H), 4.85 (m, 1H),4.40-4.15 (m, 1H), 3.90-3.48 (m, 6H), 3.00 (m, 2H), 2.33 (m, 1H),2.05-1.83 (m, 3H); HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.50 min (UV_(254 nm)); Mass calculatedfor formula C₂₀H₂₃FN₂O₄S 406.1, observed LCMS m/z 407.2 (M+H).

The following table contains compounds synthesized using the aboveprocedures. MS Compound Exact m/z # Structure mass (M + H)  6

433.2 434.1 7A

437.1 438.0 7B

445.2 446.1  8

403.2 404.1  9

412.2 413.2 10

413.2 414.0 11

427.2 428.2 12

434.2 435.1 13

472.2 473.2 14

422.1 423.4 15

389.1 390.1 16

422.1 423.3 17

416.2 417.2 18

447.2 448.1 19

456.1 457.1 20

406.1 407.2 21

389.1 390.1 22

389.1 390.1 23

402.2 403.1 24

456.1 457.0 25

456.1 457.1 26

388.2 389.2 27

402.2 403.1 28

456.1 457.0 29A

422.1 423.1 29B

403.1 404.1 30

406.1 407.2 31

444.2 445.3 32

402.2 403.1 33

466.1 467.0 34

418.2 419.2 35

459.2 460.3 36

431.2 432.2 37

431.2 432.2 38

360.1 361.1 39

360.1 361.1 40

395.1 396.1 41

445.1 446.2 42

492.2 493.1 43

496.2 497.2 44

492.2 493.1 46

485.1 486.1 47

614.2 615.0

Example 2 Anhydride Route to Tartrate Diamide Inhibitors

A second general route to diamide compounds starting from an anhydrideintermediate is delineated below in Example 2. (+)-Diacetyl-L-tartaricanhydride (48) is an article of commerce and reacts readily with avariety of amines to generate monoacid/monoamide intermediate. Thepreferred solvent for the ring opening is DCM; although DMF, THF ordioxane may also be compatible. The subsequent peptide coupling stepproceeds under a variety of standard conditions which are given forExample 1. The acetate groups can be removed using a variety ofconditions, including hydrazine/methanol, NaOMe in methanol,ammonia/methanol, lithium hydroxide/THF/water (saponification),potassium carbonate in methanol, or MP-carbonate. Often times thepreferred set of conditions for parallel synthesis is to use theMP-carbonate. It has also been observed that one or both of the acetateprotecting groups can be cleaved during synthetic transformationsinvolving nucleophiles, basic reagents, heating in protic solvents orexposure to organometallic reagents.

Example 2A

Part A:

To 48 (26 mg, 0.1 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was added2,4-difluorophenylpiperazine (20 mg, 0.1 mmol). The reaction mixture wasstirred for 1.5 hours. To the crude mixture was added2-thiopheneethylamine (14 μL, 0.12 mmol), DIEA (38 μL, 0.22 mmol) andHATU (42 mg, 0.11 mmol). The reaction was stirred overnight at roomtemperature. The reaction mixture was poured into water and extractedwith EtOAc. The combined organic layers were washed with 0.1 N NaOH, 0.1N HCl, and brine; dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo toyield 49 as an oil (49 mg, 94%). HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.10 min (UV_(254 nm));mass calculated for formula C₂₄H₂₇F₂N₃O₆S 523.2, observed LCMS m/z 524.4(M+H); purity>95% (ELSD).

Part B:

To 49 (49 mg, 0.09 mmol) in MeOH (2 mL) was added anhydrous hydrazine (5μL, 0.16 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at roomtemperature. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo andfreeze-dried to afford 50 as a white powder (40 mg, 100%). ¹H NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.17 (d, 1H, J=5.2 Hz), 6.96 (m, 2H), 6.85 (m, 4H), 4.87(s, 1H), 4.24 (s, 1H), 3.90 (m, 2H), 3.72 (m, 2H), 3.60 (m, 4H), 3.08(m, 4H); HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.85 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated forformula C₂₀H₂₃F₂N₃O₄S 439.1, observed LCMS m/z 440.2 (M+H).

Example 2B

Part A:

To 48 (26 mg, 0.1 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was addedN-methyl-(1R-phenyl-ethyl)-amine (15 μL, 0.1 mmol). The reaction mixturewas stirred for 1 hour. To the crude mixture was added2-thiopheneethylamine (47 μL, 0.4 mmol), HOBt (27 mg, 0.2 mmol),PS-carbodiimide resin (312 mg, 0.4 mmol). To the reaction mixture wasadded PS-TsOH resin (0.6 mmol) and MP-carbonate resin (0.4 mmol). Thereaction was tumbled overnight, filtered and concentrated. Compound 51was used without further purification. HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.82 min(UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₂₃H₂₈N₂O₆S 460.2, observedLCMS m/z 461.1 (M+H).

Part B:

To 51 in MeOH (2 mL) was added anhydrous hydrazine (5 μL, 0.16 mmol).The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. Thereaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo, purified by reverse phaseprep-HPLC and freeze-dried to afford 52 as a white powder (6.7 mg, 18%overall). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) major rotomer δ 7.40-7.25 (m, 6H),7.16 (d, 1H, J=4.8 Hz), 6.95 (app. t, 1H, J=4.8 Hz), 6.87 (bs, 1H, NH),5.96 (q, 1H, J=7.2 Hz), 4.91 (d, 1H, J=1.2 Hz), 4.22 (d, 1H, J=1.2 Hz),3.60 (m, 2H), 3.08 (m, 2H), 2.79 (s, 3H), 1.56 (d, 3H, J=5.7 Hz);HPLC-MS t_(R)=3.80 min (UV_(254 nm), 10 min); mass calculated forformula C₁₉H₂₄N₂O₄S 376.2, observed LCMS m/z 377.2 (M+H).

Example 2C

Compound 53 was prepared according to the procedure described by D.Miller et al (J. Med. Chem. 1999, 42, 2287).

Parts A & B:

Compound 55 was prepared using procedures similar to those described inExample 14, Parts D & E.

Data for 54: ¹HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.51-7.25 (m, 6H), 6.22 (s, 1H),5.75-5.67 (m, 2H), 5.36 (s, 2H), 5.28-4.61 (m, 4H), 3.69-3.40 (m, 2H),2.74 (s, 1H), 2.24 (s, 3H), 2.18 (s, 3H). Data for 55: ¹HNMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) δ 7.54-7.26 (m, 6H), 6.24 (s, 1H), 5.22-5.02 (m, 2H), 4.94-4.82(m, 3H) 4.42 (s, 1H), 3.72-3.50 (m, 2H), 2.92-2.76 (m, 2H) MS (EI) m/zM+H Obsd 377.1 MS Compound Exact m/z # Structure mass (M + H) 56

362.1 363.1 57

403.2 404.1 58

450.2 451.1 59

477.2 478.2 60

483.2 484.2 61

407.1 408.1 62

332.1 333.1 63

346.15 347.2 64

432.2 433.2 65

408.2 409.2 66

444.2 445.1 67

416.2 417.1 68

430.2 431.1 69

316.1 317.1 70

288.1 289.1 71

499.1 500.1 72

421.2 422.1 73

439.1 440.2 74

377.1 378.1 75

369.1 370.1 76

369.1 370.1 77

376.2 377.10 78

363.1 364.1 79

403.2 404.2 80

388.2 389.2 81

444.2 445.1 82

458.2 459.1 83

472.2 473.2 84

427.2 428.2 85

452.1 453.1 86

528.2 529.2 87

558.2 559.2 88

558.2 559.2 89

526.2 527.2 90

488.1 489.1 91

484.1 485.0 92

498.1 499.1 93

537.2 538.2 94

356.2 357.2 95

341.1 342.1 96

340.1 341.1 97

366.16 367.1 98

354.16 355.1 99

368.17 369.1 100

366.16 367.1 101

380.17 381.2 102

380.2 381.2 103

384.2 385.1 104

402.1 403.1 105

341.1 342.1

Example 2D Method A

Method A, Step 1:

Compound 106 (R1=R2=CH₂Ph) was prepared from 48 following the proceduredescribed in Example 4A, Part C.

Method A, Step 2:

To a THF/MeCN (1:1, 0.5 mL) solution of polystyrene EDC resin (57 mg, 3eq) in a 6 mL fritted cartridge was added a THF/MeCN (1:1) solution of106 (0.028 mmol), a THF solution of HOBT (0.3 mL, 1.5 eq) and a 1MTHF/MeCN (1:1) solution of 2-furanethylamine (0.056 mL, 2 eq). Thecartridge was capped and let shake at 25° C. for 20 h. Polystryreneisocyanate resin (57 mg, 3 eq) and polystyrene trisamine (39 mg, 6 eq)was added followed by 0.5 mL of THF and the mixture was shaken for 6 h.The suspension was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to afford107 (R1=R2=CH₂Ph, R3=CH₂CH₂(C₄H₄O).

Method A, Step 3:

Compound 107 was treated with a 2N solution of NH₃ in MeOH (3 mL) for1.5 h. The solvent was then removed in vacuo to provide 108(R1=R2=CH₂Ph, R3=CH₂CH₂(C₄H₄O).

Example 2D Table A

MS Compound Exact m/e # Structure mass (M + H) 109

373.2 374.2 110

397.2 398.2 111

438.2 439.1 112

360.1 361.1 113

344.1 345.1 114

374.1 375.1 115

523.2 524.1 116

507.2 508.1 117

537.2 538.1 118A

417.1 418.1 118B

431.2 432.2 119

401.2 402.1 120

415.2 416.1 121

417.1 418.1 122

431.2 432.2 123

401.2 402.1 124

415.2 416.1 108

422.2 423.1 125

358.2 359.1  38

360.1 361.2  39

360.1 361.2 126

394.1 395.2 127

412.2 413.2 128

426.2 427.2 129

330.1 331.2 130

346.2 347.2 131

402.2 403.1 132

372.2 373.1 133

414.2 415.1 134

384.2 385.1 135

456.2 457.1Method B

Method B, Step 1:

Compound B2 (R¹=CH₂Ph, R²=CH₃) was prepared from 48 following theprocedure described in Example 4A Part C.

Method B, Step 2:

To a DMF (40 mL) solution of B2 (2.0 g, 5.93 mmol), HOBT (880 mg, 6.52mmol), and N-Boc-1,3-propylenediamine (1.14 g, 6.52 mmol) was added EDCI(1.48 g, 7.61 mmol) at 25° C. under N₂. After stirring for 20 h, 1N HClwas added, the products were extracted with ethyl acetate (3×),combined, then washed with sat. NaHCO₃, water (3×), and dried overMgSO₄. The products were then filtered and concentrated in vacuo to giveB3 (R¹=CH₂Ph, R²=CH₃, n=3).

Method B, Step 3:

To a MeCN (30 mL) solution of B3 (1.18 g, 2.4 mmol) at 25° C. was added20 mL of a 4N solution of HCl in dioxane. The solution was capped andstirred at 25° C. for 2.5 h. The solvent was then removed in vacuo. Theproduct was then dissolved in 45 mL of THF/MeCN/DMF (4:4:1) andpolystyrene NEt₂ resin (4.5 g, 14.4 mmol) added. After stirring for 1.5h, the solution was filtered off and the resin washed with THF:MeCN(1:1). The filtrates were then diluted to 120 mL with additionalTHF/MeCN (1:1) and B4 (R¹=CH₂Ph, R²=CH₃, n=3) was used in thepreparation of the following library:

Method B, Step 4:

Polystyrene EDC resin (30 mg, 0.045 mmol) was added to 96-wells of adeep well polypropylene microtiter plate followed by a MeCN/THF/DMF(6:6:1) stock solution (1 mL) of B4 (0.015 mmol) and HOBT (0.0225 mmol).Then 1M stock solutions of each of the individual acids (R¹-96COOH)(0.023 mL, 0.021 mmol) were added to the wells, which was then sealedand shaken at 25° C. for 20 h. The solutions were filtered through apolypropylene frit into a 2nd microtiter plate containing polystyreneisocyanate resin (3 equivalents, 0.045 mmol) and polystyrene trisamineresin (6 equivalents, 0.09 mmol). After the top plate was washed withMeCN (0.5 mL), the plate was removed, the bottom microtiter plate sealedand shaken at 25° C. for 16 h. Then the solutions were filtered througha polypropylene frit into a 96-well collection plate. The wells of thetop plate were then washed with MeCN (0.5 mL), and the plate removed.Then the resultant solutions in the collection plate were transferredinto vials and the solvents removed in vacuo via a SpeedVac to provideamides B5.

Method B, Step 5:

Compounds B6 were prepared from B5 following the procedure described inMethod A, Step 3 (see above).

Example 2D Table B

MS Compound Exact m/e # Structure mass (M + H) 136

444.2 445.2 137

446.3 447.3 138

460.2 461.3 139

460.2 461.3 140

405.2 406.2 141

419.2 420.2 142

419.2 420.2 143

417.2 418.2 144

419.2 420.2 145

433.2 434.2 146

468.2 469.3 147

468.2 469.3 148

432.2 433.2 149

474.2 475.3 150

482.3 483.3 151

488.2 489.3 152

508.3 509.3Method C

Method C, Step 1:

Compound 153 (R¹R²N=4-phenylpiperazine) was prepared from 48 followingthe procedure described in Method B, Step 1 (see above).

Method C, Step 2:

Compound 154 (R¹R²N=4-phenylpiperazine, n=3) was prepared from 153following the procedure described in Method B, Step 2 (see above).

Method C, Step 3:

Compound 155 (R¹R²N=4-phenylpiperazine, n=3) was prepared from 154following the procedure described in Method B, Step 3 (see above) andwas used in the preparation of the following library:

Method C, Step 4:

Polystyrene DIEA resin (30 mg, 0.045 mmol) was added to 72-wells of adeep well polypropylene microtiter plate followed by a MeCN/THF/DMF(6:6:1) stock solution (1 mL) of 155 (0.015 mmol). Then 1M stocksolutions of each of the individual sulfonyl chlorides (R¹-72SO₂Cl)(0.023 mL, 0.021 mmol) were added to the wells, which was then sealedand shaken at 25° C. for 20 h. The solutions were filtered through apolypropylene frit into a 2nd microtiter plate containing polystyreneisocyanate resin (3 equivalents, 0.045 mmol) and polystyrene trisamineresin (6 equivalents, 0.09 mmol). After the top plate was washed withMeCN (0.5 mL), the plate was removed, the bottom microtiter plate sealedand shaken at 25° C. for 16 h. Then the solutions were filtered througha polypropylene frit into a 96-well collection plate. The wells of thetop plate were then washed with MeCN (0.5 mL), and the plate removed.Then the resultant solutions in the collection plate were transferredinto vials and the solvents removed in vacuo via a SpeedVac to providesulfonamides 156.

Method C, Step 5:

Compounds 157 were prepared from 156 following the procedure describedin Method A, Step 3 (see above).

Example 2D Table C

MS Compound Exact m/e # Structure mass (M + H) 157

542.2 543.3

These compounds were prepared using Method A:

Example 2D Table D

MS Compound Exact m/z # Structure mass (M + H) 158

431.2 432.2 159

437.1 438.2 160

437.1 438.2 161

453.2 454.3 162

503.2 504.3 163

533.2 534.2 164

467.2 468.3 165

467.2 468.3 166

483.2 484.3 167

483.2 484.3 168

519.2 520.3 169

533.2 534.3 170

509.2 510.3 171

521.2 522.3 172

563.2 564.3

These compounds were prepared using Method A:

Example 2D Table E

MS Compound Exact m/e # Structure mass (M + H) 173

451.2 452.3 174

451.2 452.3 175

467.2 468.3 176

485.1 486.3 177

496.2 497.3 178

503.2 504.3 179

517.2 518.3 180

505.2 506.3 181

547.3 548.3 182

421.2 422.2

Example 3 Heteroaryl Biaryl Compounds

A compound precursor may be prepared such that the synthesis of directanalogs is facilitated. Examples of schemes for biaryl synthesis arelisted below. Aryl halides and ‘pseudo-halides’ (i.e. triflates) areknown to react with boronic acids under a variety of establishedconditions (Top. Curr. Chem. 2002, 219, 1249). A variety of bases forthis reaction are known in the literature, including sodium carbonate,potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate, potassium t-butoxide, sodiumt-butoxide, TEA, DIEA, potassium fluoride, and potassium phosphate. Formost applications potassium phosphate was preferred and gave acceptableyields and chemoselectivity. A number of solvents have also been used inthe literature for Suzuki reactions, including THF, dioxane, NMP, DMF,DME, DMA, toluene, and water. In general we have found that THF ordioxane are preferred solvents. Solvents may also be mixed in variousproportions to enhance reactivity and/or chemoselectivity. Palladiumsources for this reaction are numerous as well, including Pd(TPP)₄,Pd(OAc)₂, PdCl₂(TPP)₂, PdCl₂(dppf), Pd₂(dba)₃. In general PdCl₂(dppf)was found to be a preferred palladium source.

Example 3A

Part A:

To an ice cold methanol (100 mL) solution of4-bromo-thiophene-2-carbaldehyde (183) (90%, 11.1 g, 58.1 mmol, 1.00equiv) was added sodium borohydride in portions (2.20 g, 58.1 mmol, 1.00equiv) over ca. 10 minutes. The cooling bath was removed and thereaction solution was aged 30 min. The reaction was quenched at rt bythe addition of acetone (until evolution of gas ceased), concentrated,and partitioned between ethyl acetate and 0.1 N HCl. The organic phasewas washed with water, brine, dried (sodium sulfate), filtered, and thenconcentrated to give 184 as an orange oil (10.5 g, 95%) that was usedwithout further purification. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.18 (s, 1H),6.93 (s, 1H), 4.81 (s, 2H).

Part B:

To 184 (4.38 g, 22.7 mmol) in toluene (25 mL) was added phosphoroustribromide (2.36 mL, 25 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated in an oilbath at 90° C. for 15 minutes. After cooling to room temperature thereaction mixture was poured over ice and extracted with ethyl acetate.The combined organic layer was washed with water (2×), saturated sodiumbicarbonate solution (1×) and saturated sodium chloride solution, driedover magnesium sulfate and concentrated to afford 185 as a light brownoil (5.51 g, 95%). The material was used without further purification.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.21 (s, 1H), 7.03 (s, 1H), 4.66 (s, 2H).

Part C:

To 185 (5.51 g, 21.5 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) was added phthalimide (3.80 g,25.8 mmol) and cesium carbonate (7.72 g, 23.7 mmol). The reactionmixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction mixturewas filtered and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue wasdissolved in ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was separated,washed with saturated sodium chloride solution, dried over sodiumsulfate and concentrated to afford a brown solid. Recrystallization from˜30% ethyl acetate/hexanes afforded 186 as a peach solid (6.38 g, 2crops, 92%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.86 (m, 2H), 7.72 (m, 2H), 7.11(s, 1H), 7.07 (s, 1H), 4.97 (s, 2H). HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.02 min(UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₁₃H₈BrNO₂S 321.0, observedLCMS m/z 322.0 (M+H).

Part D:

A suspension of 186 (5.76 g, 17.8 mmol) and hydrazine hydrate (3.5 mL,72 mmol) in ethanol (50 mL) was heated to reflux. The suspension clearedupon heating before a thick white precipitate formed. The reactionmixture was heated for 1 hour and cooled. The white precipitate wasbroken up by the addition of ethanol (50 mL) and sonication of themixture. The precipitate was removed by filtration and the solids werethoroughly washed with ethanol and ethyl acetate. The filtrate wasconcentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate andwater. The layers were separated. The organic layer was washed withsaturated sodium chloride solution, dried over sodium sulfate andconcentrated to afford 187 as an orange-brown oil (2.66 g, 78%). ¹H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.10 (s, 1H), 6.84 (s, 1H), 4.04 (s, 2H). HPLC-MSt_(R)=0.58 min (UV_(254 nm)); Mass calculated for formula C₅H₆BrNS190.9, observed LCMS m/z 192.0 (M+H).

Part E:

Following the procedure described in Example 1 part A: To 188 (preparedas described in Example 4 Part C from (+)-diacetyl-L-tartaric anhydride(48) and 2-chlorophenylpiperazine) (916 mg, 2.22 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) wasadded 187 (502 mg, 2.61 mmol), DIEA (850 μL, 4.88 mmol) and HATU (928mg, 2.44 mmol). Purification by column chromatography (SiO₂, 20% to 50%EtOAc/DCM) afforded 189 as an off-white foam (652 mg, 50%). ¹H NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.37 (dd, 1H, J=1.2, 7.6 Hz), 7.25 (dt, 1H, J=1.2, 7.6Hz), 7.14 (d, 1H, J=1.2 Hz), 7.03 (m, 2H), 6.92 (d, 1H, J=1.2 Hz), 6.74(m, 1H, NH), 5.92 (d, 1H, J=3.6 Hz), 5.70 (d, 1H, J=4.0 Hz), 4.73 (dd,1H, J=6.4, 15.2 Hz), 4.50 (dd, 1H, J=5.6, 15.6 Hz), 3.83 (m, 3H), 3.65(m, 1H), 3.20-3.00 (m, 4H), 2.21 (s, 3H), 2.11 (s, 3H); Mass calculatedfor formula C₂₃H₂₅BrClN₃O₆S 585.0, observed LCMS m/z 586.1 (M+H).

Part F:

To 189 (59 mg, 0.1 mmol), phenyl boronic acid (13 mg, 0.11 mmol),potassium phosphate (42 mg, 0.2 mmol), and PdCl₂(dppf) (4 mg, 0.005mmol) was added dioxane (2 mL). The reaction mixture was flushed withargon and heated to 80° C. overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled,poured into water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organics werewashed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated.Purification by column chromatography (SiO₂, 20% EtOAc/DCM) afforded 190as an off-white foam (36 mg, 58%, 94% purity). HPLC-MS t_(R)=5.61 min(UV_(254 nm), 10 min.); mass calculated for formula C₂₉H₃₀ClN₃O₆S 583.2,observed LCMS m/z 584.2 (M+H).

Part G:

To 190 (36 mg, 0.062 mmol) in methanol was added 0.5 M sodium methoxidein methanol (6 μL, 0.003 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 1.5hours at room temperature, quenched with 0.1 N HCl and concentrated.Purification by reverse-phase prep-LC afforded 191 as a white solid (3.2mg, 10%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.55 (dd, 2H, J=1.2, 8.4 Hz), 7.40to 7.20 (m, 9H), 7.09 (m, 1H, NH), 4.91 (d, 1H, J=2.4 Hz), 4.70 (m, 2H),4.33 (d, 1H, J=2.0 Hz), 4.00 (m, 2H), 3.85 (m, 2H), 3.20 (m, 4H);HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.94 min (UV_(254 nm)); Mass calculated for formulaC₂₅H₂₆ClN₃O₄S 499.1, observed LCMS m/z 500.2 (M+H). MS Compound Exactm/e # Structure mass (M + H) 192

484.1 485.0

Example 3B 3-Pyridyl-Biaryl

Part A:

To 193 (prepared as described in Example 1) (1.5 g, 4.24 mmol) in DMF(10 mL) was added 194 (0.725 g, 5.09 mmol) and HATU (1.94 g, 5.09 mmol).The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. Thereaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with saturatedsodium bicarbonate and brine, dried over sodium sulfate andconcentrated. Purification by column chromatography (SiO₂, 80% ethylacetate/hexanes) afforded 195 as a colorless oil (1.73 g, 86%). HPLC-MSt_(R)=1.92 and 1.97 min (UV_(254 nm)); Mass calculated for formulaC₂₃H₂₅Cl₂N₃O₄ 477.1, observed LCMS m/z 478.1 (M+H).

Part B:

Step 1: To phenyl boronic acid (10 mg, 0.084 mmol), potassium phosphate(36 mg, 0.168 mmol) and PdCl₂(dppf) (3.1 mg, 10 mol %) under argon in a4-mL vial was added 195 (20 mg, 0.042 mmol) in dioxane (0.5 mL). Thereaction mixture was heated at 100° C. for 16 hours. The reactionmixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with ethyl acetate andfiltered through celite. The filtrate was concentrated. HPLC-MSt_(R)=2.01 min (UV_(254 nm)); Mass calculated for formula C₂₉H₃₀ClN₃O₄519.2, observed LCMS m/z 520.2 (M+H).

Step 2: The crude material from Step 1 was dissolved in 80:20 TFA:water(1 mL) at 0° C. and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Thereaction mixture was quenched with 1:1 water:acetonitrile (2 mL) andconcentrated. Purification by reverse phase prep-LC afforded 196 as asolid after lypholization. HPLC-MS t_(R)=3.54 min (UV_(254 nm), 10 min);Mass calculated for formula C₂₆H₂₆ClN₃O₄ 479.2, observed LCMS m/z 480.2(M+H). MS Compound Exact m/z # Structure mass (M + H) 197

544.2 454.2 198

535.1 536.2 199

509.2 510.1 200

513.1 514.2 201

515.1 516.2 202

498.2 499.2 203

555.2 556.2 204

564.2 565.2 205

523.2 524.2 206

572.2 573.2 207

563.1 564.2 208

510.0 511.1

Example 3C 2-Pyridyl-Biaryl

Part A:

To 5-bromo-pyridine-2-carbonitrile (209) (1.0 g, 5.46 mmol) intetrahydrofuran (10 mL) at −78° C. was added lithium aluminum hydride(1.0 M, 13.66 mL, 13.66 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 2 hours at−78° C. The mixture was quenched at −78° C. with 10:1 THF:water. Themixture was warmed to room temperature, diluted with ethyl acetate andstirred with 1.0 N sodium hydroxide for 10 minutes. The reaction mixturewas filtered through celite and the layers were separated. The organiclayer was washed with 1.0 N sodium hydroxide and brine, dried oversodium sulfate and concentrated to afford 210 as an oil (600 mg). Thematerial was used without further purification.

Part B:

To 193 (1.13 g, 3.2 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) was added 210 (0.600 g, 3.2mmol) and HATU (1.34 g, 3.52 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for5 hours at room temperature. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethylacetate, washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate and brine, dried oversodium sulfate and concentrated to afford 211 as an oil (380 mg).HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.00 and 2.05 min (UV_(254 nm)); Mass calculated forformula C₂₃H₂₅BrClN₃O₄ 521.1, observed LCMS m/z 522.1 (M+H).

Part C:

Step 1: To 2-chlorophenyl boronic acid (24 mg, 0.152 mmol), potassiumphosphate (65 mg, 0.306 mmol) and PdCl₂(dppf) (3.1 mg, 5 mol %) underargon in a 4-mL vial was added 211 (40 mg, 0.076 mmol) in dioxane (0.5mL). The reaction mixture was heated at 100° C. for 16 hours. Thereaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with ethylacetate and filtered through celite. The filtrate was concentrated.

Step 2: The crude material from Step 1 was dissolved in 80:20 TFA:water(1 mL) at 0° C. and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Thereaction mixture was quenched with 1:1 water:acetonitrile (2 mL) andconcentrated. Purification by reverse phase prep-LC afforded 212 as asolid after lypholization. HPLC-MS t_(R)=4.10 and 4.13 min (UV_(254 nm),10 min); Mass calculated for formula C₂₆H₂₅Cl₂N₃O₄ 513.2, observed LCMSm/z 514.2 (M+H).

The following compounds were prepared using the above procedures. MSCompound Exact m/e # Structure mass (M + H) 213

479.2 480.1 214

509.2 510.1 215

504.2 505.1 216

480.2 481.1 217

514.1 515.0 218

481.2 482.2 219

442.2 443.2 220

504.2 505.1 221

477.2 478.1 222

488.2 489.1 223

523.2 524.2 224

537.2 538.2 225

585.2 586.2 226

394.2 395.2 227

509.2 510.1

Example 4 Thiophene-Benzyl Compounds

Pd-mediated Negishi-type couplings were an efficient way to generate aset of relevant compounds for this series where Ar was a phenyl ring.While a range of palladium sources are known we found that Pd(PtBu₃)₂was preferred. The reaction can be run in a variety of solvent systems,including dioxane, THF, or DMA. A preferred method utilized the solventfrom the zinc reagent, which was typically available as a THF stocksolution. Removal of the t-BOC group can be completed using a range ofacidic conditions including TFA/water, HCl in methanol, and HCl indioxane; all of which proceeded equally well with most reactionsubstrates. The reactions are typically concentrated and freeze-dried togive HCl or TFA salts. The Negishi reactions proceed comparably, and inmany cases better, when the amine was protected by a phthalimide. Thephthalimide protecting group could be removed by heating in ethanolcontaining hydrazine hydrate.

Example 4A

Part A:

To 186 (3.47 g, 10.8 mmol) and bis-(tri-tert-butyl-phosphine) palladium(0.28 g, 0.54 mmol) in a flask under argon was added 2-chlorobenzyl zincchloride (0.5 M in THF, 54 mL, 27 mmol). The reaction was stirred atroom temperature for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted withEtOAc (200 mL) and washed with saturated ammonium chloride solution (100mL), bicarbonate solution (100 mL) and brine (100 mL). The organic layerwas dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. Purification by columnchromatography (SiO₂, 20% EtOAc/Hex) afforded 228 as a white solid (3.59g, 91%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.85 (dd, 2H, J=3.2, 5.6 Hz), 7.71(dd, 2H, J=3.2, 5.6 Hz), 7.36 (m, 1H), 7.17 (m, 3H), 6.99 (d, 1H, J=1.0Hz), 6.78 (d, 1H, J=1.0 Hz), 4.95 (s, 2H), 4.00 (s, 2H).

Part B:

To 228 (3.55 g, 9.72 mmol) suspended in ethanol (35 mL) was addedhydrazine monohydrate (1.9 mL, 38.9 mmol). The reaction mixture washeated at reflux for 2 hours. After cooling the solids were removed byfiltration and washed with ethanol (100 mL) and ethyl acetate (50 mL).The filtrate was concentrated and the residue was dissolved in ethylacetate (150 mL) and water (100 mL). The organic layer was separated,washed with brine (100 ml), dried over sodium sulfate and concentratedto yield 229 as a yellow oil (2.54 g, 99%).

Part C:

To 48 (2.16 mg, 10.0 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added isoindoline (1.13mL, 10.0 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 2hours. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was partitionedbetween ethyl acetate and 1.0 N HCl. The organic layer was separated,washed with water and brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentratedto afford 230 as a dark solid (3.35 g, 100%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆)δ 13.63 (bs, 1H), 7.38-7.28 (m, 4H), 5.01 (d, 1H, J=13.2 Hz), 4.93 (d,1H, J=14.0 Hz), 4.71 (d, 1H, J=16.4 Hz), 4.56 (d, 1H, J=15.6 Hz), 2.12(s, 3H), 2.07 (s, 3H); HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.10 min (UV_(254 nm)); masscalculated for formula C₁₆H₁₇NO₇ 335.1, observed LCMS m/z 336.1 (M+H).

Part D:

To 230 (18 mg, 0.053 mmol) in NMP (2 mL) was added 229 (19 mg, 0.08mmol), DIEA (26 μL, 0.148 mmol) and HATU (30 mg, 0.08 mmol). Thereaction mixture was stirred overnight. The reaction mixture was pouredinto water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layerwas washed with 0.1 N NaOH, 0.1 N HCl and brine, dried over sodiumsulfate and concentrated to afford 231.

Part E:

To 231 (118 mg, 0.216 mmol) in methanol (3 mL) and DCM (3 mL) was addedMP-carbonate resin (2.54 mmol/g, 85 mg). The reaction was stirred for 3hours, filtered and concentrated to afford 232 as a white solid (94 mg,92%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.34 (t, 1H, J=2.0 Hz) 7.79 (dd 1H,J=0.8, 8.0 Hz), 7.64 (dt, 1H, J=1.6, 8.0 Hz), 7.47 (d, 1H, J=7.6 Hz),7.40 (dt, 1H, J=0.8, 7.6 Hz), 7.35-7.27 (m, 4H), 6.97 (d, 1H, J=1.6 Hz),6.81 (d, 1H, J=1.2 Hz), 5.67 (d, 1H, J=6.4 Hz), 5.05 (d, 1H, J=12.8 Hz),4.97 (d, 1H, J=8.0 Hz), 4.90 (d, 1H, J=13.2 Hz), 4.75 (d, 1H, J=13.2Hz), 4.60 (m, 2H), 4.36 (m, 2H, J=6.4, 15.2 Hz) 4.24 (dd, 1H, J=3.2, 6.8Hz); HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.85 (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formulaC₂₄H₂₃ClN₂O₄S 470.1, observed LCMS m/z 471.1

Example 4B

Part A:

To 233 (4.00 g, 13.7 mmol) and bis-(tri-tert-butyl-phosphine) palladium(0.28 g, 0.54 mmol) in a flask under argon was added 2-chlorobenzyl zincchloride (0.5 M in THF, 69 mL, 34.5 mmol). The reaction was stirred atroom temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc(200 mL) and washed with saturated ammonium chloride solution (100 mL),bicarbonate solution (100 mL) and brine (100 mL). The organic layer wasdried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. Purification by columnchromatography (SiO₂, 15% EtOAc/Hex) afforded 234 as a white solid (4.5g, 95%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.36 (d, 1H J=3.6 Hz), 7.25-7.18 (m,4H), 6.74 (s, 1H), 6.64 (d, 1H, J=3.6 Hz), 4.40 (d, 2H, J=5.2 Hz), 4.22(s, 2H).

Part B:

To 234 (450 mg, 1.34 mmol) was added 4M HCl in dioxane (1.5 mL) and thereaction was stirred for 30 minutes. The dioxane was removed in vacuo.The residue was dissolved in THF (10 mL) and DIEA (500 μL, 2.68 mmol)and 48 (275 mg, 1.27 mmol) were added. The reaction was stirredovernight at room temperature. The reaction mixture was diluted withethyl acetate (60 mL) and washed with 1.0 N HCl. The organic layer wasdried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to afford 235 as a yellowfoam (505 mg, 90%).

Part C:

To 235 (40 mg, 0.09 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) were added DIEA (50 μL, 0.29mmol), isoindoline (14 mg, 0.12 mmol), and HATU (45 mg, 0.12 mmol). Thereaction mixture was stirred for 6 hours. The reaction mixture wasdiluted with ethyl acetate (30 mL) and washed with 0.1 N NaOH, 0.1 N HCland brine. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate. The crudeproduct was dissolved in methanol (3 mL) and potassium carbonate (100mg) in water (1 mL) was added. After stirring for 30 minutes thereaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (20 mL) and washed withbrine. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated.Purification by reverse phase prep-LC afforded 236 as a white solid. ¹HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.29 (t, 1H, J=6.4 Hz) 7.42 (dd, 1H, J=1.6, 7.8Hz), 7.37-7.23 (m, 7H), 6.74 (d, 1H, J=3.6 Hz), 6.65 (d, 1H, J=3.2 Hz),5.66 (d, 1H, J=5.6 Hz), 5.04 (d, 1H, J=14.8 Hz), 4.97 (bs, 1H), 4.89 (d,1H, J=15.2 Hz), 4.75 (d, 1H, J=16.4 Hz), 4.60 (m, 2H), 4.38 (dd, 1H,J=6.4, 15.2 Hz), 4.23 (bs, 1H), 4.15 (s, 2H); HPLC-MS t_(R)=4.92 min(UV_(254 nm), 10 min); mass calculated for formula C₂₄H₂₃ClN₂O₄S 470.1,observed LCMS m/z 471.1

Example 4C Thiophene-Benzyl

Compound 237 was prepared according to the procedure described by A. J.Hutchison et al (European Patent 0323807 A2, Dec. 7, 1989)

Parts A:

Compound 238 was prepared by procedures similar to those described inExample 5 Part A.

Parts B-E:

Compound 242 was prepared by procedures similar to those described inExample 4B Parts A to C. HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.05 min (UV_(254 nm)); masscalculated for formula C₂₇H₂₈ClFN₂O₄S 530.1, observed LCMS m/z 531.1(M+H).

The following compounds were prepared by the procdures desribed inExample 4A-4C. MS Compound Exact m/z # Structure mass (M + H) 243

513.2 514.2 244

527.2 528.1 245

563.2 564.2 246

517.2 518.2 247

562.3 563.2 248

478.2 479.2 249

515.2 516.0 250

515.2 516.0 251

511.2 512.2 252

541.2 542.2 253

514.2 515.2 254

526.2 527.2 255

521.2 522.1 256

532.2 533.2 257

532.2 533.2 258

556.2 557.2 259

530.1 531.1 260

526.2 527.2 261

482.2 483.1 262

496.2 497.2 263

516.1 517.2 264

507.2 508.1 265

512.2 513.2 266

518.2 519.1 267

510.2 511.1 268

517.1 518.0 269

516.1 517.2 270

507.2 508.1 271

500.2 501.1 272

526.2 527.2 273

518.2 519.1 274

550.1 551.0 275

518.2 519.1 276

514.2 515.2 277

496.2 497.1 278

532.1 533.0 279

512.2 513.1 280

498.1 499.0 281

523.1 524.1 282

503.2 504.1 283

496.2 497.2 284

496.2 497.2 285

517.2 518.2 286

566.12 567.1 287

498.1 499.1 288

498.1 499.1 289

498.1 499.1 290

541.2 542.2 291

537.2 538.2 292

526.2 527.0 293

498.1 499.1 294

532.1 533.0 295

464.2 465.1 296

478.2 479.2 297

436.2 437.2 298

450.2 451.1 299

489.2 490.1 300

566.1 567.1 301

532.1 533.0 302

532.1 533.0 303

528.2 529.2 304

523.1 524.2

Example 5

Part A:

To a solution of 187 (2.68 g, 14.0 mmol) and pyridine (2.26 mL, 28 mmol)in dichloromethane (25 mL) was added di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (3.21 g,14.7 mmol). The mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. Thereaction mixture was poured into water (25 mL) and the layers wereseparated. The organic layer was washed with 1.0 N HCl (20 mL), water(20 mL), and saturated sodium chloride solution (20 mL), dried oversodium sulfate and concentrated. Purification by column chromatography(SiO₂, DCM) afforded 305 as a light orange solid (3.64 g, 89%). ¹H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl₃) a 7.11 (s, 1H), 6.87 (s, 1H), 4.01 (bs, 1H), 4.44 (d,2H, J=6.0 Hz), 1.48 (s, 9H).

Part B:

To n-butyl lithium (2.5 M, 0.31 mL, 0.78 mmol) in THF (2 mL) at −78° C.under argon was added 305 (100 mg, 0.34 mmol) in THF (1.5 mL) dropwise.The reaction mixture was stirred for 30 minutes at −78° C. Then2-thiophene carbaldehyde (60 μL, 0.68 mmol) was added. The reactionmixture was stirred for 30 minutes at −78° C. The reaction mixture wasquenched with saturated ammonium chloride solution and warmed to roomtemperature. The mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (10 mL) and thelayers were separated. The organic layer was washed with water andbrine. Dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. Purification bycolumn chromatography (SiO₂, 20% EtOAc/hexane) afforded 306 (47 mg,42%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.28 (m, 1H), 7.16 (s, 1H) 6.95 (m, 2H),6.93 (s, 1H), 6.05 (s, 1H). 4.88 (bs, 1H), 4.43 (d, 2H, J=5.6 Hz), 2.43(bs, 1H), 1.48 (s, 9H).

Part C:

To 306 (47 mg, 0.14 mmol) in DCM (2 mL) was added triethylsilane (0.2mL). The mixture was cooled in an ice bath and TFA (0.2 mL) was added.The mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred overnight. Thesolvents were removed in vacuo and 307 was used without furtherpurification. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) a 7.20 (m, 2H), 7.09 (s, 1H) 6.90(m, 1H), 6.86 (m, 1H), 4.26 (s, 2H), 4.15 (s, 2H).

Part D:

To 230 (19 mg, 0.06 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added 307 (18 mg, 0.06mmol), DIEA (29 μL, 0.17 mmol) and HATU (28 mg, 0.07 mmol). The reactionmixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction mixturewas diluted with ethyl acetate (20 mL) and water (20 mL). The layerswere separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate.The combined organic layers were washed with sodium bicarbonate solutionand brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. Compound 308 wasused without further purification. HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.91 min (UV_(254 nm));mass calculated for formula C₂₆H₂₆N₂O₆S₂ 526.1, observed LCMS m/z 269.9(M+H).

Part E:

Compound 308 and potassium carbonate (20 mg) were mixed in methanol (2.5mL) and water (0.5 mL) and were stirred for 30 minutes. The reactionmixture was diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with water and brine,dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. Purification by reversephase prep-LC afforded 309 as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ8.33 (t, 1H, J=5.6 Hz), 7.30 (m, 5H), 7.03 (s, 1H), 6.92 (s, 1H), 6.67(s, 1H), 6.82 (s, 1H), 5.04 (d, 1H, J=14.0 Hz), 4.90 (d, 1H, J=14.0 Hz),4.75 (d, 1H, J=16.0 Hz), 4.60 (m, 2H), 4.41 (dd, 1H, J=6.8, 14.8 Hz),4.33 (dd, 1H, J=5.6, 14.4 Hz), 4.25 (s, 1H), 4.04 (s, 2H); HPLC-MSt_(R)=4.45 min (UV_(254 nm), 10 min); mass calculated for formulaC₂₂H₂₂N₂O₄S₂ 442.1, observed LCMS m/z 443.0 (M+H).

The following compounds were prepared using the procedures describedabove. Part C did not result in dehydration for compounds like 314 and317. MS Compound Exact m/z # Structure mass (M + H) 310

436.2 437.3 311

504.1 505.1 312

550.1 551.0 313

504.1 505.1 314

515.1 516.1 315

428.2 429.1 316

442.2 443.0 317

537.2 538.0 318

504.09 505.0

Example 6 Example 6A

Part A:

A mixture of 2-(aminomethyl)thiophene (319) (1.57 g, 13.8 mmol),monomethyl phthalate (2.75 g, 15.3 mmol), EDC (3.26 g, 16.6 mmol), HOBt(2.79 g, 20.7 mmol) and triethylamine (5 mL, 27.6 mmol) in DCM (40 mL)was stirred for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was partitioned betweenethyl acetate and water. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethylacetate (2×50 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with 1.0 NHCl, bicarbonate solution and brine, dried over sodium sulfate andconcentrated. Recrystallization of the mixture from ethylacetate/hexanes afforded 320 as a solid (2.20 g, 67%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) δ 7.85 (m, 2H), 7.71 (m, 2H), 7.21 (m, 1H), 7.15 (m, 1H), 6.94(m, 1H), 5.03 (s, 2H).

Part B: (Feigel, M., Lugert, G., Heichert, C.; Liebigs Ann. Chem. 1987,367)

To paraformaldehyde (250 mg) in HCl (conc., 5 mL) was added 0.5 M zincchloride in THF (1.7 mL, 0.85 mmol). To this mixture was added 320 (235mg, 0.85 mmol) in portions and then dioxane (3 mL). The reaction mixturewas stirred at 60° C. for 45 minutes. The reaction mixture was cooledand diluted with water (50 mL) and ethyl acetate (50 mL). The layerswere separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate(2×30 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfateand concentrated. Recrystallization from ethyl acetate/hexane afforded321 as a solid (190 mg, 78%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.86 (dd, 2H,J=3.2, 5.6 Hz), 7.72 (dd, 2H, J=3.2, 5.6 Hz), 6.98 (d, 1H, J=3.6 Hz),6.90 (d, 1H, J=3.6 Hz), 4.98 (s, 2H), 4.72 (s, 2H).

Part C:

A mixture 321 (190 mg, 0.65 mmol), 2-methylbenzimidazole (112 mg, 0.85mmol), sodium iodide (catalytic) and cesium carbonate (275 mg, 0.85mmol) in DMF (6 mL) were stirred overnight at room temperature. Thereaction mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. Thelayers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethylacetate (2×50 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with sodiumbicarbonate solution and brine, dried over sodium sulfate andconcentrated. Recrystallization from ethyl acetate/hexane afforded 322(65 mg) and 322 contaminated with 2-methylbenzimidazole (120 mg). ¹H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.83 (dd, 2H, J=3.2, 5.6 Hz), 7.70 (dd, 2H, J=3.2,5.6 Hz), 7.68 (m, 1H), 7.29 (m, 1H), 7.23 (m, 2H), 6.95 (d, 1H, J=3.6Hz), 6.70 (d, 1H, J=3.6 Hz), 5.36 (s, 2H), 4.91 (s, 2H), 2.64 (s, 3H);HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.14 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formulaC₂₂H₁₇N₃O₂S 387.1, observed LCMS m/z 388.1 (M+H).

Part D:

Compound 322 (90 mg, 0.23 mmol) and hydrazine hydrate (50 μL, 0.93 mmol)in ethanol (10 mL) and DCM (5 mL) were refluxed for 1.5 hours. Thereaction mixture was cooled and filtered. The filtrate was concentratedand the crude product was used without further purification.

Part E:

To 230 (83 mg, 0.24 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added 323 (82 mg, 0.32mmol), DIEA (300 μL, 1.6 mmol) and HATU (135 mg, 0.36 mmol). Thereaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The reactionmixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL) and water (50 mL). Thelayers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethylacetate. The combined organic layers were washed with sodium bicarbonatesolution and brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. Compound324 was used without further purification. HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.13 min(UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₃₀H₃₀N₄O₆S 574.2, observedLCMS m/z 575.1 (M+H).

Part F:

Compound 324 (˜120 mg, 0.21 mmol) and potassium carbonate (100 mg) weremixed in methanol (5 mL) and water (1 mL). After 5 minutes a solidprecipitated and the reaction was stirred for 30 minutes. The solid wascollected by filtration. Purification by reverse phase prep-LC afforded325 as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.35 (t, 1H, J=6.0Hz), 7.93 (d, 1H, J=8.0 Hz), 7.73 (d, 1H, J=6.8 Hz), 7.48 (m, 2H), 7.33(m, 1H), 7.27 (m, 3H), 7.08 (d, 1H, J=3.6 Hz), 6.82 (d, 1H, J=3.6 Hz),5.80 (s, 2H), 5.02 (d, 1H, J=14.4 Hz), 4.86 (d, 1H, J=15.2 Hz), 4.74 (d,1H, J=16.8 Hz), 4.58 (d, 1H, J=16.4 Hz), 4.57 (s, 1H), 4.33 (m, 2H),4.22 (s, 1H), 2.84 (s, 3H); HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.74 min (UV_(254 nm), 10min); mass calculated for formula C₂₆H₂₆N₄O₄S 490.2, observed LCMS m/z491.2 (M+H).

Example 6B

Part A:

To n-butyl lithium (2.5 M, 0.91 mL, 2.28 mmol) in THF (5 mL) at −78° C.under argon was added 305 (300 mg, 1.03 mmol) in THF (5 mL) dropwise.The reaction mixture was stirred for 30 minutes at −78° C. Then dimethylformamide (151 mg, 2.06 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture wasstirred for 30 minutes at −78° C. The reaction mixture was quenched withsaturated ammonium chloride solution and warmed to room temperature. Themixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (10 mL) and the layers wereseparated. The organic layer was washed with water and brine. Dried oversodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was dissolved in methanoland sodium borohydride (156 mg, 4.12 mmol) was added. The reactionmixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction mixturewas diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with 0.1 N HCl, water andbrine. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated.Purification by column chromatography (SiO₂, 25% EtOAc/hexane) afforded326 (147 mg, 58%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.10 (s, 1H), 6.94 (s, 1H),4.63 (s, 2H), 4.45 (d, 2H, J=4.7 Hz), 1.48 (s, 9H).

Part B:

To 326 (30 mg, 0.12 mmol) in THF (2 mL) was added benzimidazole (19 mg,0.16 mmol), triphenylphosphine (42 mg, 0.16 mmol) and DIAD (32 mg, 0.16mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature.The reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was dissolved indichloromethane (2 mL) and TFA (0.5 mL) was added. The reaction mixturewas stirred for 30 minutes and concentrated. The residue was dissolvedin diethyl ether and washed twice with water. The combined aqueous layerwas made basic DIEA and extracted with ethyl acetate. The combinedorganic layer was washed with brine, dried and concentrated to afford327 as a film (41 mg). The material was used without furtherpurification.

Part C:

To 230 (20 mg, 0.06 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added 327 (19 mg, 0.08mmol), DIEA (31 μL, 0.18 mmol), DMAP (1 mg) and HATU (30 mg, 0.08 mmol).The reaction mixture was stirred overnight. The mixture was poured intowater and extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers werewashed with 0.1 N NaOH, water and brine, dried over sodium sulfate andconcentrated. Compound 328 was used without further purification. Masscalculated for formula C₂₉H₂₈N₄O₆S 560.2, observed LCMS m/z 561.2 (M+H).

Part D:

Compound 328 and potassium carbonate (20 mg) were mixed in methanol (2.5mL) and water (0.5 mL) and were stirred for 30 minutes. The reactionmixture was diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with water and brine,dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. Purification by reversephase prep-LC afforded 329 as a white solid (8 mg). HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.77min (UV_(254 nm), 10 min); mass calculated for formula C₂₅H₂₄N₄O₄S476.2, observed LCMS m/z 477.1 (M+H).

Example 6C

Part A:

N-(Hydroxymethyl)phthalimide (1.0 g, 5.6 mmol) was dissolved in 1%triflic acid in trifluoroacetic acid (10 mL) at 0° C. To this mixturewas added 330 (0.52 mL, 5.6 mmol). The reaction mixture was warmed toroom temperature slowly and stirred overnight. The reaction mixture waspoured into ice water (100 mL) and extracted with DCM. The combinedorganic layers were washed with sodium bicarbonate solution and brine,dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. Purification by columnchromatography (SiO₂, 30% EtOAc/Hex) afforded 331 (619 mg, 41%). ¹H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 9.85 (d, 1H, J=1.6 Hz), 7.86 (m, 2H), 7.81 (d, 1H,J=1.6 Hz), 7.76 (s, 1H), 7.73 (m, 2H), 4.87 (s, 2H).

Part B:

Compound 331 (315 mg, 1.16 mmol) was dissolved in 1:1 methylenechloride:methanol (10 mL) and cooled in an ice bath. To this solutionwas added sodium borohydride (11 mg, 0.29 mmol) and the reaction wasstirred for 30 minutes. Additional sodium borohydride (3 mg, 0.08 mmol)was added and the reaction was stirred for 30 minutes. The reactionmixture was diluted with methylene chloride and washed with saturatedammonium chloride solution, water and brine. The reaction mixture wasdried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to afford 332 as a whitesolid (310 mg, 98%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 7.83 (m, 2H), 7.79 (m,2H), 7.24 (s, 1H), 6.97 (s, 1H), 4.76 (s, 2H), 4.65 (s, 2H).

Part C:

A mixture of 332 (97 mg, 0.36 mmol) and phosphorous tribromide (34 μL,0.39 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) was stirred for 30 minutes at room temperature.The reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with ethylacetate. The combined organic layers were washed with sodium bicarbonatesolution and brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to afford333 as a white solid (104 mg, 87%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.85 (dd,2H, J=2.8, 5.2 Hz), 7.72 (dd, 2H, J=2.8, 5.2 Hz), 7.32 (s, 1H), 7.15 (s,1H), 4.77 (s, 2H), 4.66 (s, 2H).

Part D:

A mixture of 333 (450 mg, 1.34 mmol), 2-methyl-benzimidazole (355 mg,2.69 mmol) and cesium carbonate (875 mg, 2.69 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) wasstirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction mixture was dilutedwith ethyl acetate and washed with water and brine, dried over sodiumsulfate and concentrated. Recrystallization from ethyl acetate/hexanesafforded 334 as a white solid (252 mg, 49%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.84 (dd, 2H, J=2.8, 5.2 Hz), 7.72 (dd, 2H, J=2.8, 5.2 Hz), 7.68 (m,1H), 7.23 (m, 3H), 7.19 (s, 1H), 7.05 (s, 1H), 5.38 (s, 2H), 4.75 (s,2H), 2.66 (s, 3H).

Part E:

A mixture of 334 (225 mg, 0.58 mmol) and hydrazine hydrate (113 μL, 2.32mmol) in ethanol (4 mL) was refluxed for 4 hours. The reaction mixturewas cooled and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and the residuewas dissolved in ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with waterand brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to afford a 335 asyellow solid (148 mg, 99%).

Part F:

To 230 (12 mg, 0.036 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added 335 (12 mg, 0.045mmol), DIEA (18 μL, 0.11 mmol) and HATU (17 mg, 0.045 mmol). Thereaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The reactionmixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (20 mL) and water (20 mL). Thelayers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethylacetate. The combined organic layers were washed with sodium bicarbonatesolution and brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. Compound336 was used without further purification. HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.22 min(UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₃₀H₃₀N₄O₆S 574.2, observedLCMS m/z 575.0 (M+H).

Part G:

Compound 336 and potassium carbonate (20 mg) were mixed in methanol (1.5mL) and stirred for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was diluted withethyl acetate, washed with water and brine, dried over sodium sulfateand concentrated. Purification by reverse phase prep-LC afforded 337 asa white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.23 (t, 1H, J=6.4 Hz), 7.89(m, 1H), 7.70 (m, 1H), 7.44 (m, 2H), 7.33 (m, 1H), 7.27 (m, 3H), 7.20(s, 1H), 7.14 (s, 1H), 5.80 (s, 2H), 5.04 (d, 1H, J=13.2 Hz), 4.88 (d,1H, J=15.2 Hz), 4.73 (m, 2H), 4.60 (m, 2H), 4.25 (m, 2H), 2.83 (s, 3H);HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.04 min (UV_(254 nm), 10 min); mass calculated forformula C₂₆H₂₆N₄O₄S 490.2, observed LCMS m/z 491.1 (M+H).

The following compounds were prepared using the procedures described inExample 6A to 6C. MS Compound Exact m/z # Structure mass (M + H) 338

426.1 427.1 339

454.2 455.2 340

490.2 491.2 341

552.2 553.2 342

488.1 489.0 343

426.1 427.1 344

506.2 507.2 345

544.1 545.1 346

502.2 503.2 347

416.2 417.2 348

457.2 458.1 349

518.2 519.2

Example 7

Part A:

To 232 (26 mg, 0.056 mmol) in toluene (5 mL) was added dibutyltin oxide(20 mg, 0.08 mmol). The mixture was heated for 3 hours at reflux with aDean Stark trap. The mixture was concentrated. The residue was dissolvedin NMP (3 mL) and treated with cesium fluoride (8.5 mg, 0.056 mmol) andiodomethane (14 μL, 0.224 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 50°C. overnight. The reaction mixture was poured into water and extractedwith ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with brine,dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. Purification by prep-HPLCafforded 350 (3.4 mg, 13%). HPLC-MS t_(R)=5.26 min (UV_(254 nm), 10min.); mass calculated for formula C₂₅H₂₅ClN₂O₄S 484.1, observed LCMSm/z 485.0 (M+H). MS Compound Exact m/e # Structure mass (M + H) 351

432.2 433.2 352

432.2 433.2

Example 8

Part A:

To BOC-glycine (353) (25.0 g, 0.143 mol) dissolved in dry THF (100 mL)and cooled to −20° C. under a nitrogen atmosphere was added Hunig's base(23.1 g, 31.1 mL, 0.357 mol) then isobutylchloroformate (21.4 g, 20.4mL, 0.157 mol). Stirred at −20° C. for 60 mins. Serine methyl ester(354) (24.4 g, 0.157 mol) then Hunig's base (23.1 g, 31.1 mL, 0.357 mol)was added. The reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature, stirredfor 18 h and concentrated. The residue was partitioned between 0.5 NNaOH (300 mL) CH₂Cl₂. The layers were separated and the acqueous layerwas extracted with CH₂Cl₂. The combined organic layer was dried overmagnesium sulfate and concentrated. Purified by silica gelchromatography (eluant: 1% MeOH—CH₂Cl₂ to 3% MeOH—CH₂Cl₂) to give 20.5 g(52%) of the product 355 as a yellow oil. MS m/e: 277 (M+H).

For n=2: MS m/e: 291 (M+H)

Part B:

To compound 355 (4.55 g, 16.5 mmol) dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (200 mL) andcooled to −50° C. under a nitrogen atmosphere was addeddiethylaminosulfur trifluoride (3.19 g, 2.4 mL, 19.8 mmol) dropwise viasyringe. Stirred at −50° C. for 2 h, added potassium carbonate (3.88 g,28.1 mmol), and warmed slowly to room temperature over 2 h. Added 0.2 NNaOH (100 mL) and separated layers. Extracted aqueous layer with CH₂Cl₂,dried combined organic extracts (MgSO₄), filtered, and concentrated.Purified by silica gel chromatography (eluant: 2% MeOH—CH₂Cl₂ to 4%MeOH—CH₂Cl₂) to give 3.06 g (72%) of the product 356 as a yellow oil. MSm/e: 259 (M+H).

For n=2: MS m/e: 273 (M+H)

Part C:

To compound 356 (6.10 g, 23.6 mmol) dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (250 mL) andcooled to 0° C. was added DBU (12.59 g, 12.4 mL, 82.7 mmol) andbromotrichloromethane (16.40 g, 8.1 mL, 82.7 mmol). Warmed slowly toroom temperature over 2 h and stirred for 16 h. Added 0.1 N NaOH (200mL) and separated layers. Extracted aqueous layer with CH₂Cl₂, driedcombined organic extracts (MgSO₄), filtered, and concentrated. Purifiedby silica gel chromatography (eluant: 2% MeOH—CH₂Cl₂ to 3% MeOH—CH₂Cl₂)to give 4.27 g (71%) of the product 357 as an orange oil. MS m/e: 257(M+H).

For n=2: MS m/e: 271 (M+H)

Part D:

To compound 357 (4.25 g, 16.6 mmol) dissolved in Et₂O (100 mL) was addedlithium borohydride (1.44 g, 66.3 mmol) and MeOH (2.13 g, 2.7 mL, 66.3mmol). Refluxed for 3 h, cooled to room temperature, and concentrated.Added water (100 mL), extracted with CH₂Cl₂, dried combined organicextracts (MgSO₄), filtered, and concentrated. Purified by silica gelchromatography (eluant: 5% MeOH—CH₂Cl₂ to 10% MeOH—CH₂Cl₂) to give 2.43g (64%) of the product 358 as a yellow oil. MS m/e: 229 (M+H).

For n=2: MS m/e: 243 (M+H)

Part E:

To compound 358 (1.41 g, 6.18 mmol) dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (35 mL) andcooled to −25° C. was added triethylamine (1.25 g, 1.7 mL, 12.4 mmol)then mesyl chloride (0.85 g, 0.57 mL, 7.41 mmol) dropwise. Warmed to 0°C. slowly over 60 mins. Added water (50 mL), extracted with CH₂Cl₂,dried combined organic extracts (MgSO₄), filtered, and concentrated togive 1.89 g (100%) of the product 359 as a yellow oil. MS m/e: 251(M+2−tBu).

For n=2: MS m/e: 265 (M+2−tBu)

Part F:

Suspended copper cyanide (1.66 g, 18.5 mmol) in dry THF (70 mL) under anitrogen atmosphere and cooled to −25° C. Added phenyl magnesium bromide(3.0 M in Et₂O, 12.3 mL, 37.0 mmol) dropwise via syringe such thatinternal temperature <−20° C. Stirred at −20° C. for 30 mins then at 0°C. for 30 mins. Warmed to 15° C. internal temperature then recooled to−25° C. Added compound 359 (1.89 g, 6.18 mmol) dissolved in dry THF (20mL) dropwise via syringe. Stirred at −25° C. internal temperature for 2h then at 0° C. for 16 h. Concentrated, added 2 N NH₄OH (100 mL),extracted with CH₂Cl₂, dried combined organic extracts (MgSO₄),filtered, and concentrated. Purified by silica gel chromatography(eluant: 5% EtOAc-hexane to 20% EtOAc-hexane) to give 0.82 g (46%) ofthe product 360A as a yellow oil. MS m/e: 289 (M+H).

The following intermediates were prepared according to the aboveprocedure: Com- pound # Intermediate Structure MS 360B

303 (M + H) 360C

319 (M + H) 360D

303 (M + H)Part G:

To compound 360A (1.00 g, 3.47 mmol) dissolved in 1:1 CH₂Cl₂:MeOH (30mL) was added 4 N HCl in dioxane (7.8 mL, 31.2 mmol). Stirred at roomtemperature for 4 h then concentrated to give 0.78 g (100%) of theproduct 361A (hydrochloride salt) as a yellow solid. MS m/e: 189 (M+H).

The following intermediates were prepared according to the aboveprocedure: Compound # Intermediate Structure MS 361B

303 (M + H) 361C

219 (M + H) 361D

203 (M + H)Part H: (JFL 80324-023)

Combined compound 361A (0.20 g, 0.677 mmol), compound 362 (0.30 g, 0.812mmol), HATU (0.51 g, 1.35 mmol), and triethylamine (0.21 g, 0.28 mL,2.03 mmol) in dry DMF (8 mL). Stirred at room temperature for 16 h.Concentrated, added 0.5 N NaOH (15 mL), extracted with CH₂Cl₂, driedcombined organic extracts (MgSO₄), filtered, and concentrated. Purifiedby silica gel chromatography (eluant: 3% MeOH—CH₂Cl₂) to give 0.25 g(70%) of the product 363 as a beige oil. MS m/e: 534 (M+H).

The following intermediates were prepared according to the aboveprocedure: Compound # Intermediate Structure MS 365

522 (M + H) 366

590 (M + H) 367

520 (M + H) 368

583 (M + H) 369

548 (M + H) 370

564 (M + H) 371

536 (M + H) 372

604 (M + H) 373

597 (M + H) 374

548 (M + H)Part I:

To compound 363 (0.24 g, 0.450 mmol) dissolved in MeOH (10 mL) was added0.5 M NaOMe in MeOH (0.09 mL, 0.045 mmol). Stirred at room temperaturefor 60 mins. Added 4 N HCl in dioxane (0.11 mL, 0.450 mmol) andconcentrated to give 0.20 g (100%) of the product 364 as a brown foam.MS m/e: 450 (M+H).

The following compounds were prepared according to Example 8: MSCompound Exact m/z # Structure mass (M + H) 375

437.2 438.0 376

451.2 452.0 377

519.2 520.0 378

512.2 513.0 379

498.2 499.2 380

505.2 506.3 381

463.2 464.2 382

435.2 436.2 383

463.2 464.2 384

479.2 480.2 174

451.2 452.2 175

467.2 468.3 179

517.2 518.3 181

547.3 548.3 182

421.2 422.2

Example 9 Thiazole-Benzyl Inhibitors Example 9A

Scheme 1

Part A:

To glycinamide HCl 385 (60.0 g, 0.543 mol) suspended in MeOH (1000 mL)and cooled to 0° C. was added triethylamine (109.9 g, 151.4 mL, 1.09mol) and tBOC anhydride (148.0 g, 0.678 mol) portionwise. Warmed to roomtemperature and stirred for 24 h. Concentrated, added 1 N NaOH (600 mL),extracted with CH₂Cl₂, dried combined organic extracts (MgSO₄),filtered, and concentrated to give 53.0 g (56%) of the product 396 as awhite solid. MS m/e: 175 (M+H).

For n=2: MS m/e: 189 (M+H)

Part B:

To compound 386 (21.63 g, 0.124 mol) dissolved in THF (400 mL) was addedLawesson reagent (30.13 g, 0.074 mol). Stirred at room temperature for16 h then concentrated. Purified by silica gel chromatography (eluant:3% MeOH—CH₂Cl₂) then re-purified by silica gel chromatography (eluant:2% MeOH—CH₂Cl₂) to give 23.59 g (100%) of the product 387 as a lightgreen solid. MS m/e: 135 (M+2−tBu).

For n=2: MS m/e: 149 (M+2−tBu)

Part C:

To compound 387 (6.00 g, 31.5 mmol) dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (150 mL) wasadded ethyl bromopyruvate (6.76 g, 4.4 mL, 34.7 mmol). Stirred at roomtemperature for 5 h then concentrated. Added 3 A sieves (6 g) and EtOH(150 mL) and refluxed for 16 h. Filtered and concentrated to give a darkfoam. Dissolved foam in 1:1 CH₂Cl₂:EtOH (100 mL) and added triethylamine(6.40 g, 8.8 mL, 63.1 mmol) and tBOC anhydride (7.60 g, 34.7 mmol).Stirred at room temperature for 5 h then concentrated. Added 0.25 N NaOH(100 mL), extracted with CH₂Cl₂, dried combined organic extracts(MgSO₄), filtered, and concentrated. Purified by silica gelchromatography (eluant: 10% EtOAc-CH₂Cl₂ to 30% EtOAc-CH₂Cl₂) to give6.00 g (67%) of the product 388 as a brown oil. MS m/e: 287 (M+H).

For n=2: MS m/e: 301 (M+H)

Part D:

To compound 388 (4.70 g, 16.4 mmol) dissolved in Et₂O (140 mL) was addedlithium borohydride (1.43 g, 65.7 mmol) and MeOH (2.10 g, 2.7 mL, 65.7mmol). Refluxed for 16 h, cooled to room temperature, and concentrated.Added water (100 mL), extracted with CH₂Cl₂, dried combined organicextracts (MgSO₄), filtered, and concentrated. Purified by silica gelchromatography (eluant: 2% MeOH—CH₂Cl₂ to 5% MeOH—CH₂Cl₂) to give 3.70 g(92%) of the product 389 as a yellow solid. MS m/e: 245 (M+H).

For n=2: MS m/e: 259 (M+H)

Part E:

To compound 389 (5.30 g, 21.7 mmol) dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (130 mL) andcooled to −25° C. was added triethylamine (4.40 g, 6.0 mL, 43.4 mmol)then mesyl chloride (3.00 g, 2.0 mL, 26.0 mmol) dropwise. Warmed to 0°C. slowly over 60 mins. Added water (100 mL), extracted with CH₂Cl₂,dried combined organic extracts (MgSO₄), filtered, and concentrated togive 7.00 g (100%) of the product 390 as a yellow oil. MS m/e: 223(M+2-tBOC).

For n=2: MS m/e: 237 (M+2-tBOC)

Part F:

To compound 390 (0.60 g, 1.86 mmol) dissolved in dry DMF (25 mL) wasadded 4-hydroxypyridine (0.22 g, 2.30 mmol) and cesium carbonate (1.20g, 3.72 mmol). Stirred at room temperature for 16 h then concentrated.Added water (25 mL), extracted with CH₂Cl₂, dried combined organicextracts (MgSO₄), filtered, and concentrated. Purified by silica gelchromatography (eluant: 10% MeOH with NH₃—CH₂Cl₂) to give 0.40 g (68%)of the product 391A as a colorless oil. MS m/e: 322 (M+H).

The following intermediates were prepared according to the aboveprocedure: Compound # Intermediate Structure MS 391B

386 (M + H) 391C

359 (M + H) 391D

413 (M + H) 391E

373 (M + H) 391F

393 (M + H) 391G

336 (M + H) 391H

400 (M + H)Part G:

Suspended copper cyanide (1.65 g, 18.4 mmol) in dry THF (70 mL) under anitrogen atmosphere and cooled to −25° C. Added phenyl magnesium bromide(3.0 M in Et₂O, 12.3 mL, 37.0 mmol) dropwise via syringe such thatinternal temperature <−20° C. Stirred at −20° C. for 30 mins then at 0°C. for 30 mins. Warmed to 15° C. internal temperature then recooled to−25° C. Added compound 390 (1.98 g, 6.14 mmol) dissolved in dry THF (20mL) dropwise via syringe. Stirred at −25° C. internal temperature for 2h then at 0° C. for 16 h. Concentrated, added 2 N NH₄OH (100 mL),extracted with CH₂Cl₂, dried combined organic extracts (MgSO₄),filtered, and concentrated. Purified by silica gel chromatography(eluant: 5% EtOAc-hexane to 20% EtOAc-hexane) to give 1.14 g (66%) ofthe product 392A as a yellow oil. MS m/e: 305 (M+H).

The following intermediates were prepared according to the aboveprocedure: Com- pound # Intermediate Structure MS 392B

319 (M + H) 392C

319 (M + H) 392D

333 (M + H) 392E

335 (M + H) 392F

381 (M + H) 392G

333 (M + H) 392H

337 (M + H) 392I

337 (M + H) 392J

337 (M + H) 392K

353 (M + H) 392L

306 (M + H) 392M

306 (M + H) 392N

348 (M + H) 392O

319 (M + H)Part H:

To compound 392A (0.30 g, 0.986 mmol) dissolved in 1:1 CH₂Cl₂:MeOH (10mL) was added 4 N HCl in dioxane (2.4 mL, 9.86 mmol). Stirred at roomtemperature for 16 h then concentrated to give 0.23 g (100%) of theproduct 393A (hydrochloride salt) as a beige foam. MS m/e: 205 (M+H).

The following intermediates were prepared according to the aboveprocedure: Compound # Intermediate Structure MS 393B

219 (M + H) 393C

219 (M + H) 393D

233 (M + H) 393E

235 (M + H) 393F

249 (M + H) 393G

281 (M + H) 393H

239 (M + H) 393I

230 (M + H) 393J

233 (M + H) 393K

237 (M + H) 393L

237 (M + H) 393M

237 (M + H) 393N

253 (M + H) 393O

206 (M + H) 393P

206 (M + H) 393Q

248 (M + H) 393R

219 (M + H) 393S

219 (M + H) 393T

286 (M + H) 393U

259 (M + H) 393V

313 (M + H) 393W

273 (M + H) 393X

293 (M + H) 393Y

236 (M + H) 393Z

300 (M + H)Part I:

Combined compound 393A (100 mg, 0.416 mmol), compound 362 (181 mg, 0.499mmol), HATU (316 mg, 0.832 mmol), and triethylamine (126 mg, 0.17 mL,1.25 mmol) in dry DMF (6 mL). Stirred at room temperature for 16 h.Concentrated, added 0.5 N NaOH (15 mL), extracted with CH₂Cl₂, driedcombined organic extracts (MgSO₄), filtered, and concentrated. Purifiedby silica gel chromatography (eluant: 3% MeOH—CH₂Cl₂) to give 120 mg(52%) of the product 394A as a colorless oil. MS m/e: 550 (M+H).

The following intermediates were prepared according to the aboveprocedure: Compound # Intermediate Structure MS 394B

616(M + H) 394C

680(M + H) 394D

536(M + H) 394E

600(M + H) 394F

568(M + H) 394G

564(M + H) 394H

582(M + H) 394I

564(M + H) 394J

580(M + H) 394K

594(M + H) 394L

578(M + H) 394M

626(M + H) 394N

584(M + H) 394O

575(M + H) 394P

578(M + H) 394Q

612(M + H) 394R

596(M + H) 394S

592(M + H) 394T

608(M + H) 394U

621(M + H) 394V

635(M + H) 394W

661(M + H) 394X

677(M + H) 394Y

579(M + H) 394Z

585(M + H) 394AA

608(M + H) 394BB

582(M + H) 394CC

582(M + H) 394DD

582(M + H) 394EE

598(M + H) 394FF

580(M + H) 394GG

551(M + H) 394HH

569(M + H) 394II

551(M + H) 394JJ

593(M + H) 394KK

607(M + H) 394LL

564(M + H) 394MM

630(M + H) 394NN

694(M + H) 394OO

552(M + H) 394PP

620(M + H) 394QQ

613(M + H) 394RR

564(M + H) 394SS

604(M + H) 394TT

647(M + H) 394UU

673(M + H) 394VV

702(M + H) 394WW

687(M + H) 394XX

701(M + H) 394YY

716(M + H) 394ZZ

701(M + H) 394AAA

661(M + H)

394BBB

682(M + H)

Part J:

To compound 394A (0.12 g, 0.218 mmol) dissolved in MeOH (6 mL) was added0.5 M NaOMe in MeOH (0.044 mL, 0.0218 mmol). Stirred at room temperaturefor 60 mins. Added 4 N HCl in dioxane (0.055 mL, 0.218 mmol) andconcentrated to give 0.10 g (100%) of the product 395 as a light yellowfoam. MS m/e: 466 (M+H).

The following compounds were prepared according to the above procedure:Compound # Compound MS 396

532(M + H) 397

596(M + H) 398

452(M + H) 399

515(M + H) 400

484(M + H) 401

480(M + H) 402

498(M + H) 403

480(M + H) 404

496(M + H) 405

510(M + H) 406

494(M + H) 407

542(M + H) 408

500(M + H) 409

491(M + H) 410

494(M + H) 411

528(M + H) 412

512(M + H) 413

508(M + H) 414

524(M + H) 415

537(M + H) 416

551(M + H) 417

577(M + H) 418

593(M + H) 419

495(M + H) 420

501(M + H) 421

524(M + H) 422

498(M + H) 423

498(M + H) 424

498(M + H) 425

514(M + H) 426

496(M + H) 427

467(M + H) 428

485(M + H) 429

467(M + H) 430

509(M + H) 431

523(M + H) 432

480(M + H) 433

546(M + H) 434

610(M + H) 435

468(M + H) 436

536(M + H) 437

529(M + H) 438

480(M + H) 439

520(M + H) 440

563(M + H) 441

589(M + H) 442

618(M + H) 443

603(M + H) 444

617(M + H) 445

632(M + H) 446

617(M + H) 447

577(M + H)

448

597(M + H)

Example 9B

Reference for compound 449:

-   K. C. Nicolaou, N. P. King, M. R. V. Finlay, Y. He, F.    Roschangar, D. Vourloumis, H. Vallberg, F. Sarabia, S. Ninkovic, D.    Hepworth; Bioorg. Med. Chem. 1999, 7, 665-697.    Part A:

To compound 449 (4.86 g, 25.0 mmol) dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (200 mL) andcooled to −30° C. was added triethylamine (5.07 g, 7.0 mL, 50.1 mmol)and then mesyl chloride (3.44 g, 2.3 mL, 30.1 mmol) dropwise viasyringe. Warmed slowly to 0° C. over 60 mins. Added water (200 mL),extracted with CH₂Cl₂, dried combined organic extracts (MgSO₄),filtered, and concentrated to give 6.80 g (100%) of the product 450 asan orange oil. MS m/e: 272 (M+H).

Part B:

To compound 450 (6.80 g, 25.0 mmol) dissolved in DMF (100 mL) was addedsodium azide (3.25 g, 50.0 mmol) and heated at 80° C. for 2 h. Cooled toroom temperature and concentrated. Added water (200 mL), extracted withCH₂Cl₂, dried combined organic extracts (MgSO₄), filtered, andconcentrated. Purified by silica gel chromatography (eluant: 5%EtOAc-hexane to 10% EtOAc-hexane) to give 4.18 g (76%) of the product451 as an orange oil. MS m/e: 219 (M+H).

Part C:

To compound 451 (4.18 g, 19.1 mmol) dissolved in 10:1 THF:water byvolume (150 mL) was added triphenylphosphine (20.0 g, 76.3 mmol) andrefluxed for 2 h. Cooled to room temperature and concentrated. Purifiedby silica gel chromatography (eluant: 3% MeOH with NH₃—CH₂Cl₂) to give6.18 g of the product 452 (with triphenylphosphine oxide) as a yellowsolid. 100% yield of product 452 would be 3.68 g. MS m/e: 194 (M+H).

Part D:

To compound 452 (3.68 g, 19.1 mmol) dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (100 mL) wasadded tBOC anhydride (5.21 g, 23.9 mmol). Stirred at room temperaturefor 2 h then concentrated. Purified by silica gel chromatography(eluant: 3% MeOH—CH₂Cl₂) to give 3.97 g (71%) of the product 453 as ayellow oil. MS m/e: 293 (M+H).

Part E:

To compound 453 (1.07 g, 3.65 mmol) dissolved in dry THF (10 mL) under anitrogen atmosphere was added 2-chlorobenzylzinc chloride (0.5 M in THF,14.6 mL, 7.30 mmol) and bis(tri-t-butylphosphine)palladium (0.14 g,0.274 mmol). Heated at 60° C. for 2 h. Cooled to room temperature andconcentrated. Added 0.2 N HCl (30 mL), extracted with CH₂Cl₂, driedcombined organic extracts (MgSO₄), filtered, and concentrated. Purifiedby silica gel chromatography (eluant: 5% EtOAc-hexane to 15%EtOAc-hexane) to give 0.61 g (49%) of the product 454 as a yellow oil.MS m/e: 339 (M+H).

Part F:

To compound 389 (2.00 g, 8.18 mmol) dissolved in MeOH (40 mL) was added4 N HCl in dioxane (20.5 mL, 81.8 mmol). Stirred at room temperature for3 h. Concentrated to give 1.48 g (100%) of the product 455 as a whitesolid. MS m/e: 145 (M+H).

Part G:

To compound 455 (1.48 g, 8.18 mmol) suspended in CH₂Cl₂ (50 mL) wasadded triethylamine (2.48 g, 3.4 mL, 24.5 mmol) and cooled to 0° C.Added CBZCI (1.54 g, 1.3 mL, 9.00 mmol) dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (10 mL)dropwise via addition funnel. Stirred at 0° C. for 30 mins then at roomtemperature for 2 h. Added 0.2 N NaOH (100 mL), extracted with CH₂Cl₂,dried combined organic extracts (MgSO₄), filtered, and concentrated.Purified by silica gel chromatography (eluant: 5% MeOH—CH₂Cl₂ to 10%MeOH—CH₂Cl₂) to give 1.41 g (62%) of the product 456 as a white solid.MS m/e: 279 (M+H).

Part H:

To compound 456 (1.40 g, 5.03 mmol) dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (40 mL) andcooled to −30° C. was added triethylamine (1.02 g, 1.4 mL, 10.1 mmol)and then mesyl chloride (0.69 g, 0.47 mL, 6.04 mmol) dropwise viasyringe. Warmed slowly to 0° C. over 60 mins. Added water (50 mL),extracted with CH₂Cl₂, dried combined organic extracts (MgSO₄),filtered, and concentrated to give 1.79 g (100%) of the product 457 as ayellow oil. MS m/e: 357 (M+H).

Part I:

To 2-(1,3-dioxan-2-yl)phenylmagnesium bromide (0.25 M in THF, 100 mL,25.0 mmol) under a nitrogen atmosphere and cooled to −25° C. internaltemperature was added copper cyanide (1.12 g, 12.5 mmol). Stirred at−25° C. for 1 h then at 0° C. for 1 h. Warmed to 15° C. internaltemperature then recooled to −25° C. Added compound 457 (1.78 g, 4.99mmol) dissolved in dry THF (15 mL) dropwise via syringe. Stirred at −25°C. internal temperature for 1 h then at 0° C. for 16 h. Concentrated,added 2 N NH₄OH (100 mL) and CH₂Cl₂ (100 mL), and filtered throughcelite. Separated layers of filtrate, extracted with CH₂Cl₂, driedcombined organic extracts (MgSO₄), filtered, and concentrated. Purifiedby silica gel chromatography (eluant: 10% EtOAc-hexane to 40%EtOAc-hexane) to give 1.35 g (64%) of the product 458 as a white solid.MS m/e: 425 (M+H).

Part J:

To compound 458 (1.34 g, 3.16 mmol) dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (10 mL) wasadded water (2 mL) and TFA (8 mL). Stirred at room temperature for 5 hthen concentrated. Added 1 N NaOH (50 mL), extracted with CH₂Cl₂, driedcombined organic extracts (MgSO₄), filtered, and concentrated. Purifiedby silica gel chromatography (eluant: 20% EtOAc-CH₂Cl₂ to 30%EtOAc-CH₂Cl₂) to give 1.05 g (91%) of the product 459 as a yellow oil.MS m/e: 367 (M+H).

Part K:

To compound 459 (0.74 g, 2.02 mmol) dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (20 mL) wasadded dimethylamine (2 M in THF, 2.0 mL, 4.04 mmol), 3A sieves (0.60 g),glacial acetic acid (0.12 g, 0.12 mL, 2.02 mmol), then sodiumtriacetoxyborohydride (0.64 g, 3.03 mmol). Stirred at room temperaturefor 16 h. Added 0.5 N NaOH (25 mL), extracted with CH₂Cl₂, driedcombined organic extracts (MgSO₄), filtered, and concentrated. Purifiedby silica gel chromatography (eluant: 5% MeOH with NH₃—CH₂Cl₂ to 15%MeOH with NH₃—CH₂Cl₂) to give 0.65 g (81%) of the product 460 as ayellow oil. MS m/e: 396 (M+H).

Part L:

To compound 460 (0.64 g, 1.62 mmol) dissolved in MeOH (5 mL) was addedTHF (2 mL) and 6.25 N NaOH (5 mL). Refluxed for 3 h. Cooled to roomtemperature and concentrated. Purified by silica gel chromatography(eluant: 10% MeOH with NH₃—CH₂Cl₂ to 15% MeOH with NH₃—CH₂Cl₂) to give0.31 g (74%) of the product 461 as an orange oil. MS m/e: 262 (M+H).

Select compounds prepared using the procedures from Example 9B areexemplified in the preceding table.

Example 10 2-Heteroaryl Pyrrolidines & Derivatives Example 10A

Part A:

To D-1-N-Boc-prolinamide (462) (2.5 g, 11.7 mmol) in THF (15 mL) wasadded Lawesson's reagent (2.36 g, 5.8 mmol) portionwise at roomtemperature. The reaction mixture was stirred for 3.5 hours under argonatmosphere. The solvents were removed in vacuo. Purification by columnchromatography (SiO₂, 5% MeOH/DCM) afforded 463 as a light yellow solid(2.5 g, 93%).

Part B:

A mixture of 463 (500 mg, 2.15 mmol) and potassium hydrogencarbonate(1.74 g, 17.35 mmol) in DME (12 mL) was stirred for 10 minutes. Ethylbromopyruvate (0.81 mL, 6.45 mmol) was added dropwise via a syringe tothe reaction mixture. The reaction mixture was stirred for 30 minutes.The reaction mixture was cooled to 0° C. and a mixture oftrifluoroacetic anhydride (1.21 mL, 8.6 mmol) and 2,6-lutidine (2.12 mL,18.3 mmol) was added dropwise via syringe over 10 minutes. The reactionmixture was stirred for 30 minutes at 0° C. The solvents were removed invacuo. The residue was dissolved in chloroform, washed with 1.0 N HCl,bicarbonate solution and brine, dried over sodium sulfate andconcentrated. Purification by column chromatography (SiO₂, 30%EtOAc/hexane) afforded 464 as a light yellow solid (520 mg, 74%).HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.88 min (UV_(254 nm)); Mass calculated for formulaC₁₅H₂₂N₂O₄S 326.1, observed LCMS m/z 327.1 (M+H).

Part C:

To 464 (486 mg, 1.49 mmol) in dioxane (1 mL) was added 4 N HCl indioxane (1 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hour at roomtemperature and concentrated. HPLC-MS t_(R)=0.60 min (UV_(254 nm)); Masscalculated for formula C₁₀H₁₄N₂O₂S 226.1, observed LCMS m/z 227.1 (M+H).

Part D:

To 48 (216 mg, 1.0 mmol) in THF (2 mL) was added material from 229 (238mg, 1 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at roomtemperature. The reaction mixture was concentrated and freeze-dried toafford a white powder (410 mg, 90%). HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.74 min(UV_(254 nm)); Mass calculated for formula C₂₀H₂₀ClNO₇S 453.0, observedLCMS m/z 454.0 (M+H).

Part E:

To 465 (26 mg, 0.1 mmol) in DMF (0.5 mL) was added DIEA (35 μL, 0.2mmol), 466 (54 mg, 0.12 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) and then HATU (57 mg, 0.15mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature.The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (20 mL) and water(20 mL) and the layers were separated. The organic layer was washed with0.1 N NaOH, 0.1 N HCl and brine, dried over sodium sulfate andconcentrated. Compound 467 was used without further purification.HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.06 min (UV_(254 nm)); Mass calculated for formulaC₃₀H₃₂ClN₃O₈S₂ 661.1, observed LCMS m/z 662.0 (M+H).

Part F:

To 467 in methanol (1 mL) was added 7.0 M ammonia in methanol (1 mL).The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature andconcentrated. Purification by reverse phase prep-LC afforded 468 as awhite powder (2 mg). HPLC-MS t_(R)=5.04 min (UV_(254 nm), 10 min); Masscalculated for formula C₂₆H₂₈ClN₃O₆S₂ 577.1, observed LCMS m/z 578.0(M+H).

Example 10B

Part A:

A solution of LDA was formed by the addition of 1.6 M n-butyl lithium(34 mL, 54.5 mmol) to diisopropylamine (8.47 mL, 60 mmol.) in THF (20mL) at −78° C. The reaction mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 20minutes and warmed to 0° C. gradually. The LDA solution was addeddropwise to a mixture of N-Boc-D-proline methyl ester (469) (2.5 g, 10.9mmol) and chloroiodomethane (3.17 mL, 43.6 mmol) in THF (20 mL) at −78°C. via a cannula over 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was stirred at−78° C. for 30 minutes. A solution of acetic acid (15 mL) in THF (15 mL)was added slowly over 20 minutes at −78° C. The reaction mixture wasstirred for 20 minutes and then warmed to room temperature. The reactionmixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with water, sodiumbicarbonate solution and brine. The organic layer was dried over sodiumsulfate and concentrated. Purification by column chromatography (SiO₂,20% EtOAc/hexane) afforded 470 as a light brown solid (2.0 g, 74%).HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.80 min (UV_(254 nm)); Mass calculated for formulaC₁₁H₁₈ClNO₃ 247.1, observed LCMS m/z 248.1 (M+H).

Part B:

A mixture of 470 (250 mg, 1.0 mmol) and thiourea (152 mg, 2 mmol) werestirred for 72 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethylacetate and washed with sodium bicarbonate solution and brine. Theorganic layer was dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated.Purification by column chromatography (SiO₂, 80% EtOAc/hexane) afforded471 as a white solid (201 mg, 75%). HPLC-MS t_(R)=0.67 min(UV_(254 nm)); Mass calculated for formula C₁₂H₁₉N₃O₂S 269.1, observedLCMS m/z 270.1 (M+H).

Part C:

To 471 (201 mg, 0.75 mmol) in dioxane (1 mL) was added 4 N HCl indioxane (1 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hour at roomtemperature and concentrated.

Part D:

A mixture of 466 (45 mg, 0.1 mmol), 472 (29 mg, 0.12 mmol), DIEA (50 μL,0.28 mmol) and HATU (57 mg, 0.15 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was stirredovernight at room temperature. The reaction mixture was diluted withethyl acetate (20 mL) and water (20 mL) and the layers were separated.The organic layer was washed with 0.1 N NaOH, 0.1 N HCl and brine, driedover sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was dissolved inmethanol (1 mL) and 7.0 M ammonia in methanol (1 mL) was added. Thereaction mixture was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature andconcentrated. Purification by reverse phase prep-LC afforded 473 as awhite powder. HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.42 min (UV_(254 nm)); Mass calculated forformula C₂₃H₂₅ClN₄O₄S₂ 520.1, observed LCMS m/z 521.1 (M+H).

Example 10C

Part A:

To 1-Benzyl-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid (474) (Belokon, Y. N. at al;Tetrahedron Asymmetry 1998, 9, 4249-4252) in CH₂Cl₂ (20 mL) was added2,2-dimethoxy-ethylamine (614 mg, 5.84 mmol), EDCI (1.12 g, 5.84 mmol),HOBT (658 mg, 4.87 mmol), and NMM (1.08 mL, 9.8 mmol). The reactionmixture was stirred overnight at 25° C. Saturated aqueous NaHCO₃solution (50 mL) was added. The aqueous layer was extracted with CH₂Cl₂(50 mL×3). The combined organic layers was washed with brine (50 mL),dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated by rotary evaporator to give1-benzyl-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid (2,2-dimethoxy-ethyl)-amide asyellow oil. To 1-benzyl-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid(2,2-dimethoxy-ethyl)-amide was added acetic acid (10 mL) and ammoniumacetate (11 g). The reaction mixture was heated to 140° C. overnight.After it was cooled down, it was poured into 100 mL ice-water withstirring. Solid NaHCO₃ was added in small portion with stirring toadjust the pH of the solution to 8-9. The aqueous solution was extractedwith EtOAc (100 mL×2). The combined organic layers was washed withbrine, dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated with rotary evaporator.Compound 475 (110 mg) was isolated by SiO₂ chromatography(CH₂Cl₂/MeOH/NH₃: 40:1:0.1 to 20:1:0.1). MS: m/z 228.3 [M+H]⁺.

Part B: 5-Pyrrolidine-2-yl-1H-imidazole:

To 475 (110 mg) in 10 mL EtOH was added Pd/C (10%, 50 mg). The reactionmixture was hydrogenated under hydrogen (50 psi) for 24 hours. The solidwas filtrated and the solution was evaporated by rotary evaporator togive 5-Pyrrolidine-2-yl-1H-imidazole (476) (67 mg). MS m/z 138.2 [M+H]⁺.¹H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃): δ ppm: 6.95 (s, 2H), 4.35 (t, 1H, J=7.4 Hz),3.00 (m, 2H), 2.22-18 2.03 (m, 2H), 1.85 (m, 3H).

The following compounds were prepared by procedures described in Example11. The 2-(pyridyl)-pyrrolidines are commericial amines (entries495-497). The amino-thiazole of 471 was further functionalized viaacylation chemistry to afford 500-501. MS Compound Exact m/z # Structuremass (M + H) 477

378.1 379.1 478

469.2 470.1 479

409.1 410.1 480

463.1 464.0 481

435.1 436.1 482

519.1 520.0 483

573.1 574.0 484

561.2 562.2 485

545.1 546.1 486

505.1 506.0 487

563.1 564.1 488

549.1 550.0 489

548.1 549.1 490

485.1 486.1 491

519.1 520.0 492

486.1 487.1 493

485.1 486.1 494

505.1 505.9 495

499.1 499.9 496

499.1 499.9 497

499.1 499.9 498

520.1 520.9 499

521.2 522.1 500

522.2 522.1 501

495.2 496.1 502

534.1 535.0

Example 11 2-Phenyl Pyrrolidines & Derivatives Example 11A

Part A:

To 1 (925 mg, 4.53 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added2-(3-bromophenyl)-pyrrolidine (503) (prepared by the method of Sorgi, K.L.; Maryanoff, C. A.; McComsey, D. F.; Graden, D. W.; Maryanoff, B. E.;J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1990, 112, 3567) (1.12 g, 4.95 mmol), DIEA (1.75 mL,10.0 mmol) and HATU (1.88 g, 4.95 mmol). The reaction mixture wasstirred overnight at room temperature. The DMF was removed in vacuo andthe residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate (20 mL) and water (20mL). The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted withethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with sodiumbicarbonate solution, 1.0 N HCl and brine, dried over sodium sulfate andconcentrated. Purification by column chromatography (SiO₂, 10-20%EtOAc/DCM) afforded 504 (1.22 g, 65%). HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.00 min(UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₁₈H₂₂BrNO₅ 411.1, observedLCMS m/z 412.2 (M+H).

Part B:

To piperazine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (279 mg, 1.5 mmol),potassium phosphate (530 mg, 2.5 mmol), Pd₂(dba)₃ (23 mg, 0.025 mmol)and 2-(dicyclohexylphosphino)biphenyl (35 mg, 0.1 mmol) under argonatmosphere was added the material from Part A (414 mg, 1.0 mmol). Thereaction mixture was evacuated and flushed with argon. The mixture washeated overnight at 90° C. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethylacetate, filtered through celite and concentrated to give a mixture ofmethyl ester 505A and acid 505B as an orange film (679 mg). The materialwas used without further purification. 505A: HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.08 & 2.14min (ester, UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₂₇H₃₉N₃O₇ 517.3,observed LCMS m/z 518.0 (M+H). 505B: HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.83 & 1.91 min(acid, UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₂₆H₃₇N₃O₇ 503.3,observed LCMS m/z 504.1 (M+H)

Part C:

To the mixture of 505A and 505B (−1 mmol) in THF (4 mL) and water (1 mL)was added 1.0 M lithium hydroxide (1.2 mL, 1.2 mmol). The reactionmixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction mixturewas diluted with water (10 mL) and the THF was removed in vacuo. Theaqueous layer was washed with diethyl ether (3×10 mL), made acidic with1.0 N HCl and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×10 mL). The combined ethylacetate layers were dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated.Purification by reverse phase prep-LC afforded the desired isomer 506(107 mg, 96% purity). HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.83 min (UV_(254 nm)); masscalculated for formula C₂₆H₃₇N₃O₇ 503.3, observed LCMS m/z 504.1 (M+H).

Part D:

To 506 (107 mg, 0.21 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added 229 (55 mg, 0.23mmol), DIEA (80 μL, 0.46 mmol) and HATU (87 mg, 0.23 mmol). The reactionmixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The DMF was removedin vacuo and the residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate andwater. The layers were separated. The organic layer was washed with 0.1N NaOH, 0.1 N HCl, and brine, dried over sodium sulfate andconcentrated.

Purification by column chromatography (SiO₂, 50% EtOAc/hexane) afforded507 (98 mg, 64%). HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.49 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculatedfor formula C₃₈H₄₇ClN₄O₆S 722.2, observed LCMS m/z 723.1 (M+H).

Part E:

To 507 (98 mg, 0.14 mmol) was added 80:20 TFA:water (4 mL) and themixture was stirred for 4 hours at room temperature. The reaction wasquenched with 1:1 acetonitrile:water (10 mL) and concentrated. Theresidue was dissolved in ethyl acetate and washed with sodiumbicarbonate solution. To the aqueous layer was added sodium chloride andit was extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer wasdried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was dissolve inacetonitrile (2 mL) and 1.0 N HCl (0.3 mL) and concentrated. Thematerial was lyophilized to afford 508 as the HCl salt as a white powder(75 mg, 86%). HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.27 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated forformula C₃₀H₃₅ClN₄O₄S 582.2, observed LCMS m/z 583.2 (M+H).

Example 11B

Part A

To a solution of compound 503 (5.0 g, 22.1 mmol) in dry CH₂Cl₂ (80 mL)was added di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (5.55 g, 25.4 mmol). The solutionwas stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The solvent was removed byrotary evaporator. The product was isolated by silica gel chromatography(Hexane/EtOAc 5:1 to 3:1) to give compound 509 (5.7 g, 79%).

Part B

To a two neck flask was charged with compound 509 (1.0 g, 3.06 mmol),MeOH (8 mL), triethylamine (6 mL), DMF (6 mL), and Pd(PPh₃)₂Cl₂. Acondenser with a three-way-valve on the top was attached to the flask. Aballoon and a carbon monoxide tank were attached to the three-way-valve.The balloon was filled with CO and flashed the system twice. Then theballoon was filled with CO and was connected to the flask system. Theflask was heated in a 80° C. oil bath for 36 hours. After cooling downto room temperature, water (50 mL) and EtOAc (100 mL) were added. Theorganic phase was separated, washed with water (50 mL) twice and brine,dried over Na₂SO₄, concentrated with rotary evaporator, the product wasisolated with silica gel chromatography (Hexane/EtOAc 10:1 to 5:1) togive compound 510 (610 mg, 65%).

Part C

Compound 510 (384 mg, 1.26 mmol) was dissolved in dioxane/water (3:1, 4mL) and LiOH (100 mg. 2.38 mmol) was added. The solution was stirred atroom temperature for four hours. Saturated NH₄Cl solution (20 mL) wasadded. The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (25 mL) twice. Theorganic phases were combined, washed with brine, dried over Na₂SO₄,concentrated by rotary evaporator, and dried under vacuum to givecompound 511 (368 mg, 100%).

Part E

Compound 511 (76 mg, 0.26 mmol) was dissolved in dry CH₂Cl₂ (1.5 mL).N-methyl piperazine (0.035 mL, 0.31 mmol), EDCI (75 mg, 0.39 mmol), HOBT(43 mg, 0.31 mmol), and NMM (0.086 mL, 0.78 mmol) were added. Thesolution was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. Saturated NaHCO₃solution (5 mL) and CH₂Cl₂ (5 mL) was added and the layers wereseparated. The aqueous phase was extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (5 mL) twice. Theorganic phases were combined, dried over Na₂SO₄, concentrated by rotaryevaporator. The product was isolated by silica gel chromatography togive compound 512 (90 mg, 92%).

Part F

Compound 512 (90 mg, 0.24 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (1 mL) and HCl (4Min dioxane, 0.25 mL, 1 mmol) was added. The solution was stirred at roomtemperature for overnight. The solvent was removed by rotary evaporatorto give compound 513 (83 mg, 100%).

Example 11C

Part G:

Compound 510 (3.68 g, 12.0 mmol) was dissolved in dry THF (60 mL), andlithium borohydride (0.78 g, 36.2 mmol) was added. The solution washeated at reflux for 16 h then cooled to room temperature. MeOH (4 mL)was added, and the solvent was removed by rotary evaporator. Water (75mL) was added, and the aqueous solution was extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (75mL) three times. The combined organic extracts were dried (MgSO₄),filtered, and concentrated. The product was purified by silica gelchromatography (eluant: 5% MeOH—CH₂Cl₂ to 10% MeOH—CH₂Cl₂) to give 3.28g (98%) of compound 514. MS (m/e for M+1): 278.

Part H:

Oxalyl chloride (1.87 g, 1.3 mL, 14.7 mmol) was dissolved in dry CH₂Cl₂(35 mL) and cooled to −78° C. under a nitrogen atmosphere. DMSO (2.30 g,2.1 mL, 29.5 mmol) dissolved in dry CH₂Cl₂ (5 mL) was added dropwise viaaddition funnel. The solution was stirred at −78° C. for 15 mins thencompound 514 (3.27 g, 11.8 mmol) dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (15 mL) was added.The reaction mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 60 mins thentriethylamine (3.58 g, 4.9 mL, 35.4 mmol) was added. The reactionmixture was stirred at −78° C. for 15 mins then warmed to 0° C. Water(75 mL) was added, and the layers separated. The aqueous phase wasextracted with CH₂Cl₂ (75 mL) two times. The combined organic extractswere dried (MgSO₄), filtered, and concentrated. The product was purifiedby silica gel chromatography (eluant: 5% EtOAc-CH₂Cl₂ to 10%EtOAc-CH₂Cl₂) to give 2.94 g (90%) of the product 515. MS (m/e for M+1):276.

Part I:

Compound 515 (0.50 g, 1.82 mmol) was dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (10 mL), and 3Asieves (0.50 g), dimethylamine in THF (2 M, 1.8 mL, 3.64 mmol), glacialacetic acid (0.109 g, 1.82 mmol), and sodium triacetoxyborohydride(0.579 g, 2.73 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred atroom temperature for 24 h. 1 N NaOH (25 mL) was added, and the aqueoussolution was extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (25 mL) four times. The combinedorganic extracts were dried (MgSO₄), filtered, and concentrated. Theproduct was purified by silica gel chromatography (eluant: 5%MeOH—CH₂Cl₂ to 15% MeOH—CH₂Cl₂) to give 0.396 g (72%) of the product516. MS (m/e for M+1): 305.

The following intermediates were also prepared. Compound # IntermediateMS(m/e for M + 1) 517

347 518

331 519

345 520

360 521

317Part J:

The following compounds were prepared using procedure described inExample 11B Part F. Compound # Intermediate MS(m/e for M + 1) 522

205 523

247 524

231 525

245 526

260 527

217

The following compounds were prepared using the procedures described inExample 11. MS Compound Exact m/e # Structure mass (M + H) 416

550.3 551.3 417

576.3 577.3 418

592.3 593.3 529

514.2 515.0 530

502.2 503.1 531

593.3 594.1 532

593.3 594.1 536

456.1 457.1 537

466.1 467.0 538

576.1 577.0 539

472.2 473.2 540

582.2 583.2 541

473.2 474.2 542

624.2 625.1

Example 12 Suzuki Aryl-Aryl Couplings Example 12A

Compound 543 was prepared by procedures described in Example 1.

Part A:

To a solution of 543 (1.01 g, 3.17 mmol) and 4-bromobenzyl amine (0.71g, 3.83 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (10 mL) cooled to 0° C. was added DIEA (1.10 mL,6.31 mmol) followed by PyBrOP (1.10 g, 3.43 mmol). The reaction waswarmed to room temperature and stirred for 16 hours. The liquid wasconcentrated, and the thick oil was taken up in EtOAc. The organic layerwas washed with 0.5 N KHSO₄ (1×), sat. NaHCO₃ (1×), dried (Na₂SO₄),filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gelchromatography (eluting 0% to 100% EtOAc/hexanes) to furnish 544 (1.27g, 2.61 mmol, 82% yield) as a tan oil. MS m/e: 487.1 (M+H).

Part B:

A solution of 544 (0.105 g, 0.215 mmol), 2-cyanophenyl boronic acid(0.032 g, 0.215 mmol), and Pd(dppf)Cl₂ (0.016 g, 0.021 mmol) in CH₃CN (1mL) and 1 N K₂CO₃ (1 mL) was heated in a SmithCreator microwave (2-5 mLvessel, 150° C. for 10 minutes). The mixture was concentrated and theresidue was purified by silica gel chromatography (eluting 0% to 100%EtOAc/hexanes) to furnish 545 (0.062 g, 0.12 mmol, 56% yield) as a tanoil. MS m/e: 510.1 (M+H).

Part C:

A solution of 545 (0.049 g, 0.096 mmol) in a 70% TFA/20% CH₂Cl₂/10% H₂Omixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The mixture wasconcentrated, and the residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC(eluting 5:95 to 95:5 CH₃CN/H₂O (0.1% HCO₂H)) to provide 546 (0.023 g,0.049 mmol, 51% yield) as a white solid. MS m/e: 470.1 (M+H).

Example 12B

Part A:

A solution of ethyl 2-bromobenzoate (548) (0.25 g, 1.1 mmol),(4-aminomethylphenyl)boronic acid (547) (0.20 g, 1.1 mmol), andPd(dppf)Cl₂ (0.040 g, 0.055 mmol) in CH₃CN (1 mL) and 1 N K₂CO₃ (1 mL)was heated in a SmithCreator microwave (2-5 mL vessel, 100° C. for 5minutes). The reaction was diluted with H₂O and EtOAc. The organic layerwas removed, and the aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (3×). Thecombined organics were dried (Na₂SO₄), filtered, and concentrated. Theresidue was purified by silica gel chromatography (eluting 0% to 20%CH₂Cl₂/MeOH) to furnish 549 (0.14 g, 0.55 mmol, 50% yield) as a brownoil. MS m/e: 256.1 (M+H).

Part B:

To a solution of 549 (0.21 g, 0.82 mmol) and 543 (0.19 g, 0.59 mmol) inCH₂Cl₂ (5 mL) cooled to 0° C. was added DIEA followed by PyBrOP. Thereaction was stirred for 20 hours gradually warming to room temperature.The mixture was concentrated, and the brown oil was taken up in EtOAc.The organic phase was washed with 0.5 N KHSO₄ (1×), sat. NaHCO₃ (1×),dried (Na₂SO₄), filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified bysilica gel chromatography (eluting 0% to 100% EtOAc/hexanes) to furnish550 (0.29 g, 0.51 mmol, 87% yield) as a brown oil. MS m/e: 557.1 (M+H).

Part C:

To a solution of 550 (0.26 g, 0.47 mmol) in a THF (2 mL)/MeOH (2 mL)/H₂O(1 mL) mixture was added LiOHoH₂O (0.052 g, 1.24 mmol) in one solidportion. The reaction was stirred overnight and then acidified to pH 3with 1N HCl. After dilution with EtOAc, the organic layer was removed,and the aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (3×). The combinedorganics were dried (Na₂SO₄), filtered, and concentrated. The residuewas purified by reverse phase HPLC (eluting 10:90 to 100:0 CH₃CN/H₂O(0.1% HCO₂H) to furnish 551 (0.22 g, 0.38 mmol, 88% yield). MS m/e:529.1 (M+H).

Part D:

To a solution of 551 (55 mg, 0.104 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (1 mL) was addedpolystyrene-bound HOBt (109 mg, 0.095 mmol), DIC (0.067 mL, 0.427 mmol),and DMAP (7 mg, 0.057 mmol) and was shaken overnight. The mixture wasfiltered, then washed with DMF (3×3 mL), CH₂Cl₂ (3×3 mL), DMF (3×3 mL),and THF (3×3 mL). The resin was dried under vacuum overnight. To thedried resin-bound acid (82 mg, 0.034 mmol) was added 3-chlorobenzylamine(8.33 μL, 0.068 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (1 mL) and the mixture was shakenovernight. To the mixture was added polystyrene-bound isocyanate resin(70 mg, 0.102 mmol) and shaken for 5 hours. Filter the desired productand wash the filtrate with CH₂Cl₂ (3×3 mL) and THF (3×3 mL). Concentratethe organic portions in vacuo to afford 552 (14.6 mg, 0.022 mmol, 66%yield). MS m/e: 652.2 (M+H).

Part E:

To 552 (14.6 mg, 0.022 mmol) was added a 2 mL of a mixture ofTFA/CH₂Cl₂/H₂O (7/2/1) and stirred at room temperature for 2 h. Themixture was concentrated in vacuo. The mixture was purified viareverse-phase HPLC to furnish 553 (3.7 mg, 0.006 mmol, 27% yield). MSm/e: 612.1 (M+H).

Example 12C

Compound 554 was prepared by the procedure desribed in Example 4 Part C.HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.39 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formulaC₁₄H₁₆ClNO₅ 397.1, observed LCMS m/z 398.1 (M+H).

Part A:

To 554 (355 mg, 0.89 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added2-fluoro-4-bromobenzylamine hydrochloride (257 mg, 1.07 mmol), DIEA (530uL, 3.03 mmol) and HATU (407 mg, 1.07 mmol). The reaction was stirredovernight at room temperature. The reaction mixture was poured intowater and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were washedwith 0.1 N NaOH, 0.1 N HCl, and brine; dried over sodium sulfate andconcentrated. Purification by column chromatography (SiO₂, 80% ethylacetate/hexanes) afforded 555 as a foam (320 mg, 62%). HPLC-MSt_(R)=2.03 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formulaC₂₅H₂₅BrClFN₂O₆ 582.1, observed LCMS m/z 583.0 (M+H).

Part B:

To 555 (320 mg, 0.55 mmol) in MeOH (5 mL) was added anhydrous hydrazine(28 μL, 0.88 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at roomtemperature. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo andlypholized to afford 556 as a white powder (275 mg, 100%). HPLC-MSt_(R)=1.81 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formulaC₂₁H₂₁BrClFN₂O₄ 498.0, observed LCMS m/z 499.0 (M+H).

Part C:

Compound 556 (46 mg, 0.092 mmol) in dioxane (1 mL) was added to asolution of 2-methoxyphenyl boronic acid (22 mg, 0.14 mmol), potassiumphosphate (42 mg, 0.2 mmol), and PdCl₂(dppf) (4 mg, 0.005 mmol) underargon atmosphere. The reaction mixture was heated to 80° C. overnight.After cooling the mixture was filtered through celite and the pad wasrinsed with ethyl acetate. The filtrate was concentrated. Purificationby reverse phase prep-LC afforded 557 as a white solid (26 mg) afterlypholization. HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.97 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated forformula C₂₈H₂₈ClFN₂O₅ 526.2, observed LCMS m/z 527.0 (M+H).

Example 12D

Part A:

A mixture of 4-bromo-benzylamine hydrochloride (558) (1.0 g, 4.5 mmol),di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (1.48 g, 6.8 mmol) and DIEA (2.4 mL, 13.8mmol) in chloroform (40 mL) was stirred overnight at room temperature.The reaction mixture was washed with 1.0 N HCl, water and brine, driedover sodium sulfate and concentrated. Purification by columnchromatography (SiO₂, 20% ethyl acetate/hexane) afforded a mixture of559 (1.17 g, 91%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.44 (d, 2H, J=8.8 Hz), 7.15(d, 2H, J=8.83 Hz), 4.85 (bs, e H), 4.27 (d, 2H, J=5.7 Hz), 1.48 (s,9H).

Part B:

A mixture of 559 (100 mg, 0.35 mmol), 560 (107 mg, 0.52 mmol) potassiumphosphate (223 mg, 1.05 mmol) and PdCl₂(dppf) (14 mg, 0.018 mmol) indioxane (5 mL) was under argon atmosphere was heated to 80° C.overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled and filtered through celite.The celite pad was washed with ethyl acetate. The filtrate was washedwith saturated sodium bicarbonate, water and brine, dried over sodiumsulfate and concentrated. Purification by column chromatography (SiO₂,20% ethyl acetate/hexane) afforded slightly impure 561 (146 mg). HPLC-MSt_(R)=2.35 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₁₉H₂₀F₃NO₃367.1, observed LCMS m/z 390.1 (M+Na).

Part C:

Compound 561 (129 mg, 0.35 mmol) in 3:1 DCM:TFA (4 mL) was stirred for 1hour. The residue was dissolved in DCM (5 mL) and concentrated. Theresidue was dissolved in diethyl ether (20 mL) and treated with 1.0 MHCl in diethyl ether (2 mL). The resulting white solid was collected byfiltration and washed with diethyl ether to afford 562 (90 mg, 85% 2steps). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.3 (bs, 3H), 7.50 (m, 8H), 4.09 (s,2H).

Part D:

Compound 563 was prepared using procedures similar to those described inExample 11A. Compound 564 was prepared from 562 and 563 using proceduressimilar to those described in Example 1 Part A. HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.49 min(UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₃₁H₃₀ClF₃N₂O₅ 602.2,observed LCMS m/z 603.2 (M+H).

Part E:

Compound 565 was prepared using the procedures described in Example 1Part B. HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.16 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated forformula C₂₈H₂₆ClF₃N₂O₅ 562.2, observed LCMS m/z 563.0 (M+H).

Example 12E

Part A:

To 2-bromo-5-fluoro-phenol (566) (2.28 g, 11.94 mmol) in DMF (15 mL) wasadded iodoethane (1.16 mL, 14.32 mmol) and cesium carbonate (4.28 g,13.13 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 72 hours. The mixturewas filtered and the DMF was removed in vacuo. The residue waspartitioned in ethyl acetate and water. The layers were separated andthe organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over sodiumsulfate and concentrated to afford 567 (1.76 g, 67%) as a colorless oil.¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.46 (dd, 1H, J=6.3, 8.8 Hz), 6.62 (dd, 1H,J=2.7, 10.5 Hz), 6.57 (m, 1H, J=2.7), 4.08 (q, 2H, J=6.9 Hz), 1.50 (t,3H, J=7.0 Hz).

Part B:

Compound 569 (607 mg, 58%) was prepared from 567 and 568 (prepared bythe procedures of Maku, S. et. al. (J. Comb. Chem. 2003, 5, 379)) usingthe procedures described in Example 12D Part B. HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.13 min(UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₁₇H₁₅F₄NO₂ 341.1, observedLCMS m/z 342.1 (M+H).

Part C:

To 569 (607 mg, 1.78 mmol) in methanol (6 mL) was added 10% potassiumcarbonate in 2:1 methanol:water (20 ml). To obtain a clear solutionadditional water (5 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was stirredovernight at room temperature. The methanol was removed in vacuo. Theresidue was portioned between water and ethyl acetate. The layers wereseparated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate. Thecombined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over sodiumsulfate and concentrated. The residue was dissolved in diethyl ether (20mL) and treated with 1.0 M HCl in diethyl ether (5 mL). The resultingwhite solid was collected by filtration and washed with diethyl ether toafford 570 (377 mg, 75%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.27 (bs, 3H),7.49 (m, 4H), 7.29 (dd, 1H, J=6.9, 8.3 Hz), 7.00 (dd, 1 h J=2.5, 11.4Hz), 6.83 (dt, 1H, J=2.8, 8.6, 10.8 Hz) 4.05 (m, 4H), 1.27 (t, 3H, J=6.5Hz).

Part D:

Compound 571 was prepared using procedures described in Example 12E PartD. Purification by column chromatography (SiO₂, 20% ethylacetate/hexane) afforded 571 (104 mg, 95%). HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.40 min(UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₃₂H₃₄ClFN₂O₅ 580.2, observedLCMS m/z 581.2 (M+H).

Part E:

Compound 572 was prepared using the procedures described in Example 12DPart E. HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.06 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated forformula C₂₉H₃₀ClFN₂O₅ 540.2, observed LCMS m/z 541.2 (M+H).

Example 12F

Part A:

To a mixture of 2-propyl phenol (573) (0.5 mL, 3.63 mmol) and DIEA(0.950 mL, 5.45 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) at 0° C. was added triflicanhydride (0.734 mL, 4.36 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) via an addition funnel.The reaction mixture was stirred for 45 minutes. The mixture was pouredinto water. The layers were separated and the organic layer was washedwith saturated sodium bicarbonate solution and brine, dried over sodiumsulfate and concentrated. Purification by column chromatography (SiO₂,5% ethyl acetate/hexane) afforded 574 (916 mg, 100%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) δ 7.30 (m, 2H), 7.26 (m, 2H), 2.70 (m, 2H), 1.68 (m, 2H), 1.00(t, 3H, J=7.3 Hz).

Part B:

Compound 575 (288 mg, 89%) was prepared using the procedures describedin Example 12D Part B and a reaction temperature of 100° C. HPLC-MSt_(R)=2.30 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₁₈H₁₈F₃NO321.1, observed LCMS m/z 322.2 (M+H).

Part C:

Compound 576 (203 mg, 86%) was prepared using the procedure described inExample 12E Part C. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.27 (bs, 3H), 7.52 (d,2H, J=8.0 Hz), 7.32 (d, 2H, J=8.1 Hz), 7.31 (m, 2H), 7.22 (m, 1H), 7.10(d, 1H, J=7.1 Hz), 4.08 (s, 2H,) 2.54 (m, 2H), 1.44 (m, 2H), 0.75 (t,3H, J=7.7 Hz).

Part D:

Compound 577 (62 mg, 92%) was prepared according to the proceduredescribed in Example 12D Part D. HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.55 min (UV_(254 nm));mass calculated for formula C₃₃H₃₇ClN₂O₄ 560.2, observed LCMS m/z 561.2(M+H).

Part E:

Compound 578 (53 mg, 93%) was prepared according to the proceduredescribed in Example 12D Part E. HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.21 min (UV_(254 nm));mass calculated for formula C₃₀H₃₃ClN₂O₄ 520.2, observed LCMS m/z 521.2(M+H).

Example 12G

Part A:

A mixture of 4-bromo-3-fluoro-toluene (579) (2.0 mL, 15.8 mmol),N-bromosuccinimide (3.38 g, 19.0 mmol) and benzoylperoxide (48 mg, 0.2mmol) in carbon tetrachloride (50 mL) was heated to reflux under anitrogen atmosphere for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled andfiltered. The filtrate was washed with water (2×), saturated sodiumbicarbonate solution and brine, dried over sodium sulfate andconcentrated to afford a mixture of 580 and dibromonated product (4.02g). The material was used without further purification. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) δ 7.52 (dd, 1H, J=6.6, 7.6 Hz), 7.17 (dd, 1H, J=2.0, 8.9 Hz),7.11 (dd, 1H, J=2.0, 8.2 Hz), 4.42 (s, 2H).

Part B:

A mixture of 580 (4.02 g, 15.0 mmol), phthalimide (2.65 g, 18 mmol) andcesium carbonate (5.38 g, 16.5 mmol) in DMF (30 mL) was stirred for 72hours. The reaction mixture was poured into water (100 mL) and extractedwith ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with water(3×) and brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated.Recrystallization from 30% ethyl acetate/hexanes afforded slightlyimpure 581 (3.28 g) as a yellow solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.86(m, 2H), 7.74 (m, 2H), 7.49 (dd, 1H, J=7.3, 8.4 Hz), 7.20 (dd, 1H,J=1.9, 9.3 Hz), 7.06 (dd, 1H, J=2.0, 7.9 Hz), 4.80 (s, 2H).

Part C:

A mixture of 581 (1.00 g, 3.0 mmol) and hydrazine monohydrate (580 uL,12.0 mmol) in ethanol (25 mL) was heated to reflux for 1 hour. Thereaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and filtered. Theprecipitate was washed with ethyl acetate. The filtrate was concentratedand the residue was dissolved in water and ethyl acetate. The layerswere separated. The organic layer was washed with saturated sodiumbicarbonate solution, water and brine, dried over sodium sulfate andconcentrated to afford 582 (375 mg) as a yellow oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) δ 7.48 (t, 1H, J=8.5 Hz), 7.12 (dd, 1H, J=2.2, 9.5 Hz), 6.99 (dd,1H, J=1.6, 8.2 Hz), 3.86 (s, 2H).

Part D:

Compound 583 was prepared using procedures similar to those described inExample 12C Part A. HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.82 min (UV_(254 nm)); masscalculated for formula C₂₃H₂₂BrFN₂O₆ 520.0, observed LCMS m/z 521.0(M+H).

Part E:

Compound 584 was prepared using the procedures described in Example 12CPart B. HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.81 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated forformula C₁₉H₁₈BrFN₂O₄ 436.0, observed LCMS m/z 437.0 (M+H).

Part F:

Compound 585 was prepared using procedures similar to those described inExample 12C Part C. HPLC-MS t_(R)=4.12 min (UV_(254 nm), 10 min); masscalculated for formula C₂₆H₂₂FN₃O₄ 459.2, observed LCMS m/z 460.1 (M+H).

The following table contains compounds prepared using the proceduresdescribed in Example 12A-G. MS Compound Exact m/e # Structure mass (M +H) 586

491.2 492.2 587

519.3 520.3 588

474.3 475.3 589

460.2 461.2 590

446.2 447.2 591

469.2 470.1 592

486.2 487.1 593

441.2 442.1 594

488.2 489.1 595

512.2 513.3 596

476.2 477.2 597

503.2 504.2 598

528.2 529.2 599

540.2 541.2 600

530.1 531.0 601

501.2 502.3 602

515.2 516.3 603

529.3 530.3 604

555.3 556.3 605

563.2 564.3 606

541.3 542.3 607

487.2 488.1 608

502.2 503.1 609

434.2 435.2 610

448.2 449.2 611

459.2 460.1 612

468.1 469.1 613

464.2 465.1 614

464.2 465.1 615

411.2 412.1 616

459.2 460.1 617

521.2 522.1 618

521.2 522.1 619

426.2 427.1 620

427.2 428.1 621

480.2 481.2 622

426.2 427.1 623

489.1 490.1 624

430.2 431.2 625

526.2 527.2 626

522.2 523.2 627

522.2 523.2 628

506.2 507.2 629

410.2 411.2 630

524.2 525.2

Example 13

Compound 631 was prepared by the procedures described in Example 11A.

Part A.

To a solution of 631 (0.46 g) and 632 (1.2 eq) in 10 ml DMF at OC wereadded HATU (1.5 eq) and HOBt (1.5 eq). The reaction was stirred at r.t.overnight before the solvent was removed in vacuo and residuechromatographed using Ethyl Acetate in Hexane (0-100%) to give 0.46 gramof desired product 633.

Part B.

To a solution of 0.46 g of 633 in 10 ml of DCM was added Dess-MartinReagent (1.1 eq) and the reaction was stirred at r.t. for 30 min beforeit was treated with sat. aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate andsodium thiosulfate 7:1 (w/w). The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM(2×) and the combined organic layers was dried over anhydrous sodiumsulfate. After removal of solvent, the crude reaction product wasdissolved in 2 ml pyridine. To the solution was added 1.5 eq ofhydroxylamine hydrochloride and the solution was heated to reflux for 30min before the solvent was removed in vacuo and residue chromatographedusing Ethyl Acetate in Hexane (0-100%) to give 0.4 gram of product 634.

Part C

To a flask containing 634 (0.42 g) in anhydrous DMF at 0° C. was addedNBS (1 eq) and the solution was allowed to warm up to r.t. overnightbefore another equivalent of NBS was added and solution stirred foranother overnight. The final reaction mixture was poured over ice andextracted with DCM. The organic phase was washed with water and brine,dried over sodium sulfate. After removal of the solvent, the residue waschromatographed using Ethyl Acetate in Hexane (0-100%) to give 0.38 gramof desired product.

To a solution of 0.035 gram of above compound in 2 ml DCM was addedvinylacetate (2 eq) and DIEA (3.5 eq) and the solution was stirred atr.t. overnight. After removal of solvent, the residue waschromatographed using Ethyl Acetate in Hexane (0-100%) to give 20 mgproduct which was treated with 50% TFA in DCM for 2 h. before it waspurified using a RP HPLC system to give 10 mg of desired product 635.

The following compounds were generated using similar procedures. MSCompound Exact m/z # Structure mass (M + H) 635

435.2 436.0 636

460.2 461.0 637

507.2 508.0 638

503.2 504.0 639

493.2 494.0

Example 14

Part A:

A Schlenck flask was flame dried under N₂ flow, capped with a septum,and allowed to cool to rt. Phthalimide (640) (4.13 g, 28.1 mmol) wasadded followed by anhydrous THF (100 mL). After the phthalimide haddissolved, the flask was placed in an ice water bath and allowed to coolfor 20 min. A 1 M solution of 3-fluorophenyl magnesium bromide in THF(25 mL) was added causing a precipitate to form. DMPU (5 mL) was added,causing the reaction mixture to become clear again. Additional3-fluorophenyl magnesium bromide was added (35 mL) over 10 min. Thereaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 3.5 h, then quenched with 1.0M pH 6.5 sodium phosphate buffer. The resulting mixture was diluted withEtOAc and the layers were separated. The organic layer was washed withwater and brine, then dried with MgSO₄. Evaporation of the solvent gaveand off white solid (7.4 g). This material was triturated inCH₂Cl₂/hexanes to give 4.0 g of pure 641. MS (EI) m/z Obsd. M+H 244.0

Part B:

A Schlenck flask was flame dried under N₂ flow, capped with a septum,and allowed to cool to rt. LiAlH₄ (1.26 g, 33.2 mmol) and AlCl₃ (1.47 g,11.0 mmol) were added to the flask, followed by anhydrous THF. The flaskwas placed in an ice-water bath immediately and allowed to cool withstirring. Compound 641 was added to the flask in portions. The reactionmixture was stirred for 3 h during which time it warmed to 15° C. Thereaction was recooled to 0° C. and water (3 mL) was added. Aqueous 3.0 Nsodium hydroxide was added (6 mL) followed by water (9 mL). The reactionmixture was filtered through a pad of Celite which was rinsed withEtOAc. The resulting filtrate was concentrated to dryness giving a greensolid. The crude product was partially purified via flash sgc using a40%-50% EtOAc/hexanes gradient, followed by 98% EtOAc/2% Et₃N. Thefractions containing the impure desired product were combined to give ablue oil. This material was dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (6 mL). TFA (4 mL) andtriethyl silane (2 mL) were added and the reaction mixture was leftstirring ON. The reaction mixture was concentrated to give a green oil.This material was purified via flash sgc using 2:1 hexanes:EtOAc,followed by 98% EtOAc/2% Et₃N as the mobile phase. Compound 642 wasisolated as a yellow oil (0.56 g). MS (EI) m/z Obsd M+H 214.2.

Part C:

Compound 642 (0.56 g, 2.6 mmol) was dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (8 mL). Triethylamine was added (1 mL) followed by (+)-diacetyl-(L)-tartaric anhydride(0.65 g, 3.00 mmol). The reaction mixture was left stirring at rt ON.The reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness and purified via sgcusing 2%-5% MeoH/CH₂Cl₂ mobile phase with 1% acetic acid added to it.After evaporating the solvent and azeotopic removal of the acetic acidwith heptane, compound 643 was obtained as a white solid (0.33 g). MS(EI) m/z Obsd M+H 430.1

Part D:

Compound 643 (92 mg, 0.214 mmol), HOBT (36 mg, 0.26 mmol), DMF (1.5 mL),2-thiophene ethylamine (44 mg, 0.34 mmol), and N-methylmorpholine (50μL) were added to a flask. EDC was added and the reaction mixture wasleft stirring ON at rt. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc andwashed with aqueous NaHCO₃, citric acid, water, and brine. The organiclayer was dried with MgSO₄ and concentrated to give a brown oil. Thecrude product was purified via flash sgc using a 10%-80% EtOAc/Hexanesgradient. Two diastereomeric compounds were isolated-644 Diastereomer A(0.02 g) MS (EI) m/z Obsd M+H 539.06 and 645 Diastereomer B (0.03 g) MS(EI) m/z Obsd M+H 539.03.

Part E:

Compound 645 was dissolved in 2 M methanolic ammonia and stirred at rtfor 30 m. The reaction was purified to dryness. The crude product waspurified via prep TLC on silica plates using 1:1 EtOAc: Hexanes as themobile phase. 646B: MS (EI) m/z Obsd M+H 455.1. Compound # StructureExact mass MS m/z(M + H) 646A

454.1 455.1 646B

454.1 455.1 647

510.2 511.1 648

516.2 517.1 649A

531.2 532.1 649B

531.2 532.1

Example 15

Part A:

Compound 650 (8.36 g, 73.9 mmol) and tert-butyl carbamate (25.96 g, 222mmol) were dissolved in acetonitrile (300 mL) and trifluoroacetic acidwas added. The reaction was stirred overnight at rt under N₂, thenconcentrated. The resulting mixture was dissolved in EtOAc and washedwith water. The organic layer was dried with Na₂SO₄ and concentrated todryness. The crude product was purified via flash sgc using 1:3 EtOAc:Hexanes as the mobile phase to give 30.27 g of product 651. ¹HNMR (400MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.78 (s, 1H), 7.40 (s, 1H), 6.38-6.30 (m, 1H), 1.51 (s,18H) MS (EI) m/z Obsd M+H 330.1

Part B:

Compound 651 (30.27 g, 91.89 mmol) was dissolved in 2-propanol (1500 mL)and sodium borohydride (17.0 g, 46 mmol) was added. The reaction mixturewas refluxed for 3 h, then concentrated on the rotovap. The resultingmaterial was diluted with EtOAc, washed with water, and dried withNa₂SO₄. The solvents were evaporated and the crude product was purifiedvia flash sgc using 1:2 EtOAc: Hexanes as the mobile phase to give 11.58g of 652. Yield=73% over steps one and two. ¹HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.78 (s, 1H), 7.33 (s, 1H), 5.35 (s, 1H), 4.69 (s, 2H), 1.53 (s, 9H); MS(EI) MS (EI) m/z Obsd M+H 215.0

Part C:

Compound 652 (0.30 g, 1.40 mmol) was dissolved in 5 mL of anhydrous THF(5 mL). The flask was capped with a septum, placed under N₂ blanket, andcooled in a dry ice/2-propanol bath. A solution of LDA (1.71 mL, 1.8 M)was added via syringe and the reaction mixture was stirred for 0.5 h. Asolution of 4-methoxy benzaldehyde (0.21 g, 1.54 mmol) in 5 mL ofanhydrous THF was added via syringe. The reaction mixture was stirredfor 1 h. The ice bath was removed and the reaction was left stirringovernight at rt. Water was added and the reaction mixture was dilutedwith EtOAc. The layers were separated. The organic layer was washed withwater and dried with Na₂SO₄. The solvent was evaporated and the crudeproduct was purified via flash sgc using 1:1 EtOAc: Hexanes to give 0.28g of 653. ¹HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.42 (s, 1H), 7.37-7.32 (m, 2H),6.89-6.94 (m, 2H), 6.02 (s, 1H), 5.38 (broad s, 1H), 4.55 (s, 2H), 3.86(s, 3H) 3.28 (s, 1H), 1.49 (s, 9H).

Part D:

Compound 653 (0.28 g, 0.80 mmol) was dissolved in triethylsilane (2 mL)and TFA (0.6 mL). The reaction mixture was refluxed for 3 h then allowedto cool to rt and stirred overnight. The reaction mixture wasconcentrated. Methanol was added and the reaction mixture wasconcentrated. Lithium hydroxide (10 mL, 1.0 M aq) and dioxane (10 mL)were added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 3 h then partiallyconcentrated. EtOAc was added and the layers were separated. The organiclayer was washed with water and dried with Na₂SO₄. The reaction mixturewas concentrated to give 0.23 g of compound 654. ¹HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃)δ 7.44 (s, 1H), 7.19 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 6.89 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 4.16 (s,2H), 4.11 (s, 2H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 1.77 (broad s, 2H).

Parts E and F:

Compound 654 was converted to compound 655 using procedures described inExample 2. Data for 655: ¹HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.41-7.26 (m, 5H),7.22-7.14 (M, 4H), 6.89-6.81 (m, 2H), 5.50-5.17 (m, 1H), 4.98-4.54 (m,4H), 4.53-4.31 (m, 2H), 4.06-3.98 (m, 2H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 2.47-2.27 (m,1H), 2.12-1.75 (m, 1H). MS (EI) m/z Obsd M+H 496.1. MS Compound Exactm/z # Structure mass (M + H) 656A

485.1 486.3 656B

465.2 466.1 657

467.2 468.1 658

467.2 468.1 659

495.2 496.1 660

499.1 500.1 661

471.1 472.1 662

471.1 472.1 663

499.1 500.1 664

471.1 472.1

Example 16 Thioamides Example 16A

Part A:

To a solution of compound 193 (200 mg, 0.54 mmol) in THF (5 mL) wasadded portionwise of Lawesson's reagent (203 mg, 0.5 mmol). The reactionmixture was stirred overnight under argon at room temperature, anddiluted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with saturated NaHCO₃,brine, dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated. Column chromatography oversilica gel (EtOAc/hexane, 20:80) afforded compound 665. Mass calculatedfor formula C₁₈H₂₂ClNO₄S 383.1, observed LCMS m/z 384.1 (M+H).

Part B:

To compound 665 in MeOH (5 mL) was added powdered K₂CO₃ (50 mg). Mixturewas stirred at room temperature for 1 h and the solvent was removed invacuo. The residue was dissolved in water and acidified with 1 N HCl. Itwas extracted with EtOAc, the combined organic layers was washed with 1NHCl, brine, dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated to afford compound 666as an oil (45 mg). Mass calculated for formula C₁₇H₂₀ClNO₄S 369.1,observed LCMS m/z 370.1 (M+H).

Part D:

To compound 666 (10 mg, 0.027 mmol) in DMF (0.5 mL) was 229 (11 mg,0.041 mmol) and HATU (20.5 mg, 0.054 mmol). The reaction mixture wasstirred at room temperature for 4 h, and diluted with ethyl acetate andwater. The organic layer was washed with 1 N HCl, saturated NaHCO₃, andbrine. It was dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated, resulting in compound667 as an oil. Mass calculated for formula C₂₉H₃₀Cl₂N₂O₃S₂ 588.1,observed LCMS m/z 589.1 (M+H).

Part E:

Compound 667 was dissolved in 0.5 mL of TFA/H₂O (80:20) and stirred atroom temperature for 2 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with ACN/H₂O(50:50) and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by reverse phase prep-LCafforded compound 668 as a white solid. HPLC-MS t_(R)=6.97 min(UV_(254 nm), 10 min), Mass calculated for formula C₂₆H₂₆Cl₂N₂O₃S₂548.1, observed LCMS m/z 549.1 (M+H).

Example 16B

Part A:

To 1 (204 mg, 1 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added 229 (320 mmol, 1.2 mmol)and HATU (570 mg, 1.5 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred overnightat room temperature, and diluted with ethyl acetate and water. Theorganic layer was washed with 1 N HCl, saturated NaHCO₃, and brine. Itwas dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated, resulting in 669 as a slightlyyellow oil (280 mg, 66%).

Part B:

To a solution of 669 (280 mg, 0.54 mmol) in THF (5 mL) was addedportionwise of Lawesson's reagent (202 mg, 0.5 mmol). The reactionmixture was stirred overnight under argon at room temperature, anddiluted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with saturated NaHCO₃,brine, dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated. Column chromatography oversilica gel (EtOAc/hexane, 20:80) afforded compound 670. Mass calculatedfor formula C₂₀H₂₂ClNO₄S 439.1, observed LCMS m/z 440.1 (M+H).

Part C:

To 670 in MeOH (5 mL) was added powdered K₂CO₃ (50 mg). The mixture wasstirred at room temperature for 1 h and the solvent was removed invacuo. The residue was dissolved in water and acidified with 1 N HCl. Itwas extracted with EtOAc, the combined organic layers was washed with 1NHCl, Brine, dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated to afford compound 671as an oil (80 mg). Mass calculated for formula C₁₇H₂₀ClNO₄S 425.1,observed LCMS m/z 426.1 (M+H).

Part D:

To compound 671 (10 mg, 0.027 mmol) in DMF (0.5 mL) was added racemic2-(3-chlorophenyl)pyrrolidine (6.5 mg, 0.035 mmol) and HATU (17.5 mg,0.046 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4h, and diluted with ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer waswashed with 1 N HCl, saturated NaHCO₃, and brine. It was dried overNa₂SO₄, and concentrated, resulting in compound 672 as an oil. Masscalculated for formula C₂₉H₃₀Cl₂N₂O₃S₂ 588.1, observed LCMS m/z 589.1(M+H).

Part E:

Compound 672 was dissolved in 0.5 mL of TFA/H₂O (80:20) and stirred atroom temperature for 2 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with ACN/H₂O(50:50) and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by reverse phase prep-LCafforded compound 673 as a white solid. HPLC-MS t_(R)=7.04 min(UV_(254 nm), 10 min), Mass calculated for formula C₂₆H₂₆Cl₂N₂O₃S₂548.1, observed LCMS m/z 549.1 (M+H).

The following compounds were prepared by the methods described above.Belleau's reagent was substituted for Lawesson's reagent. Compound #Structure Exact mass MS m/e (M + H) 673

434.2 435.2 674

434.2 435.1

Example 17

Compound 675 was prepared as described in Example 4A Part C.

Part A:

To 675 (1.34 g, 3.38 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) was added 4-hydroxybenzylamine(0.5 g, 4.06 mmol), DIEA (0.71 mL, 4.06 mmol) and HATU (1.54 g, 4.06mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature.The reaction mixture was diluted with water and the aqueous layer wasextracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were driedover sodium sulfate and concentrated. Purification by columnchromatography (SiO₂, 80% EtOAc/hexane) afforded 676 (1.41 g, 83%).HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.56 min (UV_(254 nm)); Mass calculated for formulaC₂₅H₂₈FN₃O₇ 501.2, observed LCMS m/z 502.1 (M+H).

Part B:

To a mixture of 676 (50 mg, 0.1 mmol), triphenylphosphine (79 mg, 0.3mmol), 3-hexyn-1-ol (33 μL, 0.3 mmol) in THF (0.5 mL) at 0° C. was addedDEAD (47 μL, 0.3 mmol). The reaction mixture was warmed to roomtemperature and stirred for 5 hours. The reaction mixture was dilutedwith water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layerswere dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. Purification by columnchromatography (SiO₂, 20% EtOAc/hexane to 100% EtOAc) afforded 677 (9mg, 15%). HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.09 min (UV_(254 nm)); Mass calculated forformula C₃₁H₃₆FN₃O₇ 581.3, observed LCMS m/z 582.2 (M+H).

Part C:

To 677 (9 mg, 0.02 mmol) in methanol (0.5 mL) was added anhydroushydrazine (2 μL, 0.04 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred overnightat room temperature. The solvents were removed in vacuo and the materialwas freeze-dried to yield 678 as a white powder (2 mg). HPLC-MSt_(R)=1.89 min (UV_(254 nm)); Mass calculated for formula C₂₇H₃₂FN₃O₅497.2, observed LCMS m/z 498.2 (M+H).

Example 17B

Part A:

Compound 680 was prepared from compounds 230 & 679 using proceduresdescribed in Example 17A Part A. HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.37 min (UV_(254 nm));Mass calculated for formula C₂₄H₂₆N₂O₇ 454.2, observed LCMS m/z 455.2(M+H).

Part B:

A mixture of 680 (49 mg, 0.11 mmol), 681 (14 uL, 0.14 mmol) and cesiumcarbonate (46 mg, 0.14 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was stirred 24 hours. Thereaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate.The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over sodiumsulfate and concentrated to afford 682 (33 mg). The material was usedwithout further purification. HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.91 min (UV_(254 nm)); Masscalculated for formula C₂₈H₃₂N₂O₇ 508.2, observed LCMS m/z 509.2 (M+H).

Part C:

To compound 682 (33 mg, 0.06 mmol) in methanol (2 mL) was added 7.0 Mammonia in methanol (2 ml). The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hourand concentrated. Purification by reverse phase prep-HPLC afforded 683(8 mg). HPLC-MS t_(R)=4.28 min (UV_(254 nm), 10 min); Mass calculatedfor formula C₂₄H₂₈N₂O₅ 424.2, observed LCMS m/z 425.2 (M+H).

The following compounds were prepared using procedures described inExample 17A & 17B. Exact Mass # Structure Mass Obsvd 684

426.2 427.1 685

426.2 427.1 686

424.2 425.2 687

539.3 540.3 688

588.2 589 689

492.2 493 690

524.1 525 691

588.2 589

Example 17C

Step A1:

To pre-swelled MB-CHO resin (5.0 g, 1.0 mmol/g) in 40 ml DCE was added4-hydroxybenzylamine (1.5 eq) and triacetoxyborohydride (2 eq) and themixture was agitated overnight before the solution was drained and resinwashed with MeOH, DCM and THF 5 cycles to give resin 692 after drying invacuo overnight.

Step A2:

To a pre-swelled resin 692 (150 mg, 1 mmol/g) in anhydrous THF was addedbenzylalcohol (5 eq) and PPh₃ (7 eq) in 1.5 ml of THF and ADDP (5 eq) in0.5 ml of DCM. The reaction was agitated at room temperature over theweekend. The reaction solution was drained and resin washed with 5cycles of MeOH, DCM and THF and dried in vaccuo before it was swelled inNMP followed by addition of 1.5 ml 1M NMP solution of compound 48. Thereaction mixture was agitated overnight before the solution was drainedand resin washed with 5 cycles of MeOH, DCM and THF and dried in vacuoto give resin 694.

Step B:

Resin 694 was pre-swelled in DCM, before 1-phenylpiperazine hydrochloricsalt (695)(6 eq) was added followed by addition of PyBrop (3 eq) andDIEA (9 eq) in 3 ml of DCM. The reaction solution was agitated overnightbefore it was drained and resin washed with 5 cycles of MeOH, DCM andTHF before it was treated with 10% hydrazine in methanol for 2 h. Theresin was then further washed with 5 cycles of MeOH, DCM and THFfollowed by cleavage using 50% of TFA in DCM. The cleavage solution wasevaporated and residue purified with a RP-HPLC system to give 5 mg ofdesired product 696.

The following compounds were generated using similar methods. CompoundObs. # Structure MS 697

496 698

511 699

456 700

497 701

454 702

491 703

456 704

505 705

468 706

491 707

482 708

573 709

496 710

557 711

510 712

604 713

524 714

547 715

510 716

494 717

452 718

570 719

466 720

617 721

496 722

476 723

540 724

490 725

504 726

468 696

490 728

482 729

524 730

496 731

508 732

524 733

524 734

452 735

616 736

496 737

558 738

504 739

508 740

490 741

524 742

524 743

569 744

616 745

558 746

524 747

558 748

558 749

626 750

524 751

558 752

626 753

535 754

558 755

558 756

491 757

535 758

491 759

558 760

505 761

468 762

573 763

513 764

494 765

454

Example 17D

Step A.

To resin 692 (2.6 g, 1 mmol/g), preswelled in NMP was added 48 (5 eq)and the mixture was agitated for 48 h. before the solution was drainedand resin washed with 5 cycles of MeOH, DCM and THF and dried in vacuo.The resin was then swelled in anhydrous DCM (25 ml) before 769 (6 eq,HCl salt) and DIEA (9 eq) were added followed by addition of PyBrop. Thereaction was agitated at r.t. overnight before the solution was drainedand resin washed with 5 cycles of MeOH, DCM and THF and dried in vacuoto give resin 770 (0.9 mmol/g loading).

Step B.

To a pre-swelled resin 770 (0.095 g, 0.9 mmol/g) in anhydrous DCM wasadded anhydrous Cu(OAc)₂ (3 eq), 771 (5 eq), 4 A molecular sieves (5micron particle size, 100 mg) and DIEA (7 eq) in 2 ml anh. DCM. Thereaction was agitated for 48 h. before the mixture was drained and resinwashed with 5 cycles of H₂O, MeOH, DCM and THF before it was treatedwith 10% hydrazine in Methanol for 2 h. The resin was then furtherwashed with 5 cycles of MeOH, DCM and THF followed by cleavage using 50%of TFA in DCM. The cleavage solution was evaporated and residue purifiedwith a RP-HPLC system to give 5 mg of desired product 772.

The following compounds were synthesized in similar fashion. CompoundOBS. # Structure Mass 773

435 774

504 772

524 776

510 777

526 778

521 779

490 780

501 781

506 782

476 783

526 784

520 785

535 786

555 787

506 788

490 789

504 790

510 791

552 792

528 793

544 794

490 795

494 796

526

Example 18 Example 18A

Part A:

Following the procedure described in Example 1 Part A, 1 (163 mg, 0.8mmol), 2S-phenyl-pyrrolidine (798) (Burgess, L. E.; Meyers, A. I.; J.Org. Chem. 1991, 56, 2294) (147 mg, 0.8 mmol), DIEA (560 μL, 3.2 mmol)and HATU (304 mg, 0.8 mmol) were mixed together in DMF (2 mL).Purification by column chromatography (SiO₂, 5%-20% EtOAc/DCM) afforded799 as an oil (115 mg, 43%). HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.82 min (UV_(254 nm)); Masscalculated for formula C₁₈H₂₃NO₅ 333.2, observed LCMS m/z 334.1 (M+H).

Part B:

Following the procedure in Example 1 Part B the material from Part A wassaponified. 800: HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.54 min (UV_(254 nm)); Mass calculatedfor formula C₁₇H₂₁NO₅ 319.1, observed LCMS m/z 320.2 (M+H).

Part C:

Compound 800, 2-thiopheneethylamine (6 μL, 0.05 mmol), DIEA (18 μL,0.103 mmol) and HATU (19 mg, 0.05 mmol) were mixed together followingthe procedure described in Example 1 Part A. 801: HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.01 min(UV_(254 nm)); Mass calculated for formula C₂₃H₂₈N₂O₄S 428.2, observedLCMS m/z 429.2 (M+H).

Part D:

Compound 801 was dissolved in 90:10 TFA:water (2 mL) and stirred for 4hours. The reaction mixture was quenched with 1:1 acetonitrile:water (4mL) and concentrated. Purification by reverse phase prep-LC afforded 802as a white powder (9 mg, 50%, 2 steps). HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.54 min(UV_(254 nm)); Mass calculated for formula C₂₀H₂₄N₂O₄S 388.2, observedLCMS m/z 389.2 (M+H).

Example 18B

Part A:

Compound 2 (42 mg, 0.14 mmol), 2-phenyl pyrrolidine (22 mg, 0.15 mmol),DIEA (63 μL, 0.36 mmol) and HATU (61 mg, 0.16 mmol) were mixed togetherfollowing the procedure described in Example 1 Part A. The desiredisomer was separated by reverse phase prep-LC to afford 803 as a whitesolid. HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.96 min (UV_(254 nm)); Mass calculated for formulaC₂₃H₂₈N₂O₄S 428.2, observed LCMS m/z 429.1 (M+H).

Part B:

Compound 803 was deprotected using the procedure described in Example 1Part D to afford 804 as a white powder (5 mg, 19% 2 steps). HPLC-MSt_(R)=1.50 min (UV_(254 nm)); Mass calculated for formula C₂₀H₂₄N₂O₄S388.2, observed LCMS m/z 389.2 (M+H). Compound # Structure Exact mass MSm/e (M + H) 805

406.1 407.2 806

406.1 407.2 807

456.1 457.1 808

478.2 479.2

Example 19

Part A: 2-Phenyl Piperidine

To 5-chlorovaleronitrile (809) (1.23 mL, 11 mmol) andtrimethylsilylchloride (4.32 mL, 34 mmol) in toluene (50 mL) under argonat 0° C. was added phenylmagnesium bromide (810) (3M in diethyl ether,3.67 mL, 11 mmol) dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C.for 1 hour. To the reaction mixture was added methanol (50 mL). Sodiumborohydride (1.04 g, 27.5 mmol) was added portionwise. After thevigorous bubbling had subsided the reaction mixture was stirred for 1hour at room temperature. A solution of 50% sodium hydroxide (5 mL) wasadded to the mixture and it was stirred overnight. The reaction mixturewas filtered to remove the precipitate and the solids were washed withethyl acetate. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The crudereaction mixture was dissolved in ethyl acetate and water. The aqueouslayer had a pH of 9. The layers were separated and the organic layer waswashed with brine solution, dried over sodium sulfate and concentratedin vacuo to afford an orange oil. The product was purified by columnchromatography (SiO₂, 20% ethyl acetate/hexane to 20% ethyl acetatehexane+2% triethylamine) to afford 811 as a polar yellow oil (927 mg,52%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.4-7.3 (m, 4H), 7.24 (m, 1H), 3.60 (dd,1H, J=2.4, 10.4 Hz), 3.21 (m, 1H), 2.81 (dt, 1H, J=3.2, 10.8 Hz), 1.90(m, 1H), 1.81 (m, 1H), 1.68 (m, 1H), 1.56 (m, 3H); HPLC-MS t_(R)=0.73min (MS); mass calculated for formula C₁₁H₁₅N 161.1, observed LCMS m/z162.1 (M+H).

Part B:

To 48 (108 mg, 0.5 mmol) in DCM (3 mL) was added 811 (80 mg, 0.5 mmol).The reaction mixture was stirred overnight before being poured into 1.0N HCl and extracted with DCM. The combined organic layers were driedover sodium sulfate, concentrated and freeze-dried to afford 812 as awhite solid (119 mg, 63%). Mass calculated for formula C₁₉H₂₃NO₇ 377.2,observed LCMS m/z 378.1 (M+H).

Part C:

Prepared as described in Example 1 Part A using 812 (19 mg, 0.05 mmol)to afford a foam 813 (24 mg, 100%). Mass calculated for formulaC₁₉H₂₃NO₇ 486.2, observed LCMS m/z 487.1 (M+H).

Part D:

Compound 813 (24 mg, 0.05 mmol) was deprotected using the proceduredescribed in Example 2A Part B. Purification by reverse-phase prep-LCafforded 814 as a white powder (9 mg, 45%). HPLC-MS t_(R)=4.38 and 4.42min (UV_(254 nm), 10 min); Mass calculated for formula C₂₁H₂₆N₂O₄S402.2, observed LCMS m/z 403.1 (M+H). MS Compound Exact m/e # Structuremass (M + H) 815

512.2 513.1

Example 20 Example 20A

Part A:

To 1H-Pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid (816) (274 mg, 2.44 mmol) in DMF (10mL) was added 2-chlorobenzyl bromide (698 μL, 5.38 mmol) and cesiumcarbonate (1.67 g, 5.12 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirredovernight at room temperature. The solids were removed by filtration andthe filtrate was concentrated. Purification by column chromatography(SiO₂, 20% to 30% EtOAc/Hex) separated the regioisomers to afford the817A as an oil (136 mg, 15%) and 817B as a white solid (685 mg, 78%).

1-(2-Chloro-benzyl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxylic acid 2-chloro-benzyl ester(817A): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.61 (d, 1H, J=2.0 Hz), 7.37 (m, 3H),7.31-7.11 (m, 4H), 7.02 (d, 1H, J=2.0 Hz), 6.53 (dd. 1H, J=2.0, 7.6 Hz),5.91 (s, 2H), 5.39 (s, 2H). HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.40 min (UV_(254 nm)); masscalculated for formula C₁₈H₁₄Cl₂N₂O₂ 360.0, observed LCMS m/z 361.0(M+H).

1-(2-Chloro-benzyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid 2-chloro-benzyl ester(817B): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.51 (m, 1H), 7.44 (d, 1H, J=2.4 Hz),7.40 (m, 2H), 7.27 (m, 4H), 7.08 (dd, 1H, J=1.6, 7.6 Hz), 6.87 (d, 1H,J=2.4 Hz), 5.54 (s, 2H), 5.51 (s, 2H); HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.22 min (UV₂₅₄nM); mass calculated for formula C₁₈H₁₄Cl₂N₂O₂ 360.0, observed LCMS m/z361.0 (M+H).

Part B:

To 817B (685 mg, 1.90 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added 1.0 M LiAlH₄ (1.14mL, 1.14 mmol) with ice cooling. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1hour. The reaction was quenched with water (1 mL), 3 M NaOH (1 mL) andwater (3 mL). The organic layer was decanted and the precipitate waswashed with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were washed with brine,dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. Purification by columnchromatography (SiO₂, 1:1 DCM:EtOAc) yielded 818 as an oil (350 mg,83%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.42 (d, 1H, J=2.4 Hz), 7.39 (dd, 1H,J=2.4, 8.0 Hz), 7.25 (m, 2H), 7.02 (dd, 1H, J=1.6, 7.2 Hz), 6.30 (d, 1H,J=2.4 Hz), 5.43 (s, 2H), 4.73 (s, 2H), 2.5 (bs, 1H, OH); HPLC-MSt_(R)=1.29 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₁₁H₁₁ClN₂O222.1, observed LCMS m/z 223.1 (M+H).

Part C:

To 818 (350 mg, 1.57 mmol) in toluene (5 mL) was added phosphoroustribromide (163 μL, 1.73 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated toreflux in a pre-heated oil bath for 15 minutes. The mixture was cooled,poured over ice and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layer waswashed with bicarbonate solution and brine, dried over sodium sulfateand concentrated to yield 819 as a white solid (414 mg, 93%). ¹H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.39 (m, 2H), 7.25 (m, 2H), 7.00 (dd, 1H, J=2.0, 7.2Hz), 6.36 (d, 1H, J=2.4 Hz), 5.41 (s, 2H), 4.53 (s, 2H); HPLC-MSt_(R)=1.96 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₁₁H₁₀BrClN₂284.0, observed LCMS m/z 285.1 (M+H).

Part D:

To 819 (412 mg, 1.44 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added phthalimide (255 mg,1.73 mmol) and cesium carbonate (515 mg, 1.58 mmol). The reactionmixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The solids wereremoved by filtration and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue wasdissolved in EtOAc and water. The layers were separated. The organiclayer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated.Purification by column chromatography (SiO₂, 5% EtOAc/DCM) yielded 820as a solid (418 mg, 82%). HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.96 min (UV_(254 nm)); masscalculated for formula C₁₉H₁₄ClN₃O₂ 351.1, observed LCMS m/z 352.2(M+H).

Part E:

To 820 (418 mg, 1.19 mmol) in ethanol (20 mL) was added hydrazinemonohydrate (231 μL, 4.75 mmol) and the reaction was heated to refluxfor 3 hours. The mixture was cooled and diluted with 50% EtOAc/hexanes(40 mL). The solids were removed by filtration and were thoroughlywashed with 50% EtOAc/hexanes (30 mL). The filtrate was concentrated.The residue was dissolved in EtOAc and washed with water and brine,dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to afford 821 as a semi-solid(205 mg, 78%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.39 (m, 1H), 7.38 (d, 1H,J=2.0 Hz), 7.23 (m, 2H), 6.92 (dd, 1H, J=2.0, 7.2 Hz), 6.22 (d, 1H,J=2.0 Hz), 5.39 (s, 2H), 3.91 (s, 2H); HPLC-MS t_(R)=0.91 min(UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₁₁H₁₂ClN₃ 221.07, observedLCMS m/z 222.1 (M+H).

Part F:

To 821 (49 mg, 0.22 mmol) in DMF (2 ml) was added 230 (67 mg, 0.2 mmol),DIEA (77 μL, 0.44 mmol) and HATU (84 mg, 0.22 mmol). The reactionmixture was stirred overnight. The DMF was removed in vacuo and theresidue was dissolved in EtOAc. The organic layer was washed withbicarbonate solution, 0.1 N HCl, and brine, dried over sodium sulfateand concentrated. Purification by column chromatography (SiO₂, 80%EtOAc/Hex) yielded 822 as a solid (70 mg, 65%). HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.80 min(UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₂₇H₂₇ClN₄O₆ 538.2, observedLCMS m/z 539.2 (M+H).

Part G:

A mixture of 822 (70 mg, 0.13 mmol) and potassium carbonate (90 mg, 0.65mmol) in MeOH (2 mL) was stirred 1 hour. The reaction was diluted withEtOAc and poured into brine solution. Additional salt was added and thelayers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc. Thecombined organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated toyield 823 as a white solid (45 mg, 76%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ8.05 (t, 1H, J=6.0 Hz), 7.70 (d, 1H, J=2.0 Hz), 7.46 (dd, 1H, J=2.0, 8.0Hz), 7.36-7.27 (m, 6H), 6.94 (dd, 1H, J=2.0, 7.6 Hz), 6.20 (d, 1H, J=2.0Hz), 5.68 (d, 1H, J=6.8 Hz), 5.35 (s, 2H), 5.06 (d, 1H, J=14.4 Hz), 5.03(d, 1H, J=7.6 Hz), 4.91 (d, 1H, J=14.4 Hz), 4.76 (d, 1H, J=15.6 Hz),4.62 (dd, 1H, J=2.8, 7.6 Hz), 4.61 (d, 1H, J=14.8 Hz), 4.26 (m, 3H);HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.55 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formulaC₂₃H₂₃ClN₄O₄ 454.1, observed LCMS m/z 455.2 (M+H).

Example 20B Pyrazole Spacer

Part A:

To the Weinreb amide 824 (prepared using the method of De Luca, L.;Giacomelli, G.; Taddei, M. J. Org. Chem. 2001, 66, 2534) (200 mg, 0.85mmol) in THF (15 mL) was added lithium (trimethylsilyl)acetylide (4.3mL, 2.14 mmol) dropwise at 0° C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1hour then diluted with EtOAc (50 mL). The mixture was washed with 0.1 NHCl (50 mL), dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. Purification bycolumn chromatography (SiO₂, 20% EtOAc/Hex) afforded 825 (91 mg, 54%).

Part B:

A mixture of 825 (71 mg, 0.33 mmol), (2-chloro-phenyl)-hydrazinedihydrochloride (89 mg, 0.39 mmol) and potassium carbonate (200 mg, 1.64mmol) in methanol (5 mL) were stirred at reflux for 12 hours. Thereaction mixture was cooled and diluted with EtOAc (50 mL) and water (50mL). The organic layer was separated, dried over sodium sulfate andconcentrated. Purification by column chromatography (SiO₂, 20%EtOAc/Hex) afforded 826 (50 mg, 15%). HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.10 min (ELSD);mass calculated for formula C₁₇H₂₂ClN₃O₂ 335.1, observed LCMS m/z 336.2(M+H).

Part C:

Compound 826 (45 mg, 0.13 mmol) was dissolved in 25% TFA/DCM (4 mL) andstirred for 30 minutes. The solvents were removed in vacuo and thematerial was used without further purification. The residue wasdissolved in DMF (5 mL) and 230 (25 mg, 0.07 mmol), DIEA (300 μL, 1.68mmol) and HATU (32 mg, 0.09 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture wasstirred overnight. The DMF was removed in vacuo and the residue wasdissolved in EtOAc and water. The organic layer was separated and washedwith 0.1 N NaOH, 0.1 N HCl and brine, dried over sodium sulfate andconcentrated. Compound 827 was used without further purification.

Part D:

Compound 827 (25 mg, 0.05 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (5 mL) and asolution on potassium carbonate (50 mg) in water (1 mL) was added. Thereaction was stirred for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was dilutedwith ethyl acetate and brine. The organic layer was separated, driedover sodium sulfate and concentrated. Purification by reverse phaseprep-LC afforded 828 as a white powder (15 mg, 65%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ 7.81 (d, 1H, J=8.0 Hz), 7.70 (d, 1H, J=1.6 Hz), 7.47 (dd, 1H,J=1.6, 7.6 Hz), 7.35-7.26 (m, 6H), 6.89 (dd, 1H, J=1.6, 7.2 Hz), 6.29(d, 1H, J=2.0 Hz), 5.38 (s, 2H), 5.04 (d, 1H, J=15.2 Hz), 4.97 (m, 2H),4.90 (d, 1H, J=14.0 Hz), 4.76 (d, 1H, J=16.4 Hz), 4.61 (m, 2H), 4.27 (d,1H, J=2.4 Hz), 1.39 (d, 3H, J=6.8 Hz); HPLC-MS t_(R)=4.25 min(UV_(254 nm), 10 min); mass calculated for formula C₂₄H₂₅ClN₄O₄ 468.2,observed LCMS m/z 469.1 (M+H). Compound # Structure Exact mass MS m/e(M + H) 829

462.2 463.1 830

488.2 489.2 831

420.2 421.1 832

398.2 399.1 833

511.2 512.2 834

511.2 512.2 835

530.2 531.1 836

480.2 481.1

Example 21 α-Methyl Benzyl Amines Example 21A

Part A:

A mixture of 1R-(4-bromo-phenyl)-ethylamine (837) (0.18 mL, 1.25 mmol),230 (349 mg, 1.0 mmol), DIEA (357 μL, 2.0 mmol) and HATU (456 mg, 1.2mmol) in NMP (10 mL) was stirred overnight at room temperature. Thereaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with EtOAc. Theorganic layer was washed with bicarbonate solution, 0.1 N HCl, andbrine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. 838: ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ 8.72 (d, 1H, J=7.6 Hz), 7.49 (dd, 2H, J=2.0, 6.8 Hz),7.37-7.25 (m, 6H), 5.56 (ABq, 2H, J=6.8 Hz), 4.99 (d, 1H. J=13.2 Hz),4.89 (m, 2H), 4.70 (d, 1H, J=16.0 Hz), 4.51 (d, 1H, J=16.4 Hz), 2.09 (s,3H), 2.03 (s, 3H), 1.32 (d, 3H, J=7.2 Hz).

Part B:

To 838 (135 mg, 0.26 mmol), PdCl₂(dppf) (22 mg, 0.03 mmol), potassiumphosphate (166 mg, 0.78 mmol) in dioxane (5 mL) under argon atmospherewas added benzyl-9-BBN (0.5 M in THF, 1.3 mL, 0.65 mmol). The reactionmixture was heated to 60° C. overnight. The reaction mixture wasfiltered through a celite pad and the pad was rinsed with ethyl acetate.The filtrate was concentrated. The crude product was dissolved inmethanol (5 mL) and potassium carbonate (4 mg) was added. The reactionmixture was stirred for 1 hour, filtered and concentrated to afford 839as a solid (50 mg, 42%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) 67.97 (d, 1H, J=7.6Hz), 7.34-7.10 (m, 13H), 5.03 (d, 1H. J=14.4 Hz), 4.90 (m, 2H), 4.72 (d,1H, J=16.8 Hz), 4.58 (m, 2H), 4.20 (d, 1H, J=3.2 Hz), 3.87 (s, 2H), 1.37(d, 3H, J=7.2 Hz); HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.89 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculatedfor formula C₂₇H₂₈N₂O₄ 444.2, observed LCMS m/z 445.1 (M+H).

Example 21B

Part A:

CH₂Cl₂ (300 mL) and trifluoroacetic anhydride (100 g, 0.476 mol) wereadded to a 2 liter 3-necked flask. The flask was equipped with a dryingtube and cooled in an ice-water bath. A solution of(R)-α-methylbenzylamine (840) (53.72 g, 0.443 mol) dissolved in 100 mLof CH₂Cl₂ was added over 40 min. The ice bath was removed and thereaction mixture was stirred at rt for 3 h. The reaction mixture wascooled with an ice-water bath and methanesulfonic acid (110 mL, 1.69mol) was added. Dibromodimethylhydantoin (65 g, 0.227 mol) was added inportions over 1 hr 15 min. The reaction mixture was left stirringovernight then poured into a solution prepared from 60 mL of 1 M NaHSO₃and 500 mL of ice and water. The layers were separated and the aqueouslayer was extracted with 100 mL of CH₂Cl₂. The combined organic layerwas washed with water and brine, then dried with MgSO₄. The solvent wasevaporated to give a white solid. This material was recrystallized fromEt₂O/Hexanes to give compound 841. MS (EI) m/z M+H Obsd 297.16

Part B:

Compound 841 (8.09 g, 27.3 mmol) was dissolved in 40 mL of dioxane, 10mL of methanol, and 40 mL of 1 M aqueous LiOH. The reaction mixture wasstirred at rt for 2.5 h under N₂. Boc anhydride (7.45 g, 34.1 mmol) andEtOAc (25 mL) were added and the reaction mixture was stirred at rtunder N₂ for 1.5 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc andbrine. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extractedwith EtOAc. The combined organic layer was washed with citric acid,water, and brine, then dried with MgSO₄. The solvents were evaporatedand the crude product was purified via flash sgc using a 5%-10%EtOAc/Hexanes gradient as the mobile phase. White solid 842 (7.95 g) wasobtained as product. MS (EI) m/z M+Na Obsd 324.01

Part C:

Compound 842 (1.11 g, 3.69) and 4-pyridine boronic acid (0.55 g, 4.48mmol) were suspended in 1-propanol (8 mL) and stirred for 25 min at 40°C. Palladium (II) acetate (55 mg, 0.24 mmol) and water (4 mL), wereadded, followed by sodium carbonate (0.47 g, 4.43 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (197 mg 0.75 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred under N₂at 80° C. for 21 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to rt anddiluted with EtOAc and 0.5 M NaHCO₃. The layers were separated and theaqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layer waswashed with brine, dried with MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated to givean orange solid. The crude product was purified via sgc using 30%EtOAc/Hexanes, followed by 30% EtOAc/Hexanes with 2% addeddiisopropylethylamine added, followed by 40% EtOAc/Hexanes as the mobilephase. White solid 843 was obtained as product (0.71 g). MS (EI) m/z M+HObsd 299.10.

Part D:

Compound 843 (0.70, 2.3 mmol) was suspended in 22 mL of 4 M HCl indioxane and 8 mL of CH₂Cl₂. The reaction mixture was stirred under N₂ atrt for 6 h, then concentrated to give white solid 844 (0.70 g). MS (EI)m/z M+H Obsd 199.09.

Parts E & F:

Compound 846 was prepared using procedures similar to those described inExample 14, Steps E&F. MS (EI) m/z M+H Obsd 460.1

Example 21C

Part A:

A 500 mL Schlenck Flask equipped with a stir bar was flame dried underN₂ flow, capped with a septum, and allowed to cool to rt. A solution ofn-butyl lithium in hexanes (55 mL, 2.5 Molar, 137.4 mmol) was added viasyringe. The flask was cooled in a dry ice/2-propanol bath.Tetramethylethylene diamine (TMEDA-19.0 g, 167 mmol) was added. Compound842 (20 g, 66.8 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous THF (200 mL) and addedto the reaction mixture over 30 min via addition funnel. The reactionmixture was stirred at −78 C for 15 min. Triethyl borate was added (21.4mL, 176 mmol) as a solution in 40 mL of anhydrous THF. The reactionmixture was stirred for 30 min. The reaction mixture was quenched at−78° C. with 1.0 M aq HCl to a pH of 2, then allowed to warm to rt. Thereaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was driedwith MgSO₄ and concentrated to dryness. The crude product was purifiedvia sgc using 5:95 MeOH:CH₂Cl₂ as the mobile phase. White solid 848 wasobtained as product (3.8 grams). Data for 848: ¹HNMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ7.56 (d, J=8 Hz, 2H), 7.29 (d, J=8 Hz, 2H), 4.58-4.64 (m, 1H), 1.41-1.36(m, 12H).

Part B:

Compound 848 (300 mg, 1.13 mmol), 3-bromo-2-cyanothiophene (192 mg, 1.02mmol), acetonitrile (4 mL), Dichloro[1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene] palladium(II) dichloride (Strem, 171 mg, 0.23 mmol), and 1.25mL of 1 M aq K₂CO₃ were added to a microwave tube equipped with a stirbar. N₂ was bubbled through the soln. and the tube was capped. Thereaction mixture was irradiated at 150° C. for 5 min in a PersonalChemistry “Companion” microwave oven. The resulting material wasfiltered through Celite which was washed with EtOAc. The filtrate waspartitioned between EtOAc and water. The organic layer was washed withwater and treated with Na₂SO₄ and Darco activated carbon. The mixturewas filtered and concentrated to dryness. The crude product was purifiedvia sgc using 60:40 Hexanes: EtOAc as the mobile phase. Compound 849 wasobtained as a yellow oil (224 mg) which crystallized on standing. m/zObsd. M+Na 350.93

Part C:

Compound 849 (224 mg, 0.682 mmol) was dissolved in 2.8 mL of CH₂Cl₂ and1.2 mL of trifluoroacetic acid. The reaction mixture was stirred at rtfor 2 hours, then concentrated to dryness. The crude product waspurified via sgc using 9:1 CH₂Cl₂:MeOH(NH₃) as the mobile phase to give110 mg of 850 as an oil. m/z Obsd. M+H 229.10

Parts D and E:

Compounds 851 and 852 were prepared via procedures similar to thosedescribed in Example 14, Parts D and E. Data for 851: m/z Obsd. M+H574.05. Data for 852: m/z Obsd. M+Na 511.91.

Example: 21D

Compound 853 was synthesized using the procedures described in Example1.

Part A:

Compound 853 (25 mg, 0.050 mmol) was dissolved in THF (1 mL) andPdP(t-Bu₃)₂ (5 mg, 0.0097 mmol) was added under an argon atmosphere.6-Methoxy-2-pyridylzinc bromide (0.5 M in THF, 0.2 mL) was added and thereaction was stirred at 50° C. overnight. The reaction mixture wasfiltered over a bed of celite and then evaporated under reducedpressure. Purification by reverse phase prep-LC afforded an off-whitesolid 854 (10 mg, 38%) after lyophilization. HPLC-MS t_(R)=6.138 min(UV_(254 nm), 10 min); mass calculated for formula C₃₁H₃₄ClN₃O₅ 563.2,observed LCMS m/z 564.1 (M+H).

Part B:

Compound 854 (10 mg, 0.0188 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (0.3 mL) and TFA(4 mL) and stirred for 2 hours at room temperature. The solvent wasremoved to provide the pure product 855 (9.36 mg, 95%). HPLC-MSt_(R)=5.098 min (UV_(254 nm), 10 min); mass calculated for formulaC₂₈H₃₀ClN₃O₅ 523.1, observed LCMS m/z 524.1 (M+H).

Example: 21 E

Compound 856 was synthesized using the Suzuki procedures desribed inExample 12.

Part A:

Compound 856 (160 mg, 0.30 mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (5 mL)and sodium iodide (140 mg, 1.0 mmol) was added followed bytrimethylsilylchloride (105 mg, 1.0 mmol). Water (0.1 mL) was added andthe reaction mixture was stirred at reflux for 4 hours. The reaction wasquenched with water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The combinedorganic layers were washed with bicarbonate solution and brine; driedover sodium sulfate and concentrated. Purification by reverse phaseprep-LC afforded an off-white solid 857 (86 mg, 56%) afterlyophilization. HPLC-MS t_(R)=3.72 min (UV_(254 nm), 10 min); masscalculated for formula C₂₇H₂₈ClN₃O₅ 509.1, observed LCMS m/z 510.1(M+H).

The following table contains compounds made using the proceduresdescribed in Example 21A-E. Compound # Structure Exact mass MS m/e (M +H) 858

459.2 460.1 859

459.2 460.1 860

526.2 527.7 861

498.2 499.0 862

449.2 450.0 863

487.3 488.1 864

431.2 432.1 865

465.2 466.1 866

499.2 500.0 867

523.2 524.2 868

509.2 510.1 869

464.2 464.9 870

509.2 510.2 871

447.2 448.2 872

495.2 496.2 873

509.2 510.2 874

489.2 511.9 (M + Na) 875

527.1 528.1 876

493.1 494.1 877

464.2 464.9 878

430.2 431.2 879

430.2 431.2 880

444.2 445.2

Example 22

Part A:

To 305 (100 mg, 0.34 mmol) in THF (2 mL) at −90° C. under argon wasadded n-butyl lithium (1.6 M, 0.140 mL, 0.22 mmol) dropwise. Thereaction mixture was stirred for 30 minutes at −90° C. Then diphenyldisulfide (90 mg, 0.4 mmol) in THF (1 mL) was added slowly. The reactionmixture was stirred for 30 minutes at −90° C. The reaction mixture wasquenched with saturated ammonium chloride solution and warmed to roomtemperature. The mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (10 mL) and thelayers were separated. The organic layer was washed with water andbrine. Dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. Purification bycolumn chromatography (SiO₂, 5% EtOAc/hexane) afforded 881 (19 mg, 59%).HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.28 min (UV_(254 nm),); mass calculated for formulaC₁₆H₁₉NO₂S₂ 321.09, observed LCMS m/z 322.2 (M+H).

Part B:

To 881 (66 mg, 0.2 mmol) was added 4N HCl in dioxane (1 mL). Thereaction mixture was stirred for 1 hour. The solvents were removed invacuo and the crude product was used without further purification.HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.12 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formulaC₁₁H₁₁NS₂ 221.0, observed LCMS m/z 222.1 (M+H).

Part C:

To 563 (56 mg, 0.16 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added 882 (66 mg, 0.26mmol), DIEA (82 μL, 0.46 mmol) and HATU (78 mg, 0.24 mmol). The reactionmixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction mixturewas diluted with ethyl acetate (20 mL) and water (20 mL). The layerswere separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate.The combined organic layers were washed with sodium bicarbonate solutionand brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. Compound 883 (43mg, 48%) was used without further purification. HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.40 min(UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₂₈H₂₉ClN₂O₄S₂ 556.1,observed LCMS m/z 557.0 (M+H).

Part D:

Compound 883 (25 mg, 0.04 mmol) was dissolved in 80:20 TFA:water (1 mL)and stirred for 1.5 hours. The reaction was quenched with 1:1water:acetonitrile (1 mL) and the solvents were removed in vacuo.Purification by reverse phase prep-LC afforded 884 as a white solid (5mg, 22%). HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.04 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated forformula C₂₅H₂₅ClN₂O₄S₂ 516.1, observed LCMS m/z 517.1 (M+H).

Example 23

Part A:

A mixture of □,□′-dibromo-p-xylene (885) (528 mg, 2.0 mmol), phthalimide(294 mg, 2.0 mmol) and cesium carbonate (717 mg, 2.2 mmol) in DMF (5 mL)was stirred for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered and thefiltrate was concentrated. The residue was dissolved in DCM and washedwith bicarbonate solution and brine. The organic layer was dried oversodium sulfate and concentrated. Recrystallization from 75%EtOAc/hexanes removed the dialkylated product. The mother liquor wasconcentrated and the monoalkylated product 886 was isolated by columnchromatography (SiO₂, 50% DCM/Hex) as a white solid (110 mg, 16%). ¹HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.84 (d, 2H, J=2.4 Hz), 7.72 (d, 2H, J=2.4 Hz),7.41 (d, 2H, J=7.2 Hz), 7.34 (d, 2H, J=7.2 Hz), 4.84 (s, 2H), 4.46 (s,2H).

Part B:

A mixture of 886 (110 mg, 0.33 mmol), 2-methyl benzimidazole (44 mg,0.33 mmol) and cesium carbonate (114 mg, 0.35 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) wasstirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction mixture was filteredand concentrated. The residue was partitioned between bicarbonatesolution and ethyl acetate. The layers were separated and the aqueouslayer was extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer waswashed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to afford887 as an off-white solid (120 mg, 95%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.82(m, 2H), 7.70 (m, 2H), 7.37 (d, 2H, J=8.0 Hz), 7.25-7.18 (m, 4H), 7.00(d, 2H, J=8.7 Hz), 5.30 (s, 2H), 4.82 (s, 2H), 2.57 (s, 3H).

Part C:

A mixture of 887 (120 mg, 0.31 mmol) and hydrazine hydrate (61 μL, 1.26mmol) in ethanol (10 mL) was heated to reflux for 3 hours. The reactionmixture was concentrated. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate andwashed with bicarbonate solution. The aqueous layer was extracted withethyl acetate. The combined organic layer was washed with brine, driedover sodium sulfate and concentrated to afford 888 as a yellow oil (31mg, 40%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.72 (dd, 1H, J=1.2, 8.4 Hz), 7.51(dd, 1H, J=3.2, 6.4 Hz), 7.26-7.17 (m, 4H), 7.01 (d, 2H, J=8 Hz), 5.30(s, 2H), 3.85 (s, 2H), 2.60 (s, 2H), 2.57 (s, 3H).

Part D:

A mixture of 888 (31 mg, 0.12 mmol), 554 (40 mg, 0.1 mmol), DIEA (38 μL,0.22 mmol) and HATU (46 mg, 0.12 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was stirredovernight. The DMF was removed in vacuo. The residue was dissolved inethyl acetate, washed with bicarbonate solution and brine, dried oversodium sulfate and concentrated to afford 889 as a film (61 mg, 96%).HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.38 min (UV_(254nm)); mass calculated for formulaC₃₄H₃₅ClN₄O₆ 630.2, observed LCMS m/z 631.2 (M+H).

Part E:

To 889 (61 mg, 0.097 mmol) in methanol (2 mL) was added anhydroushydrazine (5 μL, 0.16 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight,concentrated, purified by reverse phase prep-LC and treated with HCl toafford 890 as an HCl salt (19 mg, 33%). HPLC-MS t_(R)=3.42 min(UV_(254 nm), 10 min); mass calculated for formula C₃₀H₃₁ClN₄O₄ 546.2,observed LCMS m/z 547.2 (M+H). Compound # Structure Exact mass MS m/e(M + H) 891

546.2 547.2

Example 24 Alkyne Linkages Example 24A

Part A:

To 193 (200 mg, 0.57 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) was added propargyl amine (62mg, 1.13 mmol), DIEA (396 μL, 1.71 mmol), DMAP (7 mg, 0.06 mmol) and EDC(140 mg, 0.74 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at roomtemperature. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate, washedwith water and brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated.Purification by column chromatography (SiO₂, 60% ethyl acetate/hexanes)afforded 892 as an oil (136 mg, 62%). HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.76 and 1.83 min(UV_(254 nm)); Mass calculated for formula C₂₀H₂₃ClN₂O₄ 390.1, observedLCMS m/z 391.1 (M+H).

Part B:

To 892 (20 mg, 0.05 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was added 4-chloro-iodobenzene(24 mg, 0.10 mmol), copper(I) iodide (1 mg, 0.005 mmol), PdCl₂(Ph₃P)₂(1.8 mg, 0.003 mmol) and triethylamine (1 mL). The reaction mixture wasstirred overnight at 50° C. under argon atmosphere. The reaction mixturewas diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with 0.1 N HCl, dried over sodiumsulfate and concentrated. The material was used without furtherpurification. 893: HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.28 and 2.32 min (UV_(254 nm)); Masscalculated for formula C₂₆H₂₆Cl₂N₂O₄ 500.1, observed LCMS m/z 501.1(M+H).

Part C:

Compound 893 was dissolved in 4:1 TFA:water (2 mL) and stirred at roomtemperature for 1.5 hours. The reaction was quenched with 1:1water:acetonitrile (2 mL) and concentrated. Purification by reversephase prep-LC afforded 894 as a solid (2 mg). HPLC-MS t_(R)=5.02 min(UV_(254 nm), 10 min); Mass calculated for formula C₂₃H₂₂Cl₂N₂O₄ 460.1,observed LCMS m/z 461.2 (M+H).

Example 24B

Compound 895 was obtained via procedures described in Example 2A Part Ausing isoindoline to open the (+)-diacetyl-L-tartaric anhydride andpropargyl amine in the coupling procedure.

Part A:

Compound 895 (138 mg, 0.371 mmol), p-bromofluorobenzene (244 mg, 1.39mmol), and dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine) palladium (II) (26 mg, 0.037mmol) were dissolved in 1.5 mL CH₃CN and 1.5 mL Et₃N. The reactionmixture was heated in a sealed tube under N₂ at 80° C. for 2 h. Thereaction mixture was allowed to cool to rt. EOAc and 1.0 M pH 7.0 sodiumphosphate buffer were added. The layers were separated. The organiclayer was washed with water and dried with MgSO₄. The solvent wasevaporated and the crude product was purified via sgc using 3:1EtOAc:hexanes as the mobile phase to give 20 mg of compound 896. MS (EI)m/z Obsd M+H 467.19

Part B:

Compound 896 (20 mg, 0.043 mmol) was dissolved in 3 mL of 2 M methanolicammonia. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 1 h. The reactionmixture was concentrated to dryness. The crude product was purified viaprep TLC on silica plates using 97:3 CH₂Cl₂:MeOH as the mobile phase togive 12 mg of 897. MS (EI) m/z Obsd M+H 383.2. Compound # StructureExact mass MS m/z (M + H) 898

410.2 411.1 899

472.2 473.2 900

451.1 452.1 901

460.1 461.2 902

460.1 461.2 903

469.1 470.2

Example 25 N-Linked Biaryls Example 25A

Part A:

To 193 (42 mg, 0.12 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added4-pyrazol-1-yl-benzylamine (25 mg, 0.14 mmol), DIEA (50 μL, 0.29 mmol)and HATU (53 mg, 0.13 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred overnightat room temperature. The reaction mixture was poured into water andextracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washedwith 0.1 N NaOH and brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated.The crude material was used without further purification. 904: HPLC-MSt_(R)=1.97 and 2.03 min (UV_(254 nm)); Mass calculated for formulaC₂₇H₂₉ClN₄O₄ 508.2, observed LCMS m/z 509.2 (M+H).

Part B:

Compound 904 was dissolved in 4:1 TFA:water (2 mL) and stirred at roomtemperature for 2 hours. The reaction was quenched by the addition of1:1 acetonitrile:water (4 mL) and the solvents were removed in vacuo.Purification by reverse phase prep-LC afforded 905 as a white solid (33mg). HPLC-MS t_(R)=4.16 min (UV_(254 nm), 10 min); Mass calculated forformula C₂₄H₂₅ClN₄O₄ 468.2, observed LCMS m/z 469.2 (M+H).

Example 25B

Part A:

A mixture of 4-bromobenzyl amine hydrochloride (558) (2.0 g, 9.0 mmol),monomethyl phthalate (1.94 g, 10.8 mmol), EDC (2.07 g, 10.8 mmol), HOBt(1.82 g, 13.5 mmol) and triethylamine (3.8 mL, 27.0 mmol) in DCM (50 mL)was stirred overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted DCM and washedwith 1.0 N HCl, water, bicarbonate solution and brine, dried over sodiumsulfate and concentrated. Recrystallization of the mixture from ethylacetate afforded 906 as a solid (1.72 g, 61%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.83 (m, 2H), 7.70 (m, 2H), 7.42 (d, 2H, J=8.2 Hz), 7.29 (d, 2H, J=8.2Hz), 4.79 (s, 2H). HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.05 min (UV_(254 nm)); Mass calculatedfor formula C₁₅H₁₀BrNO₂ 315.0, observed LCMS m/z 316.0 (M+H).

Part B:

A mixture of 906 (100 mg, 0.32 mmol), pyrrolidine (34 mg, 0.48 mmol),potassium phosphate (171 mg, 0.80 mmol), Pd₂(dba)₃ (8 mg, 0.008 mmol)and 2-(dicyclohexylphosphino)biphenyl (11 mg, 0.032 mmol) in dioxane (3mL) were stirred under argon atmosphere at 90° C. overnight. Thereaction mixture was filtered through celite and concentrated. Theyellow residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂, 5%EtOAc/DCM) to afford 907 (82 mg, 84%). HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.13 min(UV_(254 nm)); Mass calculated for formula C₁₉H₁₈N₂O₂ 306.1, observedLCMS m/z 307.2 (M+H).

Part C:

To 907 (82 mg, 0.268 mmol) in 1:1 ethanol:DCM (4 mL) was added hydrazinemonohydrate (52 μL, 1.07 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated toreflux overnight. The precipitate was removed by filtration and thefiltrate was concentrated. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate,washed with water and brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentratedto afford 908 as a white solid (23 mg, 49%). HPLC-MS t_(R)=0.86 min(UV_(254 nm)); Mass calculated for formula C₁₁H₁₆N₂ 176.1, observed LCMSm/z 177.1 (M+H).

Part D:

A mixture of 554 (30 mg, 0.076 mmol), 908 (17.3 mg, 0.098 mmol), DIEA(40 μL, 0.226 mmol), DMAP (1 mg) and HATU (37 mg, 0.098 mmol) in DMF (1mL) was stirred overnight. The reaction mixture was poured in water andextracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washedwith 0.1 N NaOH, water and brine, dried over sodium sulfate andconcentrated. Compound 909 was used without further purification.

Part E:

To 909 in 3:1 methanol:water (2 mL) was added potassium carbonate (20mg). The reaction mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. The reactionmixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organiclayer was separated, washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate andconcentrated. Purification by reverse phase prep-LC afforded 910 as asolid (2 mg). HPLC-MS t_(R)=3.57 min (UV_(254 nm) 10 min); Masscalculated for formula C₂₅H₃₀ClN₃O₄ 471.2, observed LCMS m/z 472.2(M+H).

Example 25C

Compound 568 was prepared according to the procedure of Maku, S. et. al.(J. Comb. Chem. 2003, 5, 379)

Part A:

A mixture of compound 568 (740 mg, 3 mmol), 3-methylpyrazole (123 mg,1.5 mmol), copper (II) acetate (409 mg, 2.25 mmol), pyridine (0.25 ml),3 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) was stirred at room temperature opento the air for 60 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethylacetate, filtered through celite and concentrated. Purification bycolumn chromatography (SiO₂, 30% ethyl acetate/hexanes to 50% ethylacetate/hexane) afforded the product as an impure white solid (450 mg).Further purification by column chromatography (SiO₂, dichloromethane to5% ethyl acetate/dichloromethane) afforded 911 as a solid (295 mg, 70%purity). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, acetone-d₆) δ 8.97 (bs, 1H, NH), 8.16 (d, 1H,J=2.4 Hz), 7.76 (d, 2H, J=8.4 Hz), 7.42 (d, 2H, J=8.8 Hz), 6.27 (d, 1H,J=2.4 Hz), 4.55 (d, 2H, J=5.6 Hz), 2.28 (s, 3H); HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.62 min(UV_(254 nm)); Mass calculated for formula C₁₃H₁₂F₃N₃O 283.1, observedLCMS m/z 284.2 (M+H).

Part B:

To 911 (165 mg, 0.43 mmol) in 1:1 methanol: water (2 mL) was added 10%potassium carbonate in 2:1 methanol:water (7 mL). The reaction mixturewas stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction mixture wasconcentrated and the residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate. The ethylacetate layer was washed with water and brine, dried over sodium sulfateand concentrated to afford 912 as a white solid (69 mg, 86%). HPLC-MSt_(R)=0.75 min (UV_(254 nm)); Mass calculated for formula C₁₁H₁₃N₃187.1, observed LCMS m/z 188.1 (M+H).

Part C:

To 193 (65 mg, 0.18 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added 912 (38 mg, 0.2 mmol),DIEA (70 μL, 0.4 mmol) and HATU (76 mg, 0.21 mmol). The reaction mixturewas stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction mixture waspoured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organiclayers were washed with 0.1 N NaOH and brine, dried over sodium sulfateand concentrated. Compound 913 was used without further purification.HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.05 and 2.09 min (UV_(254 nm)); Mass calculated forformula C₂₈H₃₁ClN₄O₄ 522.2, observed LCMS m/z 523.2 (M+H).

Part D:

Compound 913 was dissolved in 4:1 TFA:water (2 mL) and stirred at roomtemperature for 2 hours. The reaction was quenched by the addition of1:1 acetonitrile:water (4 mL) and the solvents were removed in vacuo.Purification by reverse phase prep-LC afforded 914 as a white solid (35mg). HPLC-MS t_(R)=4.31 min (UV_(254 nm), 10 min); Mass calculated forformula C₂₅H₂₇ClN₄O₄ 482.1, observed LCMS m/z 483.1 (M+H).

Example 25D

Part A:

Compound 841 (0.5 g, 1.69 mmol), pyrazole (0.14 g, 2.05 mmol), CuI(0.064 g, 0.336 mmol), 1,10-phenanthroline (0.12 g, 0.66 mmol), andCs₂CO₃ (1.1 g, 3.37 mmol) were dissolved in dimethylacetamide andstirred for 20 h at 140° C. under N₂. The reaction mixture was allowedto cool to rt and diluted with EtOAc. The resulting mixture was washedwith water and concentrated to dryness. The resulting material waspurified via flash sgc using CH₂Cl₂:MeOH:conc NH₄OH— (200:10:1) as themobile phase to give 0.30 g of 915. Data for 915: ¹HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃)δ 7.98 (s, 1H), 7.80-7.74 (m, 3H), 7.48 (d, 2H), 6.55 (s, 1H), 5.23 (m,1H), 1.68 (d, J=4 Hz, 2H). MS (EI) of m/z Obsd. M+H 283.97

Part B:

Compound 915 (0.20 g, 0.67 mmol) was dissolved in 10 mL of MeOH. AqueousLiOH (10 mL/1.0 M) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for4 h. The solution was partially concentrated in vacuo to remove theMeOH. The resulting material was extracted with EtOAc. The organic layerwas washed with water, dried with Na₂SO₄, filtered, and concentrated togive 0.14 g of 916. Data for 916: ¹HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.94 (s, 1H),7.75 (s, 1H), 7.68 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 7.47 (d, J=9 Hz, 2H), 4.26-4.13 (m,1H), 1.44 (d, J=7 Hz, 3H).

Parts C and D:

Compounds 917 and 918 were prepared via procedures similar to thosedescribed in Example 14-Parts D and E. Data for 917: ¹HNMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) δ 7.98-7.62 (m, 4H), 7.46-7.13 (m, 8H), 6.68-6.47 (m, 2H),5.86-5.41 (m, 2H), 5.24-5.10 (m, 2H), 4.05-3.48 (m, 2H), 2.22-1.79 (m,10H), 1.58-1.55 (m, 2H). Data for 918: ¹HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.96 (s,1H), 7.80 (s, 1H), 7.75-7.59 (m, 2H), 7.48-6.95 (m, 8H), 6.52 (s, 1H),5.32-5.13 (m, 2H), 4.97-4.05 (m, 2H), 3.99-3.68 (m, 3H), 2.46-1.80 (m,4H), 1.62-1.51 (m, 3H); MS (EI) m/z Obsd. M+H 449.1. Compound #Structure Exact mass MS m/e (M + H) 919

469.2 470.1 920

420.2 421.1 921

448.2 449.1 922

470.2 471.1 923

437.2 438.2 924

485.2 486.2 925

468.2 469.1 926

420.2 421.1 927

498.2 499.1 928

448.2 449.1 929

515.2 516.3 930

482.2 483.1 931

469.2 470.0 932

482.2 483.1 933

421.2 422.1 934

434.2 435.1 935

462.2 463.1 936

457.2 458.2 937

550.1 551.0 938

510.2 511.1 939

536.2 537.1 940

536.1 537.1 941

522.2 523.2 942

485.2 486.1 943

420.2 421.1 944

482.1 483.1 945

486.2 487.3 946

518.2 519.2 947

518.2 519.2 948

518.2 519.2 949

496.2 497.2 950

500.2 501.2 951

532.2 533.2 952

487.2 488.2

Example 26 Aryl-Heteroaryl Biaryl Compounds Example 26A

Part A:

To 193 (42 mg, 0.12 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added4-[1,2,3]thiadiazol-4-yl-benzylamine (25 mg, 0.13 mmol), DIEA (45 μL,0.26 mmol) and HATU (50 mg, 0.13 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirredovernight at room temperature. The reaction mixture was poured intowater and extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers werewashed with 0.1 N NaOH and brine, dried over sodium sulfate andconcentrated. The crude material was used without further purification.953: Mass calculated for formula C26H27ClN4O4S 526.1, observed LCMS m/z527.1 (M+H).

Part B:

Compound 953 was dissolved in 4:1 TFA:water (2 mL) and stirred at roomtemperature for 2 hours. The reaction was quenched by the addition of1:1 acetonitrile:water (4 mL) and the solvents were removed in vacuo.Purification by reverse phase prep-LC afforded 954 as a white solid (21mg). HPLC-MS t_(R)=4.21 min (UV_(254 nm), 10 min); Mass calculated forformula C₂₃H₂₃ClN₄O₄S 486.1, observed LCMS m/z 487.1 (M+H).

Example 26B Biaryl C—C Linkage

Part A:

To 4-aminomethyl-benzoic acid methyl ester (955) (2 g, 9.92 mmol) indichloromethane (25 mL) was added Boc anhydride (2.27 g, 10.4 mmol) andtriethylamine (2.76 mL, 19.84 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirredovernight. The reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane, washedwith water and brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated toafford 956 as a white solid (2.40 g, 91%). HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.76 min(UV_(254nm)); Mass calculated for formula C₁₄H₁₉NO₄ 265.1, observed LCMSm/z 288.2 (M+Na).

Part B:

Compound 957 (257 mg, 80%) was synthesized following the proceduredescribed in Example 10B Part A. HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.77 min (UV_(254 nm));Mass calculated for formula C₁₄H₁₈ClNO₃ 283.1, observed LCMS m/z 306.1(M+Na).

Part C:

To 957 (49 mg, 0.17 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added thioformamide (21 mg,0.35 mmol) and pyridine (50 μL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 72hours. The mixture diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with 0.1 N sodiumhydroxide, water and brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated.Purification by column chromatography (SiO₂, 25% ethyl acetate/hexanes)afforded 958 (25 mg, 50%). HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.80 min (UV_(254 nm)); Masscalculated for formula C₁₅H₁₈N₂O₂S 290.1, observed LCMS m/z 291.1 (M+H).

Part D:

Compound 958 (25 mg, 0.084 mmol) was stirred in dichloromethane (2 mL)and TFA (1 mL) at room temperature for 1 hour. The solvents were removedin vacuo to afford 959 as an oil (26 mg). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 9.07(d, 1H, J=2.0 Hz), 8.03 (d, 2H, J=8.4 Hz), 7.96 (d, 1H, J=1.6 Hz), 7.52(d, 2H, J=8.0 Hz), 4.16 (s, 2H).

Part E:

To 193 (23 mg, 0.065 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added 959 (26 mg, 0.084mmol), DIEA (34 μL, 0.20 mmol) and HATU (32 mg, 0.084 mmol). Thereaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The reactionmixture was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. Thecombined organic layers were washed with 0.1 N NaOH and brine, driedover sodium sulfate and concentrated. The crude material was usedwithout further purification. 960: HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.00 and 2.05 min(UV_(254 nm)); Mass calculated for formula C₂₇H₂₈ClN₃O₄S 525.2, observedLCMS m/z 526.1 (M+H).

Part F:

Compound 960 was dissolved in 4:1 TFA:water (2 ml) and stirred at roomtemperature for 2 hours. The reaction was quenched by the addition of1:1 acetonitrile:water (4 mL) and the solvents were removed in vacuo.Purification by reverse phase prep-LC afforded 961 as a white solid (14mg). HPLC-MS t_(R)=4.17 min (UV_(254 nm), 10 min); Mass calculated forformula C₂₄H₂₄ClN₃O₄S 485.1, observed LCMS m/z 486.1 (M+H).

Example 26C Biaryl C—C Linkage

Part A:

To 4-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino-methyl)-benzoic acid (962) (500 mg, 1.99mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (5 mL) in an ice bath was added DIEA (347 μL,1.99 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 15 minutes and ethylchloroformate (190 μL, 1.99 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture wasstirred for an additional 15 minutes and ammonia in dioxane (0.5 M, 4.18mL, 2.09 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was warmed to roomtemperature and stirred for 2 hours. The solvent was removed in vacuoand the residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. Thelayers were separated and the aqueous layer was saturated with sodiumchloride and extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layerswere washed brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to afford963 as a white solid (540 mg), which contained some mixed anhydride asan impurity. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ7.81 (d, 2H, J=8.0 Hz), 7.35 (d,2H, J=8.4 Hz), 7.21 (bs, 1H, NH), 4.28 (s, 2H), 1.47 (s, 9H).

Part B:

To 963 (500 mg, 2.0 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (20 mL) was addedLawesson's reagent (485 mg, 1.2 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirredovernight at room temperature. The solvent was removed in vacuo and theresidue was dissolved in ethyl acetate. The mixture was washed with 0.1N sodium hydroxide, water and brine, dried over sodium sulfate andconcentrated to a yellow residue. Purification by column chromatography(SiO₂, 40% ethyl acetate/hexanes) afforded 964 as a pale yellow solid(432 mg, 81%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.84 (d, 2H, J=8.4 Hz), 7.32(d, 2H, J=8.4 Hz), 4.36 (d, 2H, J=5.6 Hz), 1.48 (s, 9H).

Part C:

To 964 (70 mg, 0.263 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added chloroacetaldehyde(50% in water, 41 mg, 0.526 mmol). The reaction was stirred overnight atroom temperature. An additional 2 equivalents of chloroacetaldehyde wasadded and the reaction was stirred for 24 hours. The reaction was stillnot complete so the mixture was heated to 50° C. for 2 days. The mixturediluted with ethyl acetate, washed with 0.1 N sodium hydroxide, waterand brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. Purification bycolumn chromatography (SiO₂, 25% ethyl acetate/hexanes) afforded 965 (31mg). HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.84 min (UV_(254 nm)); Mass calculated for formulaC₁₅H₁₈N₂O₂S 290.1, observed LCMS m/z 291.1 (M+H).

Part D:

Compound 965 (31 mg, 0.106 mmol) was stirred in dichloromethane (2 mL)and TFA (1 mL) at room temperature for 1 hour. The solvents were removedin vacuo to afford 966 as an oil (60 mg). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 8.03(d, 2H, J=8.8 Hz), 7.90 (d, 1H, J=3.2 Hz), 7.65 (d, 1H, J=3.6 Hz), 7.56(d, 2H, J=8.8 Hz), 4.18 (s, 2H).

Part E:

To 193 (29 mg, 0.082 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added 966 (32 mg, 0.106mmol), DIEA (43 μL, 0.25 mmol) and HATU (40 mg, 0.106 mmol). Thereaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The reactionmixture was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. Thecombined organic layers were washed with 0.1 N NaOH and brine, driedover sodium sulfate and concentrated. The crude material was usedwithout further purification. 967: HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.03 and 2.08 min(UV_(254 nm)); Mass calculated for formula C₂₇H₂₈ClN₃O₄S 525.2, observedLCMS m/z 526.1 (M+H).

Part F:

Compound 967 was dissolved in 4:1 TFA:water (2 mL) and stirred at roomtemperature for 2 hours. The reaction was quenched by the addition of1:1 acetonitrile:water (4 mL) and the solvents were removed in vacuo.Purification by reverse phase prep-LC afforded 968 as a white solid (15mg). HPLC-MS t_(R)=4.21 min (UV_(254 nm), 10 min); Mass calculated forformula C₂₄H₂₄ClN₃O₄S 485.1, observed LCMS m/z 486.1 (M+H). Compound #Structure Exact mass MS m/e (M + H) 969

499.1 500.1 970

499.1 500.1 971

525.2 526.2 972

527.2 528.1 973

553.1 554.0 974

513.2 514.2 975

500.1 501.1 976

514.1 515.1

Example 27 Piperidine-Aryl Compounds Example 27A Piperidine-Aryl

Step 1

A mixture of piperidin-4-ylmethyl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (977)(2.5 g, 11.66 mmol), 2-fluoro-3-cyanobenzene (1.55 g, 12.8 mmol) andDIEA (3 mL, 17.5 mmol) in NMP (5 mL) under argon atmosphere was stirredovernight at 120° C. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethylacetate, washed with water and brine, dried over sodium sulfate andconcentrated. Purification by column chromatography (SiO₂, 25% ethylacetate/hexanes) afforded a white solid (3.1 g).

Step 2

To the material from Step 1 (2 g) in dichloromethane (5 mL) at 0° C. wasadded TFA (5 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1hour. The mixture was quenched with acetonitrile and concentrated. Theresidue was dissolved in ethyl acetate, washed with sodium carbonatesolution and brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to yield978 as an oil which solidified to a waxy solid (920 mg). HPLC-MSt_(R)=0.63 min (UV_(254 nm)); Mass calculated for formula C₁₃H₁₇N₃215.1, observed LCMS m/z 216.2 (M+H).

Part B:

To 978 (120 mg, 0.55 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added 230 (167 mg, 0.5mmol), DIEA (0.21 mL, 1.2 mmol) and HATU (211 mg, 0.55 mmol). Themixture was stirred for 3 hours at room temperature. The reactionmixture was diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with saturated sodiumbicarbonate and brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. Thematerial was used without further purification.

Part C:

To 979 in methanol (4 mL) was added 7.0 N ammonia in methanol (2 mL) wasadded. The mixture was stirred for 2 hours at room temperature andconcentrated. Purification by reverse phase prep-LC afforded 980 as awhite powder (80 mg) upon lypholization. HPLC-MS t_(R)=4.03 min(UV_(254 nm)); Mass calculated for formula C₂₅H₂₈N₄O₄ 448.2, observedLCMS m/z 449.2 (M+H).

Example 27B Piperidine-Aryl

Part A:

A mixture of 977 (200 mg, 0.93 mmol), 3-iodothiophene (981) (294 mg, 1.4mmol), copper(I)iodide (36 mg, 0.19 mmol), proline (43 mg, 0.37 mmol)and potassium carbonate (258 mg, 1.87 mmol) in DMSO (1.5 mL) was stirredovernight at 80° C. in a 4 mL vial. The reaction mixture was dilutedwith ethyl acetate and washed with water (3×) and brine, dried oversodium sulfate and concentrated. Purification by column chromatography(SiO₂, 25% ethyl acetate/hexanes) afforded 982 (94 mg, 34%).

Part B:

Compound 982 (42 mg, 0.14 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (2 mL) and TFA (1mL). The mixture was stirred for 1 hour and concentrated to afford 983in quantitative yield. HPLC-MS t_(R)=0.35 min (UV_(254 nm)); Masscalculated for formula COH₁₆N₂S 196.1, observed LCMS m/z 197.2 (M+H).

Part C:

Compound 984 was prepared according to the procedure described inExample 27A Part B. HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.36 min (UV_(254 nm)); Masscalculated for formula C₂₆H₃₁N₃O₆S 513.2, observed LCMS m/z 514.2 (M+H).

Part D:

Compound 985 was prepared according to the method described in Example25 Part E. HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.85 min (UV_(254 nm), 10 min.); Masscalculated for formula C₂₂H₂₇N₃O₄S 429.2, observed LCMS m/z 430.1 (M+H).

Example 27C

Part A:

Compound 986 (1.13 g, 7.23 mmol) was dissolved in N-methylpyrrolidinone(4 mL) and 2-fluorobenzonitrile (0.90 g, 7.5 mmol) was added followed byDIEA (2.5 mL, 14.4 mmol). The reaction was stirred at 120° C. overnight.The cooled reaction mixture was quenched with water and extracted withethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with bicarbonatesolution and brine; dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated.Purification by column chromatography (SiO₂, 25% ethyl acetate/hexanes)afforded a white solid 987 (1.5 g, 81%). HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.95(UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₁₅H₁₈N₂O₂ 258.14, observedLCMS m/z 259.1 (M+H).

Part B:

Diisopropylamine (0.330 mL, 2.32 mmol) was dissolved in THF (20 mL) andcooled in an ice bath. A solution of n-BuLi (2.5M in hexanes, 1 mL) wasadded dropwise and stirred for 15 minutes. The reaction mixture was thencooled to −78° C. and a solution of compound 987 (400 mg, 1.6 mmol) inTHF (10 mL) was added dropwise. Stirring was continued at thistemperature for 30 minutes before a solution of iodomethane (450 mg, 3.2mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added dropwise. The reaction was stirred for 30minutes at this temperature and then 1 hour at room temperature. Thereaction was quenched with water and extracted with ethyl acetate. Thecombined organic layers were washed with bicarbonate solution and brine;dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to provide the product 988that was used without purification. HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.10 (UV_(254 nm));mass calculated for formula C₁₆H₂₀N₂O₂ 272.15, observed LCMS m/z 273.2(M+H).

Part C:

Compound 988 was dissolved in THF (20 mL) and lithium borohydride (60mg, 2.6 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was refluxed for 5 hours.The cooled reaction mixture was quenched with water and extracted withethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with bicarbonatesolution and brine; dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated.Purification by column chromatography (SiO₂, 50% ethyl acetate/hexanes)afforded a white solid 989 (300 mg). HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.57 (UV_(254 nm));mass calculated for formula C₁₄H₁₈N₂O 230.1, observed LCMS m/z 231.3(M+H).

Part D:

Compound 989 (300 mg, 1.3 mmol) was dissolved in toluene (5 mL) andphosphorus tribromide (0.06 mL, 0.52 mmol) was added. The reaction wasstirred at reflux for 3 hours. The cooled reaction was quenched withwater and extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers werewashed with bicarbonate solution and brine; dried over sodium sulfateand concentrated to provide the product 990 that was used withoutpurification.

Part E:

Compound 990 was dissolved in DMF (10 mL) and cesium carbonate (850 mg,2.6 mmol) and phthalimide (190 mg, 1.3 mmol) were added and stirredovernight. The reaction was quenched with water and extracted with ethylacetate. The combined organic layers were washed with bicarbonatesolution and brine; dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated.Purification by column chromatography (SiO₂, 25% ethyl acetate/hexanes)afforded a white solid 991 (90 mg). HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.14 min(UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₂₂H₂₁N₃O₂ 359.1, observedLCMS m/z 360.1.

Part F:

Compound 991 (90 mg, 0.25 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (3 mL) andhydrazine hydrate (0.5 mL) was added. The reaction was stirred for 3hours and the solids were filtered. The solvent was evaporated toprovide the desired product 992 that was used without purification.

Part G:

Compound 992 was dissolved in DMF (5 mL) and compound 230 (84 mg, 0.25mmol) and HATU (114 mg, 0.30 mmol) were added and stirred overnight. Thereaction was quenched with water and extracted with ethyl acetate. Thecombined organic layers were washed with bicarbonate solution and brine;dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. Purification by columnchromatography (SiO₂, ethyl acetate) afforded a white foam 993 (100 mg).HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.99 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formulaC₃₀H₃₄N₄O₆ 546.2, observed LCMS m/z 547.2.

Part H:

Compound 993 (100 mg, 0.182 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (5 mL) andpotassium carbonate (100 mg) was added and stirred for 30 minutes. Thereaction was quenched with water and extracted with ethyl acetate. Thecombined organic layers were washed with bicarbonate solution and brine;dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. Purification by reversephase prep-LC afforded a white solid 994 (7 mg, 8%) afterlyophilization. HPLC-MS t_(R)=4.32 min (UV_(254 nm), 10 min); masscalculated for formula C₂₆H₃₀N₄O₄ 462.23, observed LCMS m/z 463.1 (M+H).

The following table contains compounds that were prepared using theprocedures described in Example 27A-C. Compounds such as 1002 were madefrom the chloropyridyl precursor using the procedures described inExample 27A Part A. Compound # Structure Exact mass MS m/z (M + H) 995

510.2 511.1 996

347.1 348.3 997

494.2 495.2 998

483.2 484.1 999

492.2 493.1 1000

400.2 401.2 1001

478.2 479.2 1002

449.2 450.2 1003

450.2 451.1 1004

466.2 467.2 1005

492.2 493.1 1006

449.2 450.1 1007

492.2 493.1 1008

453.2 454.2 1009

466.2 467.2 1010

482.2 483.1 1011

466.2 467.2 1012

466.2 467.2 1013

466.2 467.2 1014

476.2 477.1 1015

528.2 529.2 1016

471.2 472.1 1017

507.2 508.2 1018

464.2 465.2 1019

481.2 482.2 1020

481.2 482.2 1021

416.2 417.3 1022

433.2 434.2 1023

433.2 434.2 1024

464.2 465.2 1025

433.2 434.2 1026

469.3 470.2 1027A

418.2 419.2 1027B

454.2 455.2 1027C

404.2 405.2 1028

432.2 433.2 1029

434.2 435.2 1030

415.2 416.2 1031

487.3 488.2 1032

433.2 434.2 1033

434.2 435.2 1034A

482.2 483.3 1034B

523.2 524.2 1035

487.2 488.2 1036

470.2 471.2 1037

439.2 440.2 1038A

459.2 460.1 1038B

495.2 496.2 1039

547.2 548.2 1040

513.3 514.3

Example 28 Alkylated Phenyl Pyrrolidines

Part A:

2-Phenyl pyrrolidine (1041) (3.14 g, 21.4 mmol) was dissolved in THF (40mL). Aqueous NaOH (12 mL, 25%) was added, followed by Boc anhydride. Thereaction mixture was stirred at rt for 70 h. The layers were separated.The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layerwas washed with 1.0 M pH=7.0 sodium phosphate buffer and brine, thendried with MgSO₄. Evaporation of the solvents gave a yellow oil whichwas purified by column chromatography (SiO₂, 9:1 Hexanes:EtOAc) to givea 5.1 g of a clear oil as product 1042. MS (EI) m/z M+Na Obsd 270.08

Part B:

A 100 mL Schlenck flask was equipped with a stir bar, flame dried underN₂ flow, capped with a septum, and allowed to cool to rt. Compound 1042(0.50 g, 2.02 mmol) was added and the flask was recapped. Anhydrous THF(8.5 mL) was added via syringe and the flask was cooled in a dryice/2-propanol bath. Sec butyl lithium (1.6 mL, 2.34 mmol) was added viasyringe. The reaction mixture was left stirring at −78° C. for 30 m.Iodoethane (180 μL, 2.25 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture wasstirred for 2 hr. Additional iodoethane was added (80 μL, 1.0 mmol) wasadded and the reaction mixture was stirred for 45 minutes. The reactionmixture was quenched with 1.0 M pH 7.0 sodium phosphate buffer anddiluted with EtOAc. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer wasextracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layer was washed with waterand brine, then dried with MgSO₄ and concentrated to a clear oil. Thecrude product was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂, 0%-20%EtOAc/Hexanes) to give 0.12 g of compound 1043. MS (EI) m/z M+Na Obsd298.15.

Part C:

Compound 1043 (0.12 g, 0.43 mmol) was dissolved in 10 mL of 4 M HCl indioxane. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 2.25 h. The reactionmixture was concentrated to dryness giving white solid 1044 (112 mg). MS(EI) m/z Obsd M+H 176.12.

Part D:

Compound 1044 (104 mg, 0.49 mmol) and 1 (0.120 g, 0.588 mmol) weredissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (2 mL). Diisopropyl ethylamine (200 μL, 1.12 mmol)was added, followed by PyBrop (249 mg, 0.78 mmol). The reaction mixturewas left stirring overnight at rt under N₂. The reaction mixture wasdiluted with CH₂Cl₂ then washed with 1.0 m pH 7.0 sodium phosphatebuffer, aq NaHCO₃, and brine. The organic layer was dried with MgSO₄ andconcentrated to a clear oil. The crude product was purified purified bycolumn chromatography (SiO₂, 0%-40% EtOAc/Hexanes) to give 0.16 g ofcompound 1045. MS (EI) m/z Obsd M+H 362.08

Part E:

Compound 1045 (0.15 g, 0.42 mmol) was dissolved in dioxane (1.6 mL) andwater (0.4 mL). Lithium hydroxide was added (19 mg, 0.45 mmol). Thereaction mixture was stirred at rt for 2 h 15 m. The solution wasconcentrated to give 1046 as a clear oil. MS (EI) m/z Obsd M+H 348.09

Part F:

Compound 1046 (69 mg, 0.19 mmol) and 845 (51 mg, 0.22 mmol) weredissolved in DMF (1 mL) and diisopropylamine (100 μL, 0.58 mmol). PyBropwas added (108 mg, 0.338 mmol) and the reaction was stirred overnight atrt. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with 1.0 M pH8.0 sodium phosphate buffer and brine. The organic layer was dried withMgSO₄ and concentrated to a yellow oil. The crude product was purifiedvia prep TLC on silica plates using 95:5 CH₂Cl₂:MeOH as the mobilephase. Compound 1047 was obtained as a clear oil (74 mg). MS (EI) m/zObsd M+H 528.20.

Part G:

Compound 1047 (74 mg, 0.14 mmol) was dissolved in 5 mL of 9:1trifluoroacetic acid:water solution. The reaction mixture was stirred atrt for 3 h 10 m, then concentrated to dryness. The crude product waspurified purified by column chromatography (SiO₂, 0%-7% MeOH/CH₂Cl₂) togive 26 mg of compound 863. MS (EI) m/z Obsd M+H 488.1.

Compound 1048A,B was prepared from Boc-proline OMe using the abovealkylation procedures and the thiazole ring was constructed as describedin Example 10A. Compound # Structure Exact mass MS m/e (M + H) 1048A

515.2 516.2 1048B

515.2 516.2

Example 29 Example 29A

Part A:

A mixture of 2-amino-benzenethiol (1049) (247 uL, 2.31 mmol) and 48 (500mg, 2.31 mmol) in benzene was heated at reflux overnight with adean-stark trap. The reaction mixture was cooled and concentrated. Themixture was recrystallized from 30% ethyl acetate/hexanes to afford 1050(267 mg) as a brown powder. HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.35 min (UV_(254 nm)); masscalculated for formula C₁₄H₁₃NO₆S 323.1, observed LCMS m/z 324.1 (M+H).

Part B:

Compound 1051 was prepared from compound 1050 (32 mg, 0.1 mmol) usingthe standard HATU coupling strategy described in Example 2 Part A.Purification by column chromatography (SiO₂, 10% ethylacetate/dichloromethane) afforded the product as an orange solid (27mg). HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.78 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formulaC₂₀H₂₀N₂O₅S₂ 432.1, observed LCMS m/z 433.0 (M+H).

Part C:

Compound 1052 was prepared following the procedure described in Example2 Part B. HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.39 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated forformula C₁₆H₁₆N₂O₃S₂ 348.1, observed LCMS m/z 349.0 (M+H). Compound #Structure Exact mass MS m/z (M + H) 1053

458.1 459.0 1054

442.1 443.0

Example 29B

Part A:

To sodium hydride (95%, 115 mg, 4.55 mmol) in DME (10 mL) under argonwas added triethylphophonacetate dropwise. Within a few minutes thereaction mixture was clear. After 1 hour the aldehyde 1055 (400 uL, 4.55mmol) was added. After 15 minutes water and diethyl ether were added tothe reaction mixture. The layers were separated and the aqueous layerwas extracted with diethyl ether. The combined organic layer was washedwith brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to afford 1056 asan orange oil (666 mg, 80%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.92 (d, 1H,J=3.2 Hz), 7.79 (d, 1H, J=16.0 Hz), 7.43 (d, 1H, J=3.2 Hz), 6.71 (d, 1H,J=16.0 Hz), 4.29 (q, 2H, J=7.5 Hz), 1.36 (t, 3H, J=7.5 Hz).

Part B:

To ester 1056 (84 mg, 0.46 mmol) in THF (2 mL) was added 1.0 M lithiumhydroxide solution (0.5 mL, 0.5 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirredovernight. The reaction mixture was made acidic with 1.0 N HCl solutionand extracted with ethyl acetate. Sodium chloride was added to theaqueous layer during the extractions. The combined organic layer wasdried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to afford 1057 as a film (65mg, 92%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.97 (d, 1H, J=3.0 Hz), 7.89 (d, 1H,J=15.7 Hz), 7.49 (d, 1H, J=3.0 Hz), 6.75 (d, 1H, J=15.7 Hz).

Part C:

Compound 1058 was prepared from Compound 1057 (32 mg, 0.21 mmol) usingthe standard HATU coupling strategy described in Example 2 Part A.Purification by column chromatography (SiO₂, 50% ethyl acetate/hexane)afforded the product as a film (35 mg, 63%). HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.35 min(UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₁₂H₁₂N₂OS₂ 264.0, observedLCMS m/z 265.1 (M+H).

Part D:

Compound 1059 was prepared using a modified Sharpless dihydroxylationprocedure (Chem. Rev. 1994, 94, 2483). A flask was charged with(DHQ)₂PHAL (10 mg, 10 mol %), K₃Fe(CN)₆ (128 mg, 0.39 mmol), postassiumcarbonate (54 mg, 0.39 mmol), methane sulfonamide (24 mg, 0.26 mmol) andpotassium osmium tetraoxide dihydrate (1 mg, 2 mol %). To the solids wasadded alkene 4 (35 mg, 0.13 mmol) in tert-butanol:water (1:1, 2.5 mL).The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. Thereaction mixture was cooled in an ice bath and sodium metabisulfite (38mg, 0.2 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. Thereaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and water. The layerswere separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate.The combined organic layer was washed with 2.0 N potassium hydroxidesolution and brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated.Purification by column chromatography (SiO₂, 80% ethyl acetate/hexane)afforded the product as a white solid after lypholization (5 mg, 13%).HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.00 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formulaC₁₂H₁₄N₂O₃S₂ 298.0, observed LCMS m/z 299.0 (M+H). Compound # StructureExact mass MS m/z (M + H) 1060

408.0 409.0 1061

404.1 405.1

Example 29C

Part A:

Compound 1062 was prepared following the procedures described in Example1.

HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.69 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formulaC₁₈H₂₈N₂O₆S 400.2, observed LCMS m/z 401.2 (M+H).

Part B:

Compound 1062 (198 mg, 0.69 mmol) and ammonium acetate (1.9 g, 24.7mmol) in acetic acid (6 ml) were heated overnight at 110° C. Thereaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was suspended in DCM andthe solids removed by filtration. The filtrate was concentrated toafford a mixture of acetonide protected product and 1063. The residuewas treated with 80% TFA:water (2 mL) and stirred overnight. Thesolvents were removed. Purification by prep-HPLC afforded 1063 (11 mg,4%) as a TFA salt. HPLC-MS t_(R)=0.79 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculatedfor formula C13H17N3O3S 295.1, observed LCMS m/z 296.1 (M+H).

Example 29D

Part A:

Compound 1064 was prepared following the procedures described in Example1.

HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.77 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formulaC₂₁H₂₄N₂O₅S 416.14, observed LCMS m/z 417.1 (M+H).

Part B:

Compound 1064 (216 mg, 0.52 mmol) and ammonium acetate (2 g, 25.9 mmol)in acetic acid (6 ml) were heated overnight at 110° C. The reactionmixture was concentrated. The residue was suspended in DCM and thesolids removed by filtration. The filtrate was concentrated and purifiedby reverse phase chromatography (Gilson) to afford 1065 (80 mg, 30%) asa TFA salt (80% purity). HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.38 min (UV_(254 nm)); masscalculated for formula C₂₁H₂₃N₃O₃S 397.1, observed LCMS m/z 398.2 (M+H).

Part C:

A mixture of compound 1065 (63 mg, 0.127 mmol), iodomethane (10 μL, 0.16mmol) and cesium carbonate (206 mg, 0.634 mmol) in DMF (6 ml) wasstirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction mixture wasconcentrated. The residue was suspended in ethyl acetate and the solidsremoved by filtration. The filtrate was concentrated to afford the crudeacetonide protected product. The residue was treated with 90% TFA:water(3 mL) and stirred for 3 h at 50° C. The solvents were removed.Purification by prep-HPLC afforded 1066 (12 mg, 19%) as a TFA salt.HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.87 min (10 min; UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated forformula C₁₉H₂₁N₃O₃S 371.1, observed LCMS m/z 372.1 (M+H).

Example 29E

Part A:

According to a modification of a procedure by Goker, H. et. al. (IIFarmaco 1998, 53, 415-420) a mixture of 1-fluoro-2-nitro-benzene (1067)(1.1 mL, 10.4 mmol) and benzylamine (2.35 mL, 21.5 mmol) in DMF (5 mL)was heated overnight at 80° C. The reaction mixture was concentrated togive an orange solid which was filtered, washed with water and dried toafford benzyl-(2-nitro-phenyl)-amine (1068) (2.5 g, 100%). ¹H NMR δ (400MHz, CDCl₃) 8.44 (b, 1H, NH), 8.22-8.19 (dd, 1H), 7.41-7.27 (m, 6H),6.84-6.81 (dd, 1H), 6.70-6.66 (m, 1H), 4.58-4.57 (d, 2H).

Part B:

To a solution of benzyl-(2-nitro-phenyl)-amine (1068) (2.5 g, 10.43mmol) in ethanol (150 mL) and water (10 mL) was added iron (8.7 g, 155.7mmol) followed by 30 drops of concentrated HCl, and the resultingmixture was heated overnight at reflux. The reaction mixture wasquenched with water, diluted with DCM and the layers were separated. Theorganic layer was washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution,brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to give a brown oilyresidue. Further purification by column chromatography (SiO₂, 20% ethylacetate/hexanes) afforded N-benzyl-benzene-1,2-diamine (1069) as a darkyellow oil (1.18 g, 57%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.41-7.24 (m, 5H),6.82-6.67 (m, 4H), 4.32 (s, 2H), 3.56 (b, 3H, NH).

Part C:

Compound 1070 was prepared following the procedures described in Example29C Part A. HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.13 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated forformula C₂₆H₂₉N₃O₄S 479.2, observed LCMS m/z 480.1 (M+H).

Part D:

A mixture of compound 1070 (75 mg, 0.156 mmol) and p-toluenesulfonicacid monohydrate (30 mg, 0.156 mmol) in toluene (3 ml) was heatedovernight at reflux. The reaction mixture was concentrated to a residueidentified as the acetonide deprotected product by LC-MS. Furtherpurification by reverse phase chromatography afforded 1071 (40 mg, 48%)as a TFA salt (95% purity). HPLC-MS t_(R)=3.52 min (10 min;UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₂₃H₂₃N₃O₃S 421.1, observedLCMS m/z 422.2 (M+H).

The following compounds were synthesized by procedures described inExample 29C-E. Compound # Structure Exact mass MS m/z (M + H) 1072

345.1 346.1 1073

401.2 402.2

Example 29F

Part A:

According to a procedure Hodges, J. C. et al (J. Org. Chem. 1991, 56,449-452) to a cold (−78° C.) solution of oxazole (1074) (1 g, 14.4 mmol)in 45 mL of THF was added dropwise nBuLi (9 mL, 14.4 mmol, 1.6 M soln inhexane), and the resulting solution was stirred at −78° C. for 25 min.Then DMF (1.12 mL, 14.4 mmol) was added dropwise, followed by THF (5 mL)and the resulting mixture was allowed to warm up slowly to roomtemperature, and was stirred overnight. The reaction mixture wasquenched by the addition of silica gel (3 g), concentrated, and theresulting slurry was diluted with DCM and loaded on a silica gel column.Flash chromatography (3% ethyl acetate/DCM) affordedoxazole-2-carbaldehyde (1075) (165 mg, 12%) as a yellow oil; ¹H NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃) δ 9.79 (s, 1H), 7.9 (s, 1H), 7.46 (s, 1H).

Part B:

Compound 1076 was prepared from compound 1075 (165 mg, 1.7 mmol) usingthe procedure described in Example 29B Part A. Purification by columnchromatography (SiO₂, 20% ethyl acetate/hexane) afforded the product asa yellow solid (107 mg, 34%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.69 (s, 1H),7.45 (d, 1H, J=16.0 Hz), 7.27 (s, 1H), 6.74 (d, 1H, J=16.0 Hz), 4.29 (q,2H, J=7.3 Hz), 1.36 (t, 3H, J=7.3 Hz).

Part C:

Compound 1077 was prepared from compound 1076 (107 mg, 0.58 mmol) usingthe procedure described in Example 29B Part B. Work-up afforded theproduct as a pale yellow solid (77 mg, 85%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ12.9 (s, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 7.44 (s, 1H), 7.27 (d, 1H, J=16.0 Hz), 6.62(d, 1H, J=16.0 Hz).

Part D:

Compound 1078 was prepared from compound 1077 (165 mg, 1.7 mmol) usingthe procedure described in Example 29B Part C. After standard HATUcoupling work-up the solid residue was triturated with 1:1 DCM/hexane,filtered and washed with 1:1 DCM/hexane to give 1078 (123 mg, 70%) as apale yellow solid; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.49 (t, 1H), 8.20 (s,1H), 7.69-7.66 (dd, 1H), 7.49-7.44 (m, 1H), 7.38 (s, 1H), 7.20-7.16 (dd,1H), 7.14 (d, 1H, J=16.0 Hz), 6.94 (d, 1H, J=16.0 Hz), 3.41-3.38 (d,2H), 3.16 (t, 2H), 2.72 (t, 2H), 1.81-1.78 (d, 2H), 1.64-1.58 (m, 1H),1.40-1.30 (m, 2H). HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.63 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculatedfor formula C₁₉H₁₉FN₄O₂ 354.15, observed LCMS m/z 355.1 (M+H).

Part E:

Compound 1079 was prepared from compound 1078 (118 mg, 0.33 mmol) usingthe procedure described in Example 29B Part D. Purification by columnchromatography (SiO₂, 5% MeOH/DCM) afforded the product as a white solid(28 mg, 22%); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.02 (s, 1H), 7.88 (t, 1H),7.69-7.66 (dd, 1H), 7.48-7.43 (m, 1H), 7.20-7.16 (dd, H), 7.14 (s, 1H),5.83-5.81 (d, 1H), 5.72-5.70 (d, 1H), 4.93-4.90 (dd, 1H), 4.23-4.21 (dof d, 1H), 3.38-3.36 (d, 2H), 3.04 (t, 2H), 2.69 (t, 2H), 1.77-1.72 (d,2H), 1.62-1.56 (m, 1H), 1.32-1.23 (m, 2H). ¹⁹F NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆)δ-120.6 ppm. HPLC-MS t_(R)=3.32 min (10 min; UV_(254 nm)); masscalculated for formula C₁₉H₂₁FN₄O₄ 388.15, observed LCMS m/z 389.2(M+H).

Example 30 Example 30A

Part A:

A mixture of 2-(5-bromo-pentyl)-isoindole-1,3-dione (1080) (2.0 g, 6.77mmol), 2-trifluoromethyl-1H-benzoimidazole (1.2 g, 6.45 mmol) andpotassium carbonate (1.78 g, 12.9 mmol) in NMP (5 ml) was stirredovernight at room temperature. The reaction mixture was partitionedbetween ethyl acetate and water, and the resulting organic layer waswashed with water, brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated togive an oil. Further purification by column chromatography (SiO₂, 25%ethyl acetate/hexanes) afforded compound 1082 as a colorless oil (1.88g, 73%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.88-7.86 (d, 1H), 7.85-7.83 (m, 2H),7.73-7.71 (m, 2H), 7.49-7.34 (m, 3H), 4.31 (t, 2H), 3.72 (t, 2H),1.99-1.92 (m, 2H), 1.80-1.73 (m, 2H), 1.53-1.45 (m, 2H).

Part B:

To a solution of compound 1082 (1.88 g, 4.68 mmol) in EtOH (50 mL) wasadded hydrazine monohydrate (0.45 mL, 9.36 mmol) and the resultingmixture was heated for 3 h at 60° C., during which time a whiteprecipitate formed. The reaction mixture was filtered, washed with EtOHand the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was suspended in ether,stirred for 10 min at room temperature, filtered and washed with ether,and the resulting filtrate was concentrated to afford compound 1083 asan oil (1.10 g, 87%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.90-7.88 (d, 1H),7.46-7.37 (m, 3H), 4.33 (t, 2H), 2.76 (t, 2H), 2.02-1.40 (m, 6H).

Part C:

Compound 1084 was prepared from 1083 and 230 following the proceduresdescribed in Example 2.

Part D:

Compound 1085 was prepared following the procedures described in Example2. HPLC-MS t_(R)=4.14 min (10 min; UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated forformula C₂₅H₂₇F₃N₄O₄ 504.2, observed LCMS m/z 505.1 (M+H).

Example 30B

Part A:

According to a modification of a procedure by Lown, J. W. et. al. (J.Org. Chem. 1982, 47, 2027-2033) a mixture of2-(2-amino-ethylsulfanyl)-ethanol (1086) (1.82, 15 mmol) and phthalimide(2.22 g, 15 mmol) in toluene (35 ml) was heated overnight at reflux. Thereaction mixture was concentrated to a residue, which was purified bycolumn chromatography (SiO₂, 25% ethyl acetate/DCM to 50% ethylacetate/DCM) to afford compound 1087 as an off-white solid (2.98 g,79%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.87-7.85 (m, 2H), 7.75-7.72 (m, 2H),3.94 (t, 2H), 3.80 (t, 2H), 2.89-2.82 (m, 4H).

Part B:

According to a modification of a procedure by Nair, S. A. et. al.(Synthesis 1995, 810-814) to an ice-cold solution of compound 1087 (628mg, 2.5 mmol) and carbon tetrabromide (1.04 g, 3.12 mmol) in DCM (25 mL)was added triphenylphosphine (920 mg, 3.5 mmol) in two portions over 10min. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm up to room temperature andstirred overnight at room temperature. The mixture was concentrated andthe resulting residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂, 30%ethyl acetate/hexanes) to afford compound 1088 as a white solid (733 mg,93%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.88-7.86 (m, 2H), 7.75-7.73 (m, 2H),3.92 (t, 2H), 3.53 (t, 2H), 3.04 (t, 2H), 2.90 (t, 2H).

Part C:

Compound 1089 was prepared following the procedures described in Example30A, Part A. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.89-7.87 (d, 1H), 7.86-7.84 (m,2H), 7.74-7.72 (m, 2H), 7.58-7.56 (d, 1H), 7.46 (t, 1H), 7.38 (t, 1H),4.52 (t, 2H), 3.92 (t, 2H), 3.02 (t, 2H), 2.89 (t, 2H); ¹⁹F NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃) δ-4.7 ppm.

Part D:

To a solution of compound 1089 (250 mg, 0.6 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) wasadded m-chloroperoxybenzoic acid (336 mg, 1.5 mmol) and the resultingmixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction mixturewas diluted with DCM, washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution,brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to give compound 1090(284 mg) as a white solid which was used without further purification.¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.92-7.90 (d, 1H), 7.90-7.88 (m, 2H), 7.78-7.76(m, 2H), 7.66-7.62 (d of t, 1H), 7.54-7.51 (t of d, 1H), 7.46-7.44 (t ofd, 1H), 4.89 (t, 2H), 4.20 (t, 2H), 3.65 (t, 2H), 3.46 (t, 2H); ¹⁹F NMR(400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ-62.5 ppm.

Part E:

Compound 1091 was prepared following the procedures described in Example30A, Part B. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.91-7.89 (d, 1H), 7.63-7.61 (d,1H), 7.51-7.48 (t of d, 1H), 7.44-7.40 (t of d, 1H), 4.90 (t, 2H), 3.71(t, 2H), 3.31 (t, 2H), 3.12 (t, 2H); ¹⁹F NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ-62.5ppm.

Part F:

Compound 1092 was prepared following the procedures described in Example27A, Part B, and used without further purification. HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.65min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₂₈H₂₉F₃N₄O₈S 638.17,observed LCMS m/z 639.1 (M+H).

Part G:

Compound 1093 was prepared following the procedures described in Example27A, Part C. HPLC-MS t_(R)=3.57 min (10 min; UV_(254 nm)); masscalculated for formula C₂₄H₂₅F₃N₄O₆S 554.14, observed LCMS m/z 555.1(M+H).

Example 30C

Part A:

According to a modification of a procedure by Brown, R. F. et. al. (J.Am. Chem. Soc. 1955, 77, 1083-1089) a mixture of 3,3-dimethyl glutaricanhydride (1094) (7.1 g, 50 mmol) and methanol (40 mL) was heatedovernight at reflux. The reaction mixture was concentrated to givecompound 1095 as a colorless oil (8.46 g, 97%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃)δ 3.70 (s, 3H), 2.50 (s, 2H), 2.48 (s, 2H), 1.16 (s, 6H).

Part B:

To an ice-cold solution of compound 1095 (8.46 g, 48.5 mmol) in DCM (30mL) was added dropwise oxalyl chloride (7 mL, 80 mmol), followed by DMF(2 drops) and the resulting mixture was heated for 3.5 h at reflux. Thereaction mixture was concentrated to give the corresponding acidchloride (4-chlorocarbonyl-3,3-dimethyl-butyric acid methyl ester) as abrown oil (7.89 g, 84%) which was used without further purification inthe next step. To an ice-cold solution of ammonia in 1,4-dioxane (30 mLof a solution containing 2.2 g ammonia dissolved in 100 mL of1,4-dioxane, 38.8 mmol approx) was added dropwise a solution of4-chlorocarbonyl-3,3-dimethyl-butyric acid methyl ester (3 g, 15.5 mmol)in 1,4-dioxane (3 mL) and after the addition was complete the resultingwhite slurry was stirred 45 min at room temperature. The reactionmixture was diluted with ethyl acetate, filtered and concentrated togive compound 1096 as a viscous yellow oil (2.62 g, 97%). ¹H NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃) δ 3.71 (s, 3H), 2.43 (s, 2H), 2.31 (s, 2H), 1.14 (s, 6H).

Part C:

To an ice-cold solution of LAH (42 mL, 1 M sol in THF, 42 mmol) wasadded dropwise a solution of compound 1096 (2.02 g, 11.6 mmol) in THFand the resulting mixture was heated overnight at reflux. The reactionmixture was cooled to 0° C. and quenched by dropwise addition of brine,when a paste-like solid formed. This solid was triturated and sonicatedseveral times with ethyl acetate, and the combined organic extracts wereconcentrated to give compound 1097 as an oil (1.17 g, 76%). ¹H NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃) δ 3.71 (t, 2H), 2.71 (t, 2H), 1.53 (t, 2H), 1.41 (t, 2H),0.92 (s, 6H).

Part D:

Compound 1098 was prepared following the procedures described in Example30B, Part A. HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.88 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated forformula C₁₅H₁₉NO₃ 261.14, observed LCMS m/z 262.0 (M+H).

Part E:

Compound 1099 was prepared following the procedures described in Example30B, Part B. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.84-7.82 (m, 2H), 7.71-7.69 (m,2H), 3.70-3.66 (m, 2H), 3.47-3.42 (m, 2H), 1.97-1.92 (m, 2H), 1.61-1.57(m, 2H), 1.03 (s, 6H).

Part F:

Compound 1100 was prepared following the procedures described in Example30B, Part C. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.89-7.87 (d, 1H), 7.86-7.84 (m,2H), 7.73-7.71 (m, 2H), 7.5-7.57 (d, 1H), 7.47-7.43 (t of d, 1H),7.39-7.35 (t of d, 1H), 4.46-4.41 (m, 2H), 3.79-3.75 (m, 2H), 1.89-1.85(m, 2H), 1.74-1.69 (m, 2H), 1.18 (s, 6H); ¹⁹F NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ2.7ppm.

Part G:

Compound 1101 was prepared following the procedures described in Example30B, Part E. HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.13 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated forformula C₁₅H₂₀F₃N₃ 299.16, observed LCMS m/z 300.1 (M+H).

Part H:

Compound 1102 was prepared following the procedures described in Example27A, Part B, and used without further purification. HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.0min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₃₁H₃₅F₃N₄O₆ 616.25,observed LCMS m/z 617.2 (M+H).

Part I:

Compound 1103 was prepared following the procedures described in Example27A, Part C. HPLC-MS t_(R)=4.52 min (10 min, UV_(254 nm)); masscalculated for formula C₂₇H₃₁F₃N₄O₄ 532.23, observed LCMS m/z 533.2(M+H).

The following compounds were synthesized using procedures described inExample 30 A-C. Compound # Structure Exact mass MS m/e (M + H) 1104

566.2 567.2 1105

436.21 437.2 1106

386.2 387.2 1107

456.2 457.1 1108

490.18 491.1 1109

552.18 553.2 1110

518.2 519.1 1111

580.21 581.2 1112

514.2 515.2 1113

419.2 420.2 1114

473.3 474.3

Example 31

Part A:

Compound 1115 (790 mg, 7.5 mmol) was dissolved in THF (10 mL) and cooledin an ice bath. 2-Methylphenylisocyanate (500 mg, 3.75 mmol) was addedin portions and the resulting solution was stirred at room temperaturefor 2 hours. The reaction mixture was quenched with water and extractedwith ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with 1 N HClsolution, bicarbonate solution and brine; dried over sodium sulfate andconcentrated. Purification by column chromatography (SiO₂, 50% ethylacetate/hexanes) afforded a white solid 1116 (1.02 g, 56%). HPLC-MSt_(R)=0.95 (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₁₂H₁₈N₂O₃ 238.1,observed LCMS m/z 239.2 (M+H).

Part B:

Compound 1116 (1.02 g, 4.2 mmol) was dissolved in THF (25 mL) and cooledin an ice bath. Potassium t-butoxide (1.5 g, 13.2 mmol) was added inportions and the reaction mixture was stirred for 10 minutes. A solutionof p-toluenesulfonyl chloride (1.91 g, 10.8 mmol) in THF (5 mL) wasadded dropwise and the reaction was stirred 30 minutes at 0° C. and 30minutes at room temperature. The reaction was quenched with water andextracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washedwith 1 N HCl solution, bicarbonate solution and brine; dried over sodiumsulfate and concentrated. Purification by column chromatography (SiO₂,50% ethyl acetate/hexanes) afforded a white solid 1117 (0.750 g, 48%).HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.87 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formulaC₁₉H₂₂N₂O₄S 374.1, observed LCMS m/z 375.1 (M+H).

Part C:

Compound 1117 (750 mg, 2.0 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (10 mL) andphthalimide (441 mg, 3.0 mmol) and cesium carbonate (1.95 g, 6.0 mmol)were added and stirred overnight. The reaction mixture was quenched withwater and extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers werewashed with 1 N HCl solution, bicarbonate solution and brine; dried oversodium sulfate and concentrated. The solid residue was recrystallizedfrom ethyl acetate/hexanes to provide 1118 (500 mg, 72%) as a whitesolid. HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.63 (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formulaC₂₀H₁₉N₃O₃ 349.1, observed LCMS m/z 350.2 (M+H).

Part D:

Compound 1118 (110 mg, 0.29 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (3 mL) andhydrazine hydrate (0.10 mL) was added. The reaction was stirred for 3hours at room temperature. The solids were removed by filtration and thesolution was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue wasdissolved in 1 N NaOH solution and extracted with ethyl acetate. Thecombined organic layers were washed with brine; dried over sodiumsulfate and concentrated to provide compound 1119 that was used withoutpurification.

Part E:

Compound 1119, 230 (97 mg, 0.29 mmol), DIEA (0.125 mL, 0.7 mmol) andHATU (133 mg, 0.348 mmol) were combined in DMF (3 ml) and stirredovernight. The reaction was quenched with water and extracted with ethylacetate. The combined organic layers were washed with 1 N HCl solution,bicarbonate solution and brine; dried over sodium sulfate andconcentrated to provide compound 1120 that was used in the next stepwithout purification. HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.68 min (UV_(254 nm)); masscalculated for formula C₂₈H₃₂N₄O₇ 536.2, observed LCMS m/z 537.3 (M+H).

Part F:

Compound 1120 was dissolved in methanol (5 mL) and potassium carbonate(150 mg) was added and stirred for 30 minutes. The reaction was quenchedwith water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layerswere washed with 1 N HCl solution, bicarbonate solution and brine; driedover sodium sulfate and concentrated. Purification by reverse phaseprep-LC afforded 1121 as a white solid (16 mg) after lyophilization.HPLC-MS t_(R)=3.48 min (UV_(254 nm), 10 min); mass calculated forformula C₂₄H₂₈N₄O₅ 452.2, observed LCMS m/z 453.1 (M+H). Compound #Structure Exact mass MS m/e (M + H) 1122

468.20 469.1 1123

516.10 517.0

Example 32

Part A:

Compound 1124 (360 mg, 2.00 mmol) was dissolved in diethylether (10 mL)and cooled to −70° C. Titanium isopropoxide (624 mg, 2.2 mmol) was addedand stirred for 10 minutes. Ethylmagnesium chloride (1M in THF, 4 mL, 4mmol) was added dropwise and the reaction was stirred another 10 minutesat this temperature before warming to room temperature and stirring foran additional 30 minutes. Boron trifluoroetherate (864 mg, 4 mmol) wasadded and the solution was stirred for 2 hours. The reaction wasquenched with 1 N HCl and washed with diethylether. The aqueous layerwas made basic by addition of 1 N NaOH solution and then extracted withethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with brine; driedover sodium sulfate and concentrated to provide compound 1125 that wasused without purification.

Part B:

Compound 1125 was dissolved in DMF (5 mL) and compound 230 (50 mg, 0.140mmol) and HATU (69 mg, 0.182 mmol) were added and stirred overnight. Thereaction was quenched with water and extracted with ethyl acetate. Thecombined organic layers were washed with 1N HCl, bicarbonate solutionand brine; dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. Purification bycolumn chromatography (SiO₂, 50% ethyl acetate/hexanes) afforded a whitesolid 1126 (60 mg, 81%). HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.928 (UV_(254 nm)); masscalculated for formula C₂₅H₂₅BrN₂O₆ 528.0, observed LCMS m/z 529.1(M+H).

Part C:

Compound 1126 (60 mg, 0.1427 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (5 mL) andpotassium carbonate (100 mg) was added followed by stirring for 30minutes. The reaction was quenched with water and extracted with ethylacetate. The combined organic layers were washed with bicarbonatesolution and brine; dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated.Purification by reverse phase prep-LC afforded a white solid 1127 (10mg, 15.8%) after lyophilization. HPLC-MS t_(R)=4.192 min (UV_(254 nm),10 min); mass calculated for formula C₂₁H₂₁BrN₂O₄ 444.0, observed LCMSm/z 445.1 (M+H).

Part D:

Compound 1127 (7.6 mg, 0.017 mmol) was dissolved in dioxane (2 mL) andPd(dba)₃ (3 mg), triphenylphosphine (4.4 mg, 0.017 mmol), potassiumphosphate (8 mg, 0.0377 mmol), and 2-methylphenylboronic acid (4.3 mg,0.034 mmol) were added under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixturewas heated to 90° C. overnight and then filtered over a bed of celiteand concentrated. Purification by reverse phase prep-LC afforded a whitesolid 1128 (5 mg, 65%) after lyophilization. HPLC-MS t_(R)=4.095 min(UV_(254 nm), 10 min); mass calculated for formula C₂₈H₂₈N₂O₄ 456.2,observed LCMS m/z 457.3 (M+H). Compound # Structure Exact mass MS m/e(M + H) 1129

366.16 367.1

Example 33 Constrained Analogs Example 33A

Part A:

To 2-amino-3-thiophen-2-yl-propionic acid methyl ester hydrochloride(1130) (120 mg, 0.54 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added 230 (150 mg, 0.45mmol), DIEA (160 □M, 0.9 mmol) and HATU (205 mg, 0.54 mmol). Thereaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature, and dilutedwith ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with 1 N HCl,saturated NaHCO₃, and brine. It was dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated,resulting in compound 1131.

Part B:

Compound 1131 was dissolved in 5 mL of MeOH, 10 mL of 10% K₂CO₃ aqueoussolution was added. After stirring at room temperature for 1 h, thereaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo, and then acified with 1N HCLto PH 2. The solution was then extracted with EtOAc, the organic layerwas washed with brine, dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated, affordingcompound 1132 as a white solid. Mass calculated for formula C₁₉H₂₀N₂O₆S404.1, observed LCMS m/z 405.0.0 (M+H).

Part C:

Compound 1132 (40 mg, 0.1 mmol) in 1 mL of DMF was added with PScarbodiimide resin (117 mg, 1.28 mmol/g loading, 0.15 mmol) anddimethylaminopyridine (3 mg, 0.024 mmol). After stirring overnight at50° C., the solid was filtered off, and the solution was concentrated invacuo. Purification by reverse phase prep-LC afforded compound 1133 as awhite solid. HPLC-MS t_(R)=3.59 min (UV_(254 nm), 10 min), Masscalculated for formula C₂₅H₂₆ClN₃O₄S 386.1, observed LCMS m/z 387.0(M+H). Compound Structure Exact mass MS m/e (M+H) Compound # StructureExact mass MS m/e (M + H) 1134

418.1 419.0

Example 33B

Part A:

2-Benzylamino-ethanol (1135) (0.676 g, 4.5 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) wasadded 230 (1.0 g, 3 mmol), and HATU (1.71 g, 4.5 mmol). The reactionmixture was stirred overnight at room temperature, and diluted withethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with 1 N HCl,saturated NaHCO₃, and brine. It was dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated,resulting in compound 1136 (1.1 g, 80%). Mass calculated for formulaC₂₅H₂₈N₂O₇ 468.2, observed LCMS m/z 469.1 (M+H).

Part B:

Compound 1136 (468 mg, 1 mmol) and DIEA (261 mL, 1.5 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (5mL) was added dropwise with mesyl chloride (116 mL, 1.5 mmol) at 0° C.After stirring at 0° C. for 10 min, the reaction mixture was allowed tostir at room temperature for 1.5 h, then concentrated to dryness. Theresidue was extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with 1 N HCl, saturatedNaHCO₃, and brine. It was dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated, resultingin 1137 (511 mg, 93%).

Part C:

Compound 1137 (389 mg, 0.71 mmol) in MeOH (20 mL) was added with solidK₂CO₃ (323 mg, 2.34 mmol). After stirring at room temperature for 2 h,it was concentrated to remove the solvent, then dissolved in EtOAc andwater. The organic layer was washed with 1 N HCl, saturated NaHCO₃,brine, and concentrated. Purification by reverse phase prep-LC afforded1138 as a white solid. HPLC-MS t_(R)=3.89 min (UV_(254 nm), 10 min),Mass calculated for formula C₂₁H₂₂N₂O₄ 366.16, observed LCMS m/z 367.1(M+H).

Example 33C

Part A:Step 1

(R)-Boc-prolinol (1139) (2.0 g, 9.94 mmol) in THF (5 mL) was added intoNaH (0.437 g, 60% in mineral oil, 10.93 mmol) in 10 mL of THF at 0° C.After stirring at 0° C. for 10 min, allyl bromide (1.32 g, 10.93 mmol)was added. Te reaction mixture was allowed to stir overnight at roomtemperature. After filtration, the solution was concentrated to dryness,the residue was taken up with EtOAc, washed with 1N citric acid,saturated NaHCO₃, and brine, dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated,resulting in a colorless oil (2.30 g, 96%).

Step 2

The above material in CH₂Cl₂ (10 mL) was added dropwise with 3 mL of TFAat 0° C. After stirring at room temperature for 1 h, the solution wasconcentrated. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc, washed withconcentrated Na₂CO₃, brine, dried over over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated,resulting in compound 1140 as a colorless oil (1.06 g, 75% for twosteps).

Part B:

Step 1

To compound 1140 (500 mg, 3.54 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) was added 1 (867 mg,4.25 mmol) DIEA (1.48 mL, 8.5 mmol) and HATU (1.616 g, 4.25 mmol) at 0°C. After stirring at room temperature for 5 h, the reaction mixture wasdiluted with ethyl acetate and water. The organic phase was washed with1 N citric acid, saturated NaHCO₃, and brine. It was dried over Na₂SO₄,and concentrated. Column purification (SiO₂, EtOAc/Hexane 40:60)afforded a colorless oil (650 mg, 57%).

Step 2

The above material was treated with 5 mL of TFA/H₂O (80:20) at 0° C.After stirring at room temperature for 2 h, it was concentrated todryness. Column purification (SiO₂, EtOAc/Hexane 70:30) affordedcompound 1141 (500 mg, 88%) as a colorless oil.

Part C:

Step 1

To compound 1141 (250 mg, 0.87 mmol) in toluene (20 mL) was addeddibutyltin oxide (217 mg, 0.87 mmol). The reaction mixture was refluxedfor 1 h, using Dean-stark apparatus for azotropic removal of water.After cooling to room temperature, the solvent was stripped to drynessunder reduced pressure. The resulting oil was dried in vacuo for 2 h.

Step 2

To the above oil was added CsF (198 mg, 1.30 mmol). The mixture was thenplaced in vacuo for 2 h. Allyl bromide (220 mg, 1.83 mmol) in DMF (10mL) was added at 0° C. After stirring at room temperature under argonefor 30 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated, and then taken up withEtOAc. The solution was washed with saturated KF solution, and brine,dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated. The organic layer was washed with 1N HCl, saturated NaHCO₃, brine, and concentrated. Column chromatography(SiO₂, EtOAc/Hexane 60:40) afforded compound 1142 as a colorless oil(130 mg, 45%). Mass calculated for formula C₁₆H₂₅NO₆ 327.17, observedLCMS m/z 328.1 (M+H).

Part D:

Compound 1142 (110 mg, 0.33 mmol) in dichloromethane (200 mL) was addedwith Grubbs' second-generation catalyst (Scholl, M.; Ding, S.; Lee, C.W.; Grubbs, R. H., Org. Lett, 1999, 1, 953-956.). After stirring at roomtemperature under argone for 3.5 h, the solution was concentrated underreduced pressure. Column chromatography (SiO₂, EtOAc) afforded 1143 as awhite solid (60 mg, 60%), Mass calculated for formula C₁₄H₂₁NO₆ 299.14,observed LCMS m/z 300.1 (M+H).

Part E:

To 1143 (60 mg, 0.2 mmol) in EtOAc (10 mL) was added 10% Pd/C (10 mg).The reaction mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature under H₂for 2 h, then concentrated. Column chromatography (SiO₂, EtOAc) afforded1144 as a white solid (50 mg, 83%), Mass calculated for formulaC₁₄H₂₃NO₆ 301.15, observed LCMS m/z 302.1 (M+H).

Part F:

Compound 1144 (20 mg, 0.067 mmol) in MeOH (2 mL) was mixed with solidK₂CO₃ (20 mg, 0.14 mmol). After stirring at room temperature for 5 h,the reaction mixture was concentrated, and then taken up with EtOAc andwater. It was acidified with 1N HCl. The organic layer was separated,washed with brine, dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated to afford 1145 asa white solid (12 mg, 63%), Mass calculated for formula C₁₃H₂₁NO₆ 287.1,observed LCMS m/z 288.1 (M+H).

Part G:

A mixture of 1145 (12 mg, 0.042 mmol), 978 (13.5 mg, 0.063 mmol), DIEA(0.018 mL, 0.1 mmol) and HATU (24 mg, 0.063 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) wasstirred overnight at room temperature, and then diluted with ethylacetate and water. The organic layer was washed with 1 N HCl, saturatedNaHCO₃, and brine. It was dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated.Purification by reverse phase prep-LC afforded 1146 as a white solid.HPLC-MS t_(R)=4.22 min (UV_(254 nm), 10 min), mass calculated forformula C₂₁H₂₂N₂O₄ 484.3, observed LCMS m/z 485.2 (M+H).

Example 34 Example 34A

Part AStep 1

A mixture of 3-(aminomethyl)-1-N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-pyrrolidine(1147) (200 mg, 1.0 mmol), monomethyl phthalate (216 mg, 1.2 mmol), EDC(229 mg, 1.2 mmol), HOBt (162 mg, 1.2 mmol) and triethylamine (0.79 mL,2.0 mmol) in DCM (4 mL) was stirred overnight. The reaction mixture wasdiluted with DCM and washed with 0.1 N HCl, water, saturated sodiumbicarbonate solution, water, and brine, dried over sodium sulfate andconcentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂,33% EtOAc/hexane) to afford a white solid (110 mg, 33%). HPLC-MSt_(R)=1.89 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₁₈H₂₂N₂O₄330.2, observed LCMS m/z 353.2 (M+Na).

Step 2

Compound 1148 was prepared from the material from step 1 following theprocedure as described in Example 27 Part A step 2.

Part B

Compound 1149 was prepared following the procedure as described inExample 27 Part A step 1. HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.96 min (UV_(254 nm)); masscalculated for formula C₂₀H₁₇N₃O₂ 331.1, observed LCMS m/z 332.2 (M+H).

Part C

Compound 1149 (0.33 mmol) and hydrazine hydrate (65 μL, 1.34 mmol) inethanol (3 mL) were refluxed for 2 hours. The reaction mixture wascooled and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and 1150 was usedwithout further purification.

Part D and E

Compounds 1151 and 1152 were prepared following the procedures describedin Example 5 Part D and E. Data for 1151: HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.78 min(UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₂₈H₃₀N₄O₆ 518.2, observedLCMS m/z 519.2 (M+H). Data for 1152: HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.52 min(UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₂₄H₂₆N₄O₄ 434.2, observedLCMS m/z 435.2 (M+H).

Example 34B

Part A

To a solution of 1-benzyl-5-oxo-3-pyrrolidinecarboxamide (1153) (50 mg,0.23 mmol) in THF (1 mL) was added 1M solution of lithium aluminumhydride in THF (0.69 mL, 0.69 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at50° C. for 3 hours, cooled, quenched with aqueous ammonium chloridesolution. After addition of 1 N sodium hydroxide solution, the mixturewas diluted with ethyl acetate, stirred for 20 minutes, and filteredthrough a pad of Celite. The filtrate was washed with 1N sodiumhydroxide solution and brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentratedto give 1154 as an oil (14 mg, 32%). HPLC-MS t_(R)=0.22 min(UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₁₂H₁₈N₂ 190.2, observed LCMSm/z 191.2 (M+H).

Part B and C

Compounds 1155 and 1156 were prepared following the procedures describedin Example 5 Part D and E. Data for 1156: HPLC-MS t_(R)=0.91 min(UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₂₄H₂₉N₃O₄ 423.2, observedLCMS m/z 424.1 (M+H).

Example 35 Example 35A

Part A and B and C:

Compounds 1158, 1159 and 1160 were prepared following the proceduresdescribed in Example 27 Part A, B and C. Data for 1158: HPLC-MSt_(R)=0.76 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₁₁H₁₃N₃187.1, observed LCMS m/z 188.1 (M+H). Data for 1159: HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.72min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₂₇H₂₈N₄O₆ 504.2,observed LCMS m/z 505.1 (M+H). Data for 1160: HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.43 min(UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₂₃H₂₄N₄O₄ 420.2, observedLCMS m/z 421.1 (M+H).

Example 35B

Part AStep 1

A mixture of azetidin-3-ylmethyl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (1157)(20 mg, 0.107 mmol), 4-chloro-1-iodobenzene (38.4 mg, 0.161 mmol),copper iodide (4.0 mg, 0.021 mmol), L-proline (4.8 mg, 0.042 mmol) andpotassium carbonate (29.6 mg, 0.214 mmol) in DMSO (2 mL) under Argonatmosphere was stirred at 80° C. overnight. The reaction mixture wasdiluted with EtOAc, washed with water and brine, dried over sodiumsulfate and concentrated. HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.13 min (UV_(254 nm)); masscalculated for formula C₁₅H₂₁ClN₂O₃ 296.1, observed LCMS m/z 297.2(M+H).

Step 2

Compound 1161 was prepared from the material from step 1 following theprocedure as described in Example 27 Part A step 2.

Part Band C

Compounds 1162 and 1163 were prepared following the procedures describedin Example 5 Part D and E. Data for 1162: HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.93 mm(UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C26H28ClN3O6 513.2, observedLCMS m/z 514.2 (M+H). Data for 1163: HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.63 nm(UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₂₂H₂₄ClN₃O₄ 429.2, observedLCMS m/z 430.1 (M+H).

Example 36

Compound 1164 was prepared using procedures described in Example 2.HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.88 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formulaC₂₁H₂₃ClIN₃O₄ 543.0, observed LCMS m/z 544.0 (M+H).

Part A:

Compound 1165 was prepared from 1164 and styrenyl boronic acid using thecoupling conditions described in Example 3 Part F. HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.11min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₂₉H₃₀ClN₃O₄ 519.2,observed LCMS m/z 520.0 (M+H).

Part B:

A mixture of 1165 (10 mg, 0.02 mmol) and palladium on carbon (10 wt %, 2mg) in THF (2 mL) under hydrogen (atmospheric pressure) was stirredovernight. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite andconcentrated. Purification by prep-LC afforded 1166 as an off-whitesolid (5 mg). HPLC-MS t_(R)=5.42 min (UV_(254 nm), 10 min); masscalculated for formula C₂₉H₃₂ClN₃O₄ 521.2, observed LCMS m/z 522.2(M+H). Compound # Structure Exact mass MS m/e (M + H) 1167

537.2 538.1 1168

553.2 554.0 1169

519.2 520.2 1170

539.2 540.2 1171

555.2 556.0

Example 37 Alkyl Suzuki Example 37A

Part A:

Compound 1172 was prepared from 189 using the procedures described inExample 2A Part B. HPLC-MS t_(R)=4.83 min (UV_(254 nm), 10 min); masscalculated for formula C₁₉H₂₁BrClN₃O₄S 501.0, observed LCMS m/z 502.0(M+H).

Part B:

Compound 1173 was prepared using the procedures described in Example 36Part A. HPLC-MS t_(R)=5.37 min (UV_(254 nm), 10 min); mass calculatedfor formula C₂₇H₂₈ClN₃O₄S 525.2, observed LCMS m/z 526.2 (M+H).

Example 37B

Part A:

Compound 1174 was prepared from 237 using the procedures described inExample 2. HPLC-MS t_(R)=4.76 min (UV_(254 nm), 10 min); Mass calculatedfor formula C₂₀H₂₃BrClN₃O₄S 515.0, observed LCMS m/z 516.0 (M+H).

Part B:

Compound 1175 was prepared using the procedures described in Example 36Part A. HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.29 min (UV_(254 nm),); mass calculated forformula C₂₈H₃₀ClN₃O₄S 539.2, observed LCMS m/z 540.2 (M+H).

Example 37C

Part A:

Compound 1176 was prepared using procedures described in Example 36 PartB.

HPLC-MS t_(R)=5.50 min (UV_(254 nm), 10 min); mass calculated forformula C₂₈H₃₂ClN₃O₄S 541.2, observed LCMS m/z 542.2 (M+H). Compound #Structure Exact mass MS m/e (M + H) 1177

451.1 452.2 1178

479.2 480.2 1179

539.2 540.1 1180

543.1 544.0 1181

559.1 560.0 1182

525.2 526.2 1183

545.2 546.1 1184

561.1 562.0 1185

527.2 528.1 1186

465.2 466.1 1187

493.2 494.1 1188

539.2 540.1

Example 38 Isoindoline Analogs

Step 1

To 3-chloro-2-methylbenzoic acid 1189 (4.95 g, 0.0290 mol) dissolved inDMF (70 mL) was added cesium carbonate (14.18 g, 0.0435 mol) and methyliodide (0.35 g, 2.3 mL, 0.0377 mol). The reaction mixture was stirred atroom temperature for 20 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated, andEtOAc (200 mL) was added. The organic solution was washed with water(2×100 mL), dried (MgSO₄), filtered, and concentrated to give 4.43 g(83%) of the product 1190 as a yellow oil. MS for M-CI:149 Compound #Structure MS 1191

M-Cl: 149 1192

M + 1: 169

Step 2

To compound 1190 (4.42 g, 0.0239 mol) dissolved in CCl₄ (100 mL) wasadded n-bromosuccinimide (5.11 g, 0.287 mol) and benzoyl peroxide (0.58g, 0.00239 mol). The reaction mixture was heated at reflux for 16 h thencooled to room temperature. The solid was removed by filtration andwashed with CH₂Cl₂. The filtrate was concentrated to give 7.80 g of theproduct 1193 with succinimide as a yellow oil and solid mixture.Compound # Structure 1194

1195

Step 3

Compound 1193 (6.31 g, 0.0239 mol) was dissolved in 7 N NH₃ in MeOH (50mL) and stirred at room temperature for 3 h then heated at reflux for 4h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated.The residue was suspended in CH₂Cl₂ (150 mL), and the solid was removedby filtration and washed with CH₂Cl₂. The filtrate was concentrated, andthe crude product was purified by silica gel flash chromatography(eluant: 5% MeOH—CH₂Cl₂ to 10% MeOH—CH₂Cl₂) to give 3.68 g (92%) of theproduct 1196 as a white solid. MS for M+1: 168. Compound # Structure MS(M + 1) 1197

168 1198

152

Step 4

To compound 1196 (1.00 g, 5.97 mmol) suspended in dry THF (15 mL) wasadded borane (1 M in THF, 14.9 mL, 14.0 mmol). The reaction mixture washeated at reflux for 5 h then cooled to 0° C. EtOH (15 mL) and potassiumcarbonate (2 g) were carefully added portionwise. The reaction mixturewas heated at reflux for 16 h then cooled to 0° C., and (tBOC)₂O (1.95g, 8.95 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at roomtemperature for 3 h then concentrated. Water (30 mL) was added, and theaqueous solution was extracted with 3×30 mL of CH₂Cl₂. The combinedorganic extracts were dried (MgSO₄), filtered, and concentrated. Thecrude product was purified by silica gel flash chromatography (eluant:5% EtOAc-CH₂Cl₂) to give 0.56 g (37%) of the product 1199 as a yellowoil. MS for M+1-tBu: 198. Compound # Structure MS 1200

M + 2-tBu = 198 1201

M + 2-tBu: 182

The following intermediates were prepared according to the procedure ofExample 11B Part F. Compound # Structure MS (M + 1) 1202

154 1203

154 1204

138

The following intermediates were prepared according to the procedure ofExample 2 Compound # Structure MS (M + 1) 1205

560 1206

560 1207

544 1208

539 1209

523

The following compounds were prepared according to the procedure ofExample 2 Compound # Structure MS (M + 1) 1210

476 1211

476 1212

460 1213

455 1214

439

Example 39 Hydrazinoamides

Part A:

1-Phenyl-pyrazolidin-3-one (1215)(1.0 g, 6.16 mmol) in 15 mL of THF wasadded dropwise to the mixture of AlCl₃ (0.82 g, 6.16 mmol) and 12 mL of1 M LiAlH₄ (12 mmol) in THF at 0° C. under argone. The reaction mixturewas then allowed to stir at room temperature for 4 h. It was quenchedwith 10 mL of 1N NH4Cl solution, diluted with EtOAc and 15% NaOH aqueoussolution. After filtration, the organic layer was separated, dried overNa₂SO₄, and concentrated. Column chromatography (SiO₂, EtOAc/Hexane,20:80) afforded 1216 as colorless oil.

Part B:

Compound 1217 was prepared according to the procedure described inExample 2A Part A from 1216 (15 mg, 0.1 mmol).

Part C:

Compound 1217 was dissolved in 1 mL of MeOH, 0.5 mL of 7N NH₃ in MeOHwas added. After stirring at room temperature for 1 h, the reactionmixture was concentrated in vacuo. Purification by reverse phase prep-LCafforded compound 1218 as a white solid. HPLC-MS t_(R)=5.09 min(UV_(254 nm), 10 min), Mass calculated for formula C₂₅H₂₆ClN₃O₄S 499.1,observed LCMS m/z 500.0 (M+H).

Example 40 Piperidine Sulfonamides

Part A:

Phenylsulfonyl chloride (212 mg, 1.2 mmol) was slowly added to asolution of 4-(Boc-aminomethyl)piperidine (977) (214 mg, 1 mmol) in 1.0mL of pyridine at 0° C. The reaction mixture was allowed to stir at roomtemperature overnight, and diluted with ethyl acetate and water. Theorganic layer was washed with 1 N citric acid, saturated NaHCO₃, andbrine. It was dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated, resulting in 1219(320 mg, 90%). Mass calculated for formula C₁₇H₂₆N₂O₄S 354.2, observedLCMS m/z 355.2 (M+H), 299.2 (M−55)

Part B:

To the solution of 1219 (200 mg, 0.54 mmol) in THF (5 mL) was added 2 mLof 4 N HCl in dioxane. The reaction mixture was stirred at roomtemperature for 1 h, and concentrated to afford 1220 (105 mg, 66%).

Part C:

To 1220 (105 mg, 0.36 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added 230 (100 mg, 0.3mmol), DIEA (750 μL, 0.6 mmol) and HATU (137 mg, 0.36 mmol). Thereaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature, and dilutedwith ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with 1 N HCl,saturated NaHCO₃, and brine. It was dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated,resulting in 1221.

Part D:

Compound 1221 was dissolved in 4 mL of MeOH, 2 mL of 7N NH₃ in MeOH wasadded. After stirring at room temperature for 1 h, the reaction mixturewas concentrated in vacuo. Purification by reverse phase prep-LCafforded 1222 as a white solid. HPLC-MS t_(R)=3.59 min (UV_(254 nm), 10min), Mass calculated for formula C₂₄H₂₉N₃O₆S 488.2, observed LCMS m/z488.1 (M+H). Compound # Structure Exact mass MS m/e (M + H) 1223

501.2 502.1

Example 41 Heterocyclic Isoindoline Analogs Example 41A

Part A:

Compound 1225 (70% overall yield) was prepared from 1 according to theprocedures of Fukui, H. et. al. (Heterocycles 2002, 56, 257)

The following analogs were prepared according to this reference:Compound # Structure Overall yield 1225

73% 1226

47% 1227

66%

Part B:

Compound 1228 was prepared according to procedures described in Example27A. HPLC-MS t_(R)=0.95 min (UV_(254nm)); mass calculated for formulaC13H16FN3 233.1, observed LCMS m/z 234.2 (M+H). Compound 1229 wasprepared according to the procedures described in Example 2A Part A.HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.57 min (UV_(254 nM)); mass calculated for formulaC₂₇H₃₁FN₆O₆ 554.23, observed LCMS m/z 555.2 (M+H).

Part C:

Comppound 1036 was synthesized using the procedure found in Example 2A,Part B. Purification by reverse phase prep-LC afforded a white solidafter lyophilization. HPLC-MS t_(R)=3.39 min (UV_(254 nM), 10 min); masscalculated for formula C₂₃H₂₇FN₆O₄ 470.21, observed LCMS m/z 471.2(M+H).

Example 41B

Part A:

Compound 1230 (2.18 g, 17.7 mmol) was dissolved in methylene chloride(35 mL) and cooled in an ice bath. Triethylamine (5 mL, 35.4 mmol) wasadded followed by p-toluenesulfonyl chloride (3.35 g, 17.7 mmol) inportions. The reaction mixture was stirred for 3 hours at roomtemperature and then quenched with water and extracted with methylenechloride. The combined organic layers were washed with 1 N HCl solution,bicarbonate solution and brine; dried over sodium sulfate andconcentrated to provide the desired product 1231 (3.85 g), that was usedwithout purification. HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.26 min (UV_(254nm)); masscalculated for formula C₁₁H₁₅NO₃S 241.08, observed LCMS m/z 242.2 (M+H).

Part B:

Compound 1231 (3.82 g, 15.78 mmol) was dissolved in methylene chloride(100 mL) and pyridinium chlorochromate (6.7 g, 31 mmol) was addedfollowed by crushed molecular sieves (3.5 g). The reaction was stirredovernight and then diethylether (150 mL) was added and stirring wascontinued for an additional hour. The solids were filtered and thesolvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. Purification by columnchromatography (SiO₂, 50% ethyl acetate/hexanes) afforded a white solid1232 (3.20 g, 84%). HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.43 min (UV_(254 nM)); masscalculated for formula C₁₁H₁₃NO₃S 239.06, observed LCMS m/z 240.1 (M+H).

Part C:

Reactions were performed using procedures from Heterocycles, Vol. 41,No. 7, 1995.

Part D:

Reaction was performed using the procedure found in Example 2A, Part A.1234: HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.702 min (UV_(254 nM)); mass calculated for formulaC₂₇H₃₀FN₅O₆S 571.19, observed LCMS m/z 572.2 (M+H).

Part E:

Reaction was performed using the procedure found in Example 2A, Part B.Purification by reverse phase prep-LC afforded a white solid afterlyophilization. 1035: HPLC-MS t_(R)=3.66 min (UV_(254 nM), 10 min); masscalculated for formula C₂₃H₂₆FN₅O₄S 487.2, observed LCMS m/z 488.2(M+H). Compound # Structure Exact mass MS m/e (M + H) 1235A

468.2 469.2 1235B

482.2 483.2 1236A

509.2 510.2 1236B

528.2 529.2

Example 42 Example 42A

Part A:

To a solution of dimethyl 2,3-O-isopropylidene-L-tartrate 1237 (10.9 g,50 mmol) in dry THF (150 mL) and DMPU (25 mL) was added methyl iodide(4.7 mL, 75.5 mmol). The reaction mixture was cooled to −78° C. and a 1Msolution in THF of LiN(TMS)₂ (55 mL, 55 mmol) was added via droppingfunnel in 45 minutes period to the reaction mixture. THF reactionmixture was stirred at −78° C. for 2 hours then warmed to −20° C. andquenched carefully with water (20 mL). The reaction mixture was pouredinto EtOAc (150 mL) and the organic layer was separated and washed withwater (1×50 mL) followed by brine (1×50 mL). The organic layer was driedover MgSO₄, filtered and concentrated. Purification by columnchromatography (SiO₂, 10% Et₂O/hexane followed by 15% Et₂O/hexane)afforded the desired compound 1238 as clear oil (9.7 g, 83%). LCMS m/z:233.1 (M+H).

Part B:

A pH 8 buffer solution was prepared by titrating a solution of 0.1 Msodium phosphate (300 mL) with 1M HCl to final pH of 8. To a mixture ofcompound 1238 in pH 8 buffer solution was added esterase (41 units/mg,15 mg, 615 units). Added aq. 1 N NaOH (6.5 mL) slowly via syringe duringa period of 3.5 hours to the reaction mixture to maintain the pH of thereaction mixture in the range of 7.9-8.2. The reaction mixture wasextracted with Et₂O (2×50 mL). The aqueous layer was acidified to pH 3using 12N HCl then extracted with EtOAc (4×25 mL). The combined organiclayers were dried over MgSO₄, filtered and concentrated in vacuo toafford the desired compound 1239 (1.36 g, 72%). LCMS m/z: 219.1 (M+H).

Part C:

To a solution of compound 916 (0.1 g, 0.535 mmol) in DMF (1.5 mL) wasadded compound 1239 (0.092 g, 0.5 mmol), triethyl amine (0.2 mL, 1.4mmol) and HATU (0.365 g, 0.96 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirredfor 18 hours and then diluted with CH₂Cl₂ (5 mL) and washed with aq.0.5N NaOH solution (3 mL). The organic layer was dried over MgSO₄ andconcentrated. Purification by column chromatography (SiO₂, 30%EtOAc/hexane followed by 40% EtOAc/hexane) afforded the compound 1240 asa white foam (0.162 g, 67%). LCMS m/z 388.1 (M+H).

Part D:

To a solution of compound 1240 (0.175 g, 0.452 mmol) in THF (2 mL) andMeOH (2 mL) at 0° C. was added aq. 1.0 M LiOH (0.91 mL, 0.91 mmol). Thereaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 1 hour.The reaction mixture was acidified with aq. 1N HCl (0.95 mL) and dilutedwith brine (1.5 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2×10 mL). The combinedorganic layers were dried over MgSO₄ and concentrated to afford compound1241 as a white foam (0.182 g, 100%). LCMS m/z: 374.1 (M+H).

Part E:

To a solution of compound 1241 (0.179 g, 0.48 mmol) in DMF (3 mL) wasadded 2-phenylpyrrolidine hydrogen chloride salt (0.092 g, 0.5 mmol),triethyl amine (0.2 mL, 1.4 mmol) and HATU (0.365 g, 0.96 mmol). Thereaction mixture was stirred for 4.5 hours and then diluted with EtOAc(10 mL) and washed with water (1.5 mL) followed by brine (1.5 mL). Theorganic layer was dried over MgSO₄ and concentrated. The residue waspurified by prep. plate chromatography (SiO₂, 66% EtOAc/hexane). Twodiastereomeric compounds 1242 were isolated. Diastereomer compound 1242A(0.067 g, 28%), LCMS m/z 503.1 (M+H) and diastereomer compound 1242B(0.095 g, 28%), LCMS m/z 503.1 (M+H).

Part F:

To a solution of compound 1242A (0.06 g, 0.119 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (1 mL)was added TFA (4 mL) followed by water (0.5 mL). The reaction mixturewas stirred at 80° C. temperature for 3 hours and then concentrated. Theresidue was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂, 5% MeOH/CH₂Cl₂) toafford 1243A (0.012 g, 22%), LCMS m/z 463.1 (M+H).

To a solution of compound 1242B (0.088 g, 0.18 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (1 mL)was added TFA (4 mL) followed by water (0.5 mL). The reaction mixturewas stirred at 23° C. temperature for 18 hours and then concentrated.The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂, 5% MeOH/CH₂Cl₂)to afford 1243B (0.05 g, 66%), LCMS m/z 463.1 (M+H). Compound #Structure Exact mass MS m/z (M + H) 1243C

434.2 435.1

Example 42B

Part A:

To a solution of compound 1239 (200 mg, 0.917 mmol) and2-phenylpyrrolidine (177 mg, 0.96 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (5 mL) at 23° C. wasadded DIEA (0.35 mL, 2.01 mmol) followed by PyBOP (0.367 g, 1.146 mmol)and the reaction mixture was stirred for 18 hours. The reaction mixturewas concentrated and the residue was purified by column chromatography(SiO₂, 20% EtOAc/hexane followed by 30% EtOAc/hexane) to afford thedesired compound 1244 as an oil (0.16 g, 50%). LCMS m/z: 348.1 (M+H).

Part B:

Compound 1244 was converted to compound 1245 using the procedure asdescribed in Example 42A Part D. LCMS m/z: 374.1 (M+H).

Part C:

Compound 1245 was converted to compound 1246 using the procedure asdescribed in Example 42A Part E. LCMS m/z: 503.1 (M+H).

Part D:

Compound 1246 was converted to 1247A and 1247B using the procedure asdescribed in Example 42A Part F. Two diastereomeric compounds 1247 wereisolated. Diastereomer 1247A (16% yield), LCMS m/z: 463.1 (M+H) anddiastereomer 1247B (16% yield), LCMS m/z: 463.1 (M+H).

Example 43 Example 43A

Step 1

Compound 1248 was prepared according to the literature procedure: Shiao,M.-J.; Liu, K.-H.; Lin, P.-Y Hetereocycles 1993, 36, 3, 507.

A solution of 1248 (2.20 g, 9.10 mmol), NBS (1.81 g, 10.20 mmol),1,1′-azobis(cyclohexanecarbonitrile) (0.113 g, 0.46 mmol) in CCl₄ (40mL) was stirred at 75° C. for 24 hours. The reaction was cooled to roomtemperature, and the mixture was diluted with CH₂Cl₂ and sat. Na₂CO₃.The organic layer was removed, and the aqueous phase was extracted withCH₂Cl₂ (4×). The combined organics were dried (Na₂SO₄), filtered, andconcentrated. The crude product mixture was used without furtherpurification.

A solution of the crude product mixture prepared above and sodium azide(0.75 g, 11.5 mmol) in a MeOH (15 mL)/DMF (15 mL)/DMSO (15 mL) solventmixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. The reaction wasdiluted with H₂O and EtOAc. The organic layer was removed, and theaqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (1×). The combined organics werewashed with H₂O (3×), brine (1×), dried (Na₂SO₄), filtered, andconcentrated. The resulting brown oil was purified by silica gelchromatography to furnish 1249 (1.2 g, 4.25 mmol, 47% yield over 2steps). MS m/e: 283.1 (M+H).

Step 2:

To a solution of 1249 (1.2 g, 4.2 mmol) in THF (20 mL) at roomtemperature was added PPh₃ (1.1 g, 4.2 mmol). The reaction was stirredat room temperature for 1 hour at which time H₂O (2 mL) was added. Theresulting mixture was stirred for 24 hours. After concentration, themixture was taken up in Et₂O and 0.25 N HCl. The organic phase wasremoved, and the aqueous phase was basicified with sat. Na₂CO₃ andextracted with EtOAc (4×). The combined organics were dried (Na₂SO₄),filtered, and concentrated. The compound was purified by silica gelchromatography to furnish 1250 (0.51 g, 47% yield). MS m/e: 257.1 (M+H).

Step 3:

Compound 1251 was prepared with 1250 in a similar manner as previouslystated in Example 12B.

Step 4:

Compound 1252 was prepared in a similar fashion from 1251 as previouslystated in Example 12B. MS m/e: 518.1 (M+H).

Step 5:

To a solution of 1251 (0.20 g, 0.36 mmol) in THF (2 mL)/MeOH (2 mL)/H₂O(2 mL) was added LiOH (0.050 g, 1.2 mmol). The reaction was stirred atroom temperature for 20 hours. The reaction was acidified to pH˜4 with 1N HCl and diluted with EtOAc. The organic layer was removed and theaqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (3×). The combined organics weredried (Na₂SO₄), filtered, and concentrated. The compound was usedwithout further purification.

To the crude product mixture prepared above in CH₂Cl₂ (2 mL) was addedNMM (0.200 mL, 1.82 mmol), EDCI (0.100 g, 0.52 mmol), and HOBt (0.059 g,0.38 mmol). This mixture was stirred for 10 minutes at which time NH₄Cl(0.100 g, 1.86 mmol) was added. After 72 hours of stirring, the reactionwas quenched with H₂O and diluted with EtOAc. The organic layer wasremoved, and the aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (3×). Thecombined organics were dried (Na₂SO₄), filtered, and concentrated. Theresidue was purified by silica gel chromatography to yield 1253 (0.062g, 61% yield over 2 steps). MS m/e: 529.1 (M+H).

Step 6:

To a solution of 1253 (0.050 g, 0.095 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (2 mL) cooled to0° C. was added DIEA (0.050 mL, 0.28 mmol) followed by TFAA (0.030 mL,0.22 mmol). The reaction was stirred at 0° C. for 3 hours and thenquenched with 1 N NaOH. The organic layer was removed, and the aqueousphase was acidified with 1 N HCl to pH˜4. The aqueous phase was thenextracted with EtOAc (3×). The combined organics were dried (Na₂SO₄),filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gelchromatography to furnish 1254 (0.042 g, 0.082 mmol, 88% yield). MS m/e:511.1 (M+H).

Step 7:

Compound 1255 was prepared in a similar fashion from 1253 as previouslystated in Example 12B. MS m/e: 489.1 (M+H).

Step 8:

Compound 1256 was prepared in a similar fashion from 1254 as previouslystated in Example 12A. MS m/e: 471.1 (M+H).

Example 43B

Step 9:

A solution of aminomethylphenyl boronic acid hydrochloride (1257) (2.0g, 10.7 mmol), 2,3-dibromothiophene (2.7 g, 11.0 mmol), and Pd(dppf)Cl₂(0.51 g, 0.69 mmol) in CH₃CN (40 mL)/1 M K₂CO₃ (40 mL) was stirred at80° C. for 3 hours. The reaction was cooled to room temperature anddiluted with EtOAc. The organic layer was removed, and the aqueous phasewas extracted with EtOAc (3×). The combined organics were dried(Na₂SO₄), filtered, and concentrated. The brown oil was purified bysilica gel chromatography to furnish 1258 (1.4 g, 5.3 mmol, 50% yield)as a brown oil. MS m/e: 268.1 (M+H).

Step 10:

Compound 1259 was prepared in a similar fashion from 1258 as previouslystated in Example 12B. MS m/e: 569.1 (M+H).

Step 11:

A solution of 1259 (0.059 g, 0.10 mmol), pyridine-4-yl boronic acid(0.017 g, 0.14 mmol), and Pd(dppf)Cl₂ (0.010 g, 0.014 mmol) in CH₃CN (1mL)/1 M K₂CO₃ (1 mL) was heated in SmithCreator microwave (2-5 mLvessel, 150° C. for 5 minutes). The liquid was concentrated, and theresidue was purified by silica gel chromatography to furnish 1260 (0.057g, 0.10 mmol, 99% yield). MS m/e: 568.1 (M+H).

Step 12:

Compound 1261 was prepared in a similar fashion from 1260 as previouslystated in Example 12A MS m/e: 528.1 (M+H).

Example 44

Part A:

Isopropylmagnesium chloride (2.0 M solution in THF, 5 mL, 10 mmol) wasadded dropwise to the solution of 2-iodo-5-bromopyridine (1262) in THF(20 mL) at −40° C. in an acetonitrile/dry ice bath. After stirring for 1h at this temperature for 1 h, acetaldehyde (0.615 mL, 1 mmol) in 5 mLof THF was slowly added. The reaction mixture was allowed to stir at−40° C. for 0.5 h, then quenched with 1 N NH₄Cl (5 mL) solution, andconcentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in ethylacetate and water. Organic layer was separated, washed with 1N NH₄Cl,brine, dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated, affording 1263 as acolorless oil (1.95 g, 97%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz), δ 8.58 (d, J=2.4Hz, 1H), 7.80 (dd, J=8.6, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 4.87 (brq, J=6.2 Hz, 1H), 3.79 (br s, 1H), 1.50 (d, J=6.2 Hz, 3H). Masscalculated for formula C₇H₈BrNO 200.98, observed LCMS m/z 202.0 (M+H).

Part B:

Diisopropyl azodicaboxylate (1.2 g, 6 mmol) in THF (5 mL) was added intoa solution of 1263 (1.0 g, 5 mmol), phththalimide (0.88 g, 6 mmol) andtriphenylphosphine (1.57 g, 6 mmol) in 20 mL of THF. After stirringovernight at room temperature, the reaction mixture was concentrated todryness. It was then dissolved in 30 mL of ethanol, added with hydrazinemonohydrate (5 mL), heated to reflux for 3 h. The reaction mixture wasfiltered and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was dissolvedwith ethyl acetate and 1 N HCl. The aqueous phase was backed extractedwith ethyl acetate. The organic extract was discarded. The aqueous phasewas added with 1N NaOH to pH 12. It was extracted with EtOAc (30 mL×3).The ester extract was combined, washed with brine, dried over Na₂SO₄,and concentrated, resulting in 1264 (0.61 g, 61%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300MHz), δ 8.58 (s, 1H), 7.75 (dd, J=8.1, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (d, J=8.5 Hz,1H), 4.15 (q, J=6.5 Hz, 1H), 1.43 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 3H). Mass calculated forformula C₇H₉BrN₂ 199.99, observed LCMS m/z 201.0 (M+H).

Part C:

To 1264 (400 mg, 2 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added 563 (707 mg, 2 mmol),and HATU (912 mg, 2.4 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred overnightat room temperature, and diluted with ethyl acetate and water. Theorganic layer was washed with saturated NaHCO₃, and brine. It was driedover Na₂SO₄, and concentrated, resulting in 1265 (600 mg, 56%). Masscalculated for formula C₂₄H₂₇BrClN₃O₄ 535.09, observed LCMS m/z 534.1(M+H).

Part D:

Step 1

To 1265 (120 mg, 0.22 mmol) in 1 mL of dioxane, was added with2-cyanophenylboronic acid (49 mg, 0.33 mmol), potassium phosphate (142mg, 0.66 mmol) and PdCl₂(dppf) (7.2 mg, 0.0088 mmol, 4 mol %). Thereaction mixture was stirred overnight at 80° C. under argon, thendiluted with EtOAc and water, washed with saturated NaHCO₃, brine, driedover Na₂SO₄, and concentrated.

Step 2

The above residue was dissolved in 0.5 mL of TFA/H₂O (80:20) and stirredat room temperature for 2 h. The reaction mixture was quenched withACN/H₂O (50:50) and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by reverse phaseprep-LC afforded 1266 as a white solid. HPLC-MS t_(R)=4.04 min(UV_(254 nm), 10 min), Mass calculated for formula C₂₈H₂₇ClN₄O₄ 518.17,observed LCMS m/z 519.1 (M+H). Compound # Structure Exact mass MS m/e(M + H) 1267

536.2 537.1 1268

577.2 578.0 1269

537.20 538.2

Example 45

Part A:

Compound 1257 (1.00 g, 5.34 mmol) was dissolved in THF (15 mL) andsaturated sodium bicarbonate solution (20 mL). Di-t-butyldicarbonate(1.28 g, 5.88 mmol) was added and the solution was stirred overnight atroom temperature. The reaction mixture was quenched with water andextracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washedwith bicarbonate solution and brine; dried over sodium sulfate andconcentrated to provide a white solid 1270 (560 mg, 42%). HPLC-MSt_(R)=1.34 (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₁₂H₁₈BNO₄ 251.13,observed LCMS m/z 274.1 (M+Na).

Part B:

Compound 1271 (2.0 g, 8.5 mmol) was dissolved in t-butanol (25 mL) andpotassium t-butoxide (10 g) was added and stirred at reflux for 24hours. The solvents were removed under reduced pressure and the reactionwas quenched with water and extracted with chloroform. The aqueous layerwas acidified and extracted with chloroform. The combined organic layerswere dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to provide a yellowsolid 1272 (1.10 g, 74%). HPLC-MS t_(R)=0.76 min (UV_(254 nm)); masscalculated for formula C₅H₄BrNO 172.95, observed LCMS m/z 174.0 (M+H).

Part C:

Compound 1273 was prepared according to the procedure of Lui, H. et. al.(Tet. Lett. 1995, 36, 8917). Data for 1273: HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.12(UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₇H₈BrNO 200.98, observedLCMS m/z 202.0 (M+H).

Part D:

Compound 1273 (50 mg, 0.247 mmol) was dissolved in dioxane (5 mL) andcompound 1270 (93 mg, 0.370 mmol), potassium phosphate (108 mg, 0.51mmol), triphenylphosphine (10 mg), and Pd(dba)₃ (5 mg) were added andstirred at 90° C. overnight. The reaction was filtered through celiteand purified by column chromatography (EtOAc) to provide the desiredproduct 1274 as a white solid (60 mg, 75%). HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.64(UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₁₉H₂₄N₂O₃ 328.18, observedLCMS m/z 329.2 (M+H).

Part E:

Compound 1274 (60 mg, 0.183 mmol) was dissolved in methylene chloride (4mL) and TFA (1 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1hour and then the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. Theresidue was dissolved in DMF (5 mL) and compound 563 (63.5 mg, 0.183mmol), HATU (90.5 mg, 0.0.2379 mmol), and DIEA (0.5 mL) were added andstirred overnight. The reaction was quenched with water and extractedwith ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with 1 N HClsolution, bicarbonate solution and brine; dried over sodium sulfate andconcentrated.

Purification of the residue by column chromatography (EtOAc) providedcompound 1275 as a white solid (87 mg, 85%). HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.81 min(UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₃₁H₃₄ClN₃O₅ 563.22, observedLCMS m/z 564.1 (M+H).

Part F:

Compound 1276 was synthesized using procedures similar to Example 1,Part D. HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.48 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated forformula C₂₈H₃₀ClN₃O₅ 523.19, observed LCMS m/z 524.2 (M+H).

Example 46

Part A:

Compound 1277 was prepared from 305 according to the proceduresdescribed in Example 4A Part A.

Part B:

To 1277 (150 mg, 0.44 mmol) in THF (5 mL) was added lithiumhexamethyldisilazide (1.0 M, 0.66 mL, 0.66 mmol) at 0° C. The reactionmixture was stirred for 10 minutes. To the reaction mixture was addedmethyl iodide (0.034 mL, 0.53 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirredovernight at room temperature. The reaction mixture was diluted withethyl acetate and washed with 1.0 N citric acid, satureated sodiumbicarbonate solution and brine, dried over sodium sulfate andconcentrated. The residue was dissolved in DCM (5 ml) and treated with4N HCl in dioxane (2 mL). The reaction was stirred at room temperatureand concentrated. Compound 1278 was used without further purification.

Part C and D:

Compound 1280 was obtained from 1278 and 230 using the proceduresdescribed in Example 4A Part D and E. Data for 1280: HPLC-MS t_(R)=5.05min (UV_(254 nm) 10 min); mass calculated for formula C₂₅H₂₅ClN₂O₄S484.1, observed LCMS m/z 485.0 (M+H).

Example 47 Heterocyclic Isoindolines Example 47A

Compound 2000 was prepared according to the procedures in U.S. Pat. No.5,371,090.

Compound 2001 was prepared using procedures described in Example 2 and27. HPLC-MS t_(R)=min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formulaC₂₁H₂₄FN₃O₇ 449.2, observed LCMS m/z 450.1 (M+H).

Part A:

Compound 2002 was prepared using the coupling conditions described inExample 2. HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.60 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated forformula C₂₈H₃₀FN₅O₆ 551.2, observed LCMS m/z 552.1 (M+H).

Part B:

Compound 2002 (50 mg) was dissolved in methanol (2 mL). To this solutionwas added 7.0 M ammonia in methanol (2 mL). The reaction mixture wasstirred for 1 hour at room temperature and concentrated. Purification byprep-LC and conversion to a hydrochloric salt afforded 2003 as anoff-white solid (32 mg). HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.35 min (UV_(254 nm)); masscalculated for formula C₂₄H₂₆FN₅O₄ 467.2, observed LCMS m/z 468.1 (M+H).

Example 47B

Compound 2004 was prepared according to the procedures in U.S. Pat. No.5,371,090.

Compound 2005 was prepared using procedures described in Example 1 and27.

Part A:

Compound 2006 was prepared using the coupling conditions described inExample 1. HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.40 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated forformula C₂₇H₃₀FN₅O₄ 507.2, observed LCMS m/z 508.1 (M+H).

Part B:

Compound 2006 (50 mg) was deprotected using procedures described inExample 1. Purification by prep-LC and conversion to a hydrochloric saltafforded 2007 as an off-white solid (32 mg). HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.09 min(UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₂₄H₂₆FN₅O₄ 467.2, observedLCMS m/z 468.1 (M+H).

Example 47C

Part A:

Sulfonyl chloride 2008 (2.44 g, 9.8 mmol) was dissolved in dioxane (40mL) and cooled in an ice bath. Ammonia gas was bubbled into the reactionmixture for 10 minutes. The reaction mixture was warmed to roomtemperature and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated. The crudeproduct was recrystallized from ethyl acetate/hexanes to afford 2009 asan off-white solid (1.74 g). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.09 (s, 2H),6.74 (s, 1H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 2.57 (s, 3H), 2.48 (s, 3H), 2.08 (s, 3H);HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.43 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formulaC10H15NO3S 229.1, observed LCMS m/z 230.1 (M+H).

Part B:

To sodium hydride (95%, 131 mg, 5.19 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) was addedsulfonamide 2009 (596 mg, 2.6 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated to70° C. and stirred for 45 minutes. To this mixture was added2,3-bis(chloromethyl)pyrazine (2010) (Yoshiizumi, K. et. al. Bioorg.Med. Chem. 2003, 11, 433) (448 mg, 2.53 mmol) in DMF (3 mL). Thereaction mixture was heated at 70° C. overnight. The reaction mixturewas cooled and poured into water. The aqueous layer was salted andextracted with chloroform. The combined organics were washed with water,dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. Purification by columnchromatography (SiO₂, 30% ethyl acetate/hexanes) afforded recoveredsulfonamide 2009 (218 mg) and 2011 (245 mg). HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.82 min(UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₁₆H₁₉N₃O₃S 333.1, observedLCMS m/z 334.1 (M+H).

Part C:

A mixture of sulfonamide 2011 (245 mg, 0.73 mmol), anhydrousmethanesulfonic acid (3 mL) and 1:9 thioanisole:trifluoroacetic acid (3mL) was stirred for 3 hours at room temperature. The reaction mixturewas poured over ice and treated with 50% sodium hydroxide (10 mL). Theaqueous layer was salted and extracted with chloroform. The combinedorganics were dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residuewas dissolved in 1.0 M HCl (5 mL) and extracted with ether. The aqueouslayer was lyophilized to afford 2012 (105 mg) as a brown solid. ¹H NMR(400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.27 (s, NH), 8.58 (s, 2H), 4.59 (m, 4H).

Example 47D

Part A:

Compound 2014 was prepared according to the procedure in Helv. Chim.Acta. 1986, 905-907.

Part B:

Acetyl chloride (20 mL) was added dropwise to methanol (130 mL) cooledin an ice bath. This solution was then added to compound 2014 (5.00 g,31.8 mmol) and stirred overnight at reflux. The solvent was removedunder reduced pressure and the residue was partitioned between ethylacetate and 1N NaOH. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried oversodium sulfate, and concentrated to provide 2015 (5.0 g). ¹H NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃) δ 3.72 (s, 3H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 2.77 (t, 2H), 2.5 (t, 2H),1.32 (s, 6H).

Part C:

Compound 2015 (5.00 g, 24 mmol) was dissolved in THF (60 mL) andsaturated sodium bicarbonate (60 mL) and cooled in an ice bath. Methylchloroformate (2.93 g, 31.2 mmol) was added dropwise and the reactionwas stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture waspartitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer waswashed with 1 N HCl, saturated sodium bicarbonate, brine, dried oversodium sulfate and concentrated. Purification by column chromatography(SiO₂, 20% ethyl acetate/hexanes) afforded 2016 (5.5 g). ¹H NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃) δ 3.72-3.68 (m, 9H), 3.65-3.6 (t, 2H), 2.66 (t, 2H), 1.5 (s,6H).

Part D:

Compound 2016 (1.66 g, 6.36 mmol) was dissolved in THF (20 mL) andcooled on an ice bath. Potassium hydride (35% in oil, 1.12 g, 9.54 mmol)was added in portions and stirring was continued for 2 hours at roomtemperature. The reaction was slowly quenched with water, acidified topH 3, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers weredried over sodium sulfate and concentrated (1.5 g). A portion of theresidue (350 mg) was dissolved in MeOH (5 mL) and 6N HCl (5 mL) andstirred at reflux for 3 hours and room temperature overnight. Thesolvent was evaporated under reduced pressure and partitioned betweenethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with water, driedover sodium sulfate, and concentrated to yield 2017 (150 mg). ¹H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 3.72-3.55 (m, 5H), 2.5 (t, 2H), 1.4-1.25 (m, 6H).

Part E:

According to a modification of a procedure by Fukui, H. et al.(Heterocycles 2002, 56, 257-264) a mixture of ketone 2017 (200 mg, 1.17mmol) and N,N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal (3 mL) was heated at100° C. for 2 h, and then concentrated to give enamino-ketone 2018 (244mg, 92%) as a yellow solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.32-7.31 (m, 1H),4.54-4.51 (d, 2H), 3.78-3.22 (d, 3H), 3.12 (s, 6H), 1.48 (s, 3H), 1.40(s, 3H).

Part F:

According to a modification of a procedure by Fukui, H. et al.(Heterocycles 2002, 56, 257-264) a mixture of enamino-ketone 2018 (690mg, 3.05 mmol) and formamidine acetate (3.17 g, 30.5 mmol) in ethanol(15 mL) was heated at reflux for 3 days, and then concentrated. Theresidue was partitioned between dichloromethane and water, and extractedwith dichloromethane. The combined organic extracts were concentrated togive an oil which was chromatographed (SiO₂, 50%-80% ethylacetate/hexane) to give pyrimidine 2019 (334 mg, 53%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) δ 9.15 (s, 1H), 8.67 (s, 1H, broad), 4.76-4.71 (d, 2H), 3.84-3.77(d, 3H), 1.75 (s, 3H), 1.67 (s, 3H).

Part G:

A mixture of compound 2019 (235 mg, 1.13 mmol), powder potassiumhydroxide (900 mg, 16 mmol) and hydrazine monohydrate (1.36 mL, 28 mmol)in ethylene glycol (5 mL) was heated at 100° C. overnight. The reactionmixture was cooled to rt, poured into brine and extracted several timeswith dichloromethane. The combined organic extracts were washed withbrine and concentrated to give compound 2020 (121 mg, 72%). ¹H NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃) δ 9.06 (s, 1H), 8.58 (s, 1H), 4.24 (s, 2H), 1.47 (s, 6H).HPLC-MS t_(R)=0.2 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₈H₁₁N₃149.1, observed LCMS m/z 150.1 (M+H).

Example 47E

Part A:

To a mixture of methyl crotonate (2022) (2.0 g, 20 mmol) and methylglycine hydrochloride (2021) (5.5 g, 44 mmol) in methanol (27 mL) wasadded triethylamine (6.4 mL, 46 mmol). The mixture was stirred at roomtemperature for 2 days and filtered to remove the white precipitate. Thefiltrate was concentrated and the residue was dissolved in ethylacetate, washed with sodium bicarbonate solution, water and brine, driedover sodium sulfate and concentrated to afford 2023 as a light yellowoil (2.4 g, 64%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 3.74 (s, 3H), 3.69 (s, 3H),3.46 (d, J=3.2 Hz, 2H), 3.14 (m, 1H), 2.45 (m, 2H), 1.15 (d, J=7.2 Hz,3H).

Part B:

Compound 2023 (2.42 g, 13 mmol) was dissolved in THF (20 mL) andsaturated sodium bicarbonate (20 mL) and cooled in an ice bath. Methylchloroformate (1.2 mL, 15 mmol) was added dropwise and the reaction wasstirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture waspartitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer waswashed with 1 N HCl, saturated sodium bicarbonate and brine, dried oversodium sulfate and concentrated to afford 2024 (2.9 g).

Part C:

Compound 2024 (1.30 g, 5.26 mmol) was dissolved in THF (20 mL) andcooled on an ice bath. Potassium hydride (35% in oil, 1.12 g, 9.54 mmol)was added in portions and the mixture was stirred at room temperatureovernight. The reaction was slowly quenched with water, acidified to pH3, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers weredried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. Purification by columnchromatography (SiO₂, 25% ethyl acetate/hexane) afforded an oil (1.27g). This oil (1.27 g) was dissolved in MeOH (5 mL) and 6N HCl (5 mL) andstirred at reflux overnight. The mixture was extracted with ethylacetate and the combined organic layers were washed with sodiumbicarbonate solution, water and brine, dried over sodium sulfate andconcentrated to afford 2025 (663 mg). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 4.5 (bs,1H), 3.95 (m, 1H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.70 (m, 1H), 2.73 (m, 1H), 2.25 (m,1H), 1.28 (m, 3H).

Part D:

Compound 2026 was prepared from the material from part C according toprocedures described in Example 47D Part E and Part F. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) δ 9.13 (s, 1H), 8.61 (m, 1H), 5.24 (m, 1H), 4.88-4.64 (m, 2H),3.82 (m, 3H), 1.59 (m, 3H).

Part E:

A mixture of compound 2026 (300 mg, 1.45 mmol), powder potassiumhydroxide (600 mg, 10.7 mmol) and hydrazine monohydrate (1.0 mL, 21mmol) in ethylene glycol (5 mL) was heated at 100° C. overnight. Thereaction mixture was cooled to rt, poured into brine and extractedseveral times with dichloromethane. The combined organic extracts werewashed with brine and concentrated to give compound 2027 (105 mg, 54%).

Example 47F

Part A:

To a solution of compound 2028 (0.29 g, 0.63 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ at 0° C.was added 70% m-CPBA (0.31 g, 1.26 mmol) and the reaction mixture waswarmed to room temperature and stirred for 1 hour. Diluted with CH₂Cl₂(5 mL) and washed with a solution of water (6 mL) and concentrated NH₄OH(0.5 mL). Aqueous layer was extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (3×10 mL) and 5%MeOH/CH₂Cl₂ (2×5 mL). The organic layer was dried over MgSO₄, filteredand concentrated. Purification by column chromatography (SiO₂, 5%MeOH/CH₂Cl₂) afforded the desired product with some impurity. Dissolvedthe impure product in EtOAc (15 mL) and washed with 10% NH₄OH (5 mL).

The aqueous layer was extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (3×5 mL). The combinedorganic layers (EtOAc and CH₂Cl₂) were dried over MgSO₄, filtered andconcentrated to give the desired compound 2029 (0.25 g, 92%).

Part B:

Compound 2030 was obtained from compound 2029 using the TFA deprotectionprocedure as described in Example 1.

The following compounds were prepared using previously describedprocedures. Compound # Structure Exact mass MS m/z (M + H) 2031

435.2 436.2 2003

467.2 468.1 2032

421.2 422.1 2030

437.2 438.1 2033

493.2 494.1 2034

481.2 482.1 2035

508.2 509.1 2036

479.2 480.1 2037

417.2 418.2 2038

522.2 523.2 2039

435.2 436.1 2040

508.2 509.1 2041

481.2 482.2 2007

467.2 468.1 2042

479.2 480.1 2043

437.2 438.1 2044

422.2 423.1 2045

436.2 437.2 2046

450.2 451.1 2047

464.2 465.1 2048

465.2 466.1 2049

436.2 437.0 2050

436.2 437.2 2051

451.2 452.2 2052

451.2 452.0 2053

465.2 466.1 2054

465.2 466.1 2055

422.2 423.1 2056

436.2 437.1 2057

455.2 456.1

Example 48 Heterocyclic Tetrahydroisoquinoline Analogs Example 48A

Part A:

Compound 2059 was synthesized according to the literature procedures.(Dow, R. L.; Schneider, S. R. J. Heterocyclic Chem. 2001, 38, 535).

Example 48B

Part A:

Compound 2061 was synthesized according to the procedures of U.S. Pat.No. 5,037,834.

Example 48C

Part A:

According to a modification of a procedure by Fukui, H. et al.(Heterocycles 2002, 56, 257-264) a mixture of ketone 2062 (2.5 g, 12.5mmol) and N,N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal (21 mL) was heated at100° C. for 2 h. The mixture was concentrated to a residue which waspassed through a short silica gel column (9:1:90methanol:triethylamine:dichloromethane) to give enamino-ketone 2063(3.1, 97%) as a viscous brown oil. HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.34 min (UV_(254 nm));mass calculated for formula C₁₃H₂₂N₂O₃ 254.1, observed LCMS m/z 255.1(M+H).

Part B:

According to a modification of a procedure by Fukui, H. et al.(Heterocycles 2002, 56, 257-264) a mixture of enamino-ketone 2063 (732mg, 2.88 mmol) and hydrazine monohydrate (0.28 mL, 5.76 mmol) in ethanol(8 mL) was heated at reflux overnight, and then concentrated. Theresidue was partitioned between dichloromethane and water, and extractedwith dichloromethane. The combined organic extracts were concentrated togive an oil which was chromatographed (SiO₂, 80% ethyl acetate/hexane)to give compound 2064 as an oil (major isomer, 300 mg, 46%). HPLC-MSt_(R)=1.39 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₁₁H₁₇N₃O₂223.1, observed LCMS m/z 224.2 (M+H).

Part C:

Compound 2064 (300 mg, 1.34 mmol) was deprotected according to aprocedure described by Fukui, H. et al. (Heterocycles 2002, 56, 257-264)to give compound 2065 (57 mg, 22%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.9 (s,1H, broad), 9.4 (s, 1H, broad), 7.57 (s, 1H), 4.19 (t, 2H), 3.30-3.26(m, 2H), 2.78 (t, 2H). HPLC-MS t_(R)=0.2 min (UV_(254 nm)); masscalculated for formula C₆H₉N₃ 123.1, observed LCMS m/z 124.2 (M+H).

Example 48D

Part A:

A mixture of ketone 2066 (4.0 g, 20 mmol), morpholine (7.5 mL, 85 mmol)and p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate (160 mg, 0.84 mmol) in benzene(30 mL) was heated at reflux for 3 days using a Dean-Stark trap. Themixture was then washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution andconcentrated to give 2067 as a yellow oil (4.36 g, 65%). ¹H NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃) δ 4.58 (s, 1H, broad), 3.96-3.95 (m, 2H), 3.77-3.73 (m, 4H),3.55 (t, 2H), 2.83-2.80 (m, 4H), 2.18 (t, 2H), 1.49 (s, 9H).

Part B:

According to a modification of a procedure by Guindisch, D. et. al.(Bioorg. Med. Chem. 2002, 10, 1-9) a mixture of enamine 2067 (2.27 g,8.48 mmol) and 1,3,5-triazine (688 mg, 8.48 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (10 mL)was heated at 100° C. in a sealed tube overnight. The reaction mixturewas concentrated and chromatographed (SiO₂, 50-65% ethyl acetate/hexane)to give pyrimidine 2068 as a yellow oil (665 mg, 35%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) δ 9.01 (s, 1H), 8.49 (s, 1H), 4.64 (s, 2H), 3.80 (t, 2H), 3.00(t, 2H), 1.54 (s, 9H). HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.32 min (UV_(254 nm)); masscalculated for formula C₁₂H₁₇N₃O₂ 235.1, observed LCMS m/z 236.1 (M+H).

Part C:

Compound 2068 (100 mg) was deprotected using procedures described inExample 48C to give amine 2069 as a yellow solid (68 mg, 78%). ¹H NMR(400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.67 (s, 2H, broad), 9.01 (s, 1H), 8.67 (s, 1H),4.33 (t, 2H), 3.50-3.45 (m, 2H), 3.09 (t, 2H). HPLC-MS t_(R)=0.18 min(UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₇H₉N₃ 135.1, observed LCMSm/z 136.2 (M+H).

Example 48E

Compound 2070 was prepared from methyl vinyl ketone in 6 steps followingprocedures described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,037,834/1991.

Example 48F

Compound 2072 was prepared from 2-aminopyrazine (2071) in 2 stepsfollowing procedures described by Sablayrolles, C. et. al. (J. Med.Chem. 1984, 27, 206-212) and Bonnet, P. A. et. al. (J. Chem. Res.Miniprint FR 1984, 2, 0468-0480).

The following compounds were prepared using previously describedprocedures. Compound # Structure Exact mass MS m/z (M + H) 2073

424.2 425.0 2074

438.2 439.1 2075

451.2 452.0 2076

424.2 425.1 2077

435.2 436.1 2078

449.2 450.1 2079

436.2 437.1 2080

425.2 426.1 2081

456.2 457.1 2082

424.2 425.1 2083

435.2 436.1 2084

470.2 471.1

Example 49 Example 49A

Part A:

Compound 2086 was prepared according to the procedure in Org. Left.2002, 4, 24, 4353-4356.

Part B:

Compound 2087 was prepared according to the procedure in Org. Lett.2002, 4, 24, 4353-4356. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.05 (t, 2H), 5.1 (bs,2H), 2.15 (m, 2H), 1.4 (s, 9H), 1.3 (m, 2H).

Part C:

Compound 2087 (80 mg, 0.30 mmol) was dissolved in 4 M HCl in dioxane (2mL) and stirred at room temperature for 1 hr. The reaction was dilutedwith diethyl ether (5 mL) and the resulting solid was filtered toprovide 2088 as an HCl salt (45 mg).

Example 49B

Part A:

Compound 2090 was prepared according to the procedure in Bioorg. Med.Chem. 2002, 10, 5, 1197-1206.

Part B:

Compound 2091 was prepared according to the procedure in Bioorg. Med.Chem. 2002, 10, 5, 1197-1206. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 9.00 (s, 1H),8.40 (s, 1H), 5.10 (bs, 1H), 4.70 (bs, 1H), 4.10 (m, 2H), 3.40 (bs, 1H),2.50 (s, 1H), 2.40-2.30 (m, 2H), 1.80 (m, 2H), 1.75 (m, 2H), 1.25 (m,3H).

Part C:

Compound 2091 (350 mg, 1.5 mmol) was dissolved in ethylene glycol (4 mL)and KOH (0.5 g) and hydrazine monohydrate (1 mL) were added and stirredt 100° C. for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into brine andextracted with methylene chloride. The combined organic layers werewashed with water, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to afford2092 (150 mg). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 9.00 (s, 1H), 8.40 (s, 1H),4.30 (d, 1H), 4.00 (t, 1H), 3.20 (m, 1H), 2.80 (m, 1H), 2.20-2.10 (m,2H), 2.00-1.90 (m, 2H), 1.80-1.60 (m, 2H).

The following compounds were prepared using previously describedprocedures. Compound # Structure Exact mass MS m/z (M + H) 2093

462.2 463.1 2094

444.2 445.1 2095

398.2 399.3 2096

482.2 483.1 2097

491.2 492.1 2098

491.2 492.1 2099

509.2 510.1

Example 50 Piperidine-Aryl Compounds Example 50A

Part A:

A mixture of 2-bromo-5-fluorophenol (556) (0.111 mL, 1 mmol),2,2,2-trifluoroethyl trifluoromethanesulfonate (2100) (279 mg, 1.2 mmol)and cesium carbonate (358 mg, 1.1 mmol) in NMP (5 mL) was stirred atroom temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was poured into waterand extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers werewashed with water (2×) and brine, dried over sodium sulfate andconcentrated. Purification by column chromatography (SiO₂, hexanes to 2%ethyl acetate/hexanes) afforded 2101 (232 mg) as an oil. ¹H NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.53 (m, 1H), 6.70 (m, 2H), 4.40 (q, 2H, J=8.0 Hz).

Part B:

Compound 2102 was prepared according to the procedures in Example 27BPart A. HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.10 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated forformula C19H26F4N2O3 406.2, observed LCMS m/z 407.2 (M+H).

Part C:

Compound 2102 (8 mg, 0.02 mmol) was dissolved in 3:1 DCM:TFA (4 mL) andstirred for 1 hour at room temperature. The solvent was removed invacuo. The residue was dissolved in ether and treated with 1.0 M HCl inether (1 mL). The solvents were concentrated to afford 2103 as a whitesolid (8 mg).

Example 50B

Part A:

A mixture of 2-fluorophenol (2104) (1.0 mL, 10.7 mmol), ethyl iodide(1.05 mL, 13 mmol) and potassium carbonate (1.66 g, 12 mmol) in acetone(20 mL) was stirred at room temperature overnight. Additional ethyliodide (0.24 mL, 3 mmol) was added to the reaction and the mixture wasstirred for 24 hours. The mixture was filtered and concentrated. Theresidue was partitioned between water and ethyl acetate. The layers wereseparated. The organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried oversodium sulfate and concentrated to afford 2105 (1.23 g) as an oil. ¹HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.07 (m, 2H), 6.96 (m, 1H), 6.87 (m, 1H), 4.12(q, 2H, J=7.1 Hz), 1.48 (t, 3H, J=7.1 Hz).

Part B:

To arene 2105 (1.23 g, 8.8 mmol) and TMEDA (1.32 mL, 8.8 mmol) in THF(20 mL) at −78° C. under argon was added s-BuLi (1.4 M, 6.3 mL, 8.8mmol).

The reaction mixture was stirred for 2 hours at −78° C. To the reactionmixture was added iodine (2.23 g, 8.8 mmol) in THF (10 mL) at −78° C.The reaction was stirred for 10 minutes then warmed to 0° C. Thereaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with diethyl ether.The combined organics were washed with water (2×), 5% sodiumhydrogensulfite and brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated.The crude product 2106 (1.70 g) was a mixture of 75:25 product:startingmaterial by ¹H NMR. It was used without further prurification. ¹H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.28 (m, 1H), 6.94 (m, 1H), 6.81 (m, 1H), 4.11 (q,2H, J=7.1 Hz), 1.47 (t, 3H, J=7.1 Hz).

Part C:

Compound 2107 was prepared according to the procedures in Example 27BPart A. HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.15 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated forformula C₁₉H₂₉FN₂O₃ 352.2, observed LCMS m/z 353.2 (M+H).

Part D:

Compound 2107 (276 mg, 0.78 mmol) was dissolved in 3:1 DCM:TFA (4 mL)and stirred for 1 hour at room temperature. The solvent was removed invacuo. The residue was dissolved in ether and treated with 1.0 M HCl inether (1 mL). The solvents were concentrated to afford 2108 as a whitesolid (241 mg). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) 67.89 (bs, NH), 6.97 (m, 1H),6.75 (m, 1H), 6.63 (m, 1H), 4.04 (q, 2H, J=6.9 Hz), 3.33 (m, 2H), 2.76(m, 2H), 2.62 (m, 2H), 1.80 (m, 2H), 1.70 (m, 1H), 1.38 (m, 2H), 1.32(t, 3H, J=7.1 Hz).

Example 50C

Compound 2109 was prepared using procedures described in Example 27. ¹HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.00-6.80 (m, 4H), 4.64 (m, 1H), 3.55 (m, 2H),3.09 (m, 2H), 2.65 (m, 2H), 1.82 (m, 2H), 1.60-1.50 (m, 2H), 1.49 (s,9H), 1.42 (m, 1H).

Part A:

To compound 2109 (100 mg, 0.32 mmol) and pyridine (0.026 mL, 0.32 mmol)in DMF (2 mL) was added NBS (115 mg, 0.64 mmol). The mixture was stirredat room temperature for 2 hours and diluted with ethyl acetate. Themixture was washed with sodium carbonate solution, water and brine,dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. Purification by columnchromatography (SiO₂, 5% ethyl acetate/hexane) afforded 2110 as a whitesolid (88 mg). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.3 (m, 1H), 7.0 (m, 2H), 4.65(bs, 1H), 3.28 (m, 2H), 3.10 (m, 2H), 2.61 (m, 2H), 1.8 (m, 2H),1.65-1.4 (m, 12H).

Part B:

To 2110 (21 mg, 0.055 mmol) in dichloromethane (2 mL) at 0° C. was addedTFA (1 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Themixture was quenched with acetonitrile and concentrated. Compound 2111was used without further purification.

Example 50D

Part A:

Compound 2113 was prepared from1-N-(t-butoxycarbonyl)-4-cyano-piperidine (2112) according to aprocedure described in J. Org. Chem. 1992, 57, 4521-4527.

Part B:

Step 1: To 2113 (100 mg, 0.41 mmol) in THF (2 mL) were added benzylchloroformate (0.089 mL, 0.619 mmol) and potassium carbonate (114 mg,0.82 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight,diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with water, brine, dried over sodiumsulfate and concentrated. The product was purified by columnchromatography (SiO₂, 10% ethyl acetate/hexane to 25% ethylacetate/hexane) to give a pale yellow oil (80 mg). HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.14min (UV_(254 nm)); Mass calculated for C₂₁H₃₂N₂O₄ 376.5, observed LSMSm/z 399.2 (M+Na).

Step 2: The material from step 1 (80 mg) was stirred in 4 N HCl in1,4-dioxane (2 mL) for 1 hour. The solvent was removed in vacuum and2114 was used without further purification.

Part C:

A mixture of 2114, 2,5-difluorobenzonitrile (32.5 mg, 0.234 mmol) andDIEA (0.113 mL, 0.637 mmol) in NMP (2 mL) under argon atmosphere wasstirred overnight at 100° C. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethylacetate, washed with water and brine, dried over sodium sulfate andconcentrated. Purification by column chromatography (SiO₂, 25% ethylacetate/hexane) afforded 2115 as a yellow oil (26 mg). ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) δ 7.3-7.2 (m, 6H), 7.2 (m, 1H), 7.0 (m, 1H), 5.05 (s, 2H), 4.7(m, 1H), 3.52 (m, 2H), 2.77 (m, 2H), 2.15 (m, 1H), 1.8 (m, 2H), 1.63 (m,2H), 1.32 (s, 6H).

Part D:

A mixture of 2115 (26 mg) and 10% palladium on carbon (5 mg) in ethanol(4 mL) under hydrogen atmosphere was stirred for 3 hours. The mixturewas filtered through a pad of celite and the filtrate was concentratedto give 2116 as a yellow residue (20 mg), which was used without furtherpurification.

Example 50E

Part A:

Methyl (triphenylphosphoranylidene)acetate (104.5 g, 0.31 mmol) wasadded to a solution of N-Boc-piperidinone (2066) (49.79 g, 0.25 mol) intoluene (625 mL). The resulting reaction mixture was heated to refluxand stirred for 17 h. The reaction mixture was then cooled to roomtemperature and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue wasthen pre-adsorbed on silica gel and purified by eluting it through aplug of silica gel with 50% ethyl acetate/hexanes, to yield unsaturatedester 2117 (62.16 g, 0.243 mol) as a white solid.

Part B:

Potassium tert-butoxide (450 g, 0.41 mol) was added to a solution oftrimethylsulfoxonium iodide (90.0 g, 0.41 mol) in DMSO (700 mL), in oneportion. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 h. Theunsaturated ester 2117 (59.64 g, 0.23 mol) was dissolved in DMSO (0.26L) and added to the reaction mixture. The reaction mixture was stirredfor 20 h at room temperature and then added to brine (1 L). Saturatedaqueous NH₄Cl was then added to the reaction mixture in order to adjustthe pH to approximately 7. The reaction mixture was then extractedseveral times with ether, the ether extracts combined, washed with waterand brine, dried with anhydrous MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated undervacuum to yield ester 2118 (53.5 g, 0.20 mol) as an oil.

Part C:

An aqueous LiOH solution (2N, 200 mL) was added to a solution of theester 2118 (53.5 g, 0.20 mol) in THF (200 mL). The mixture was thenstirred at room temperature for 17 h, diluted with water (750 mL) andwashed with ether. The ether phase was discarded, and the aqueous phaseacidified to a pH of 3-4 with 6N HCl. The acidified aqueous phase wasthen extracted with ether several times. The ether washes were combined,washed with water and brine, dried with anhydrous MgSO₄, filtered, andconcentrated under vacuum to provide carboxylic acid 2119 (49.25 g, 0.19mol) as a white solid.

Part D:

Triethylamine (8.7 g, 0.086 mol) followed by ethyl chloroformate (9.4 g,0.086 mol) was added to a solution of carboxylic acid 2119 (20.0 g,0.078 mol) in acetone (78 mL) at 0° C. The resulting mixture was stirredat 0° C. for 40 minutes. Sodium azide (10.2 g, 0.15 mol) in water (50mL) was then added to the mixture. The mixture was then allowed to warmto room temperature and stirred for 4 h. Water was then added, and thenthe mixture was extracted several times with CH₂Cl₂. The organicextracts were combined and washed with water and brine, dried overmagnesium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum to provide an oil. Theoil was taken up into toluene (200 mL), allyl alcohol (5.5 g, 0.094 mol)was added, and the mixture was heated to reflux and stirred at refluxfor 17 h. The reaction mixture was then cooled to room temperature andEtOAc (250 mL) was added. Then, the mixture was washed with water andbrine, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. Theresulting residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (35% ethylacetate/hexanes) to provide the carbamate 2120 (24.4 g, 0.061 mol).

Part E:

A solution of HCl/Et₂O (2 N, 50 mL) was added to a solution of thecarbamate 2120 (24.4 g, 0.061 mol) in CH₂Cl₂ (100 mL). The reactionmixture was stirred overnight and then concentrated under vacuum toyield 2121 as a hygroscopic foam (17.4 g, 0.052 mol).

Example 50F

Starting alcohol (2122) (1α, 5α,6α)-3-benzyl-6-hydroxymethyl-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane was prepared byknown methods (i.e., Brighty, K. E; Castaldi, M. J Synlett, 1996, 1097).

Part A:

Alcohol 2122 (11 g, 54 mmol) and triethylamine (38 mL, 27 mmol) weredissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (200 mL) and cooled to 0° C. The cooled solution wasstirred, and CH₃SO₂Cl (as a CH₂Cl₂ solution; 6 mL, 78 mmol, 25 mLCH₂Cl₂) was added dropwise, and the stirring was continued for 3-4 h.The reaction mixture was then washed two times with 100 mL of water andtwo times with 100 ml of brine. The organic and aqueous phases wereseparated, and the organic phase was dried, and concentrated to providea crude product. The crude product was purified by silica gelchromatography (eluted with 1:6 ethyl acetate:hexane). The appropriatefractions were collected from the chromatography column and concentratedto provide pure chloro compound 2123 as an oil (7 g, 59%).

Part B:

The chloro compound 2123 was dissolved in DMF (100 mL) and treated withNaN₃ (10.3 g, 157 mmol), and the mixture was stirred vigorously for36-48 h. The reaction mixture was then diluted with 100 mL water andextracted with ethyl acetate (2×100 mL). The organic extracts werecombined, dried, and concentrated to yield pure azide 2124 (6.2 g, 87%).

Part C:

The azide 2124 (6.2 g, 27 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (15 g, 57 mmol)were dissolved in 100 mL of THF, and then water (6 mL, 333 mmol) wasadded. The resulting mixture was stirred vigorously for 16-24 h. Thesolvent was removed and the crude amine 2125 was obtained withoutfurther purification.

Part D:

The crude amine 2125 and N,N-dimethylaminopyridine (0.66 g, 5.4 mmol)were dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (100 mL). To this solution was addeddi-tert-butyldicarbonate (7 g, 33 mmol), in portions, and the reactionmixture was stirred for 16 h. The reaction mixture was then washed twotimes (50 mL) with water and once with brine (50 mL). The organic phasewas isolated and dried, and the solvent was removed under reducedpressure. The crude product was subjected to silica gel chromatographyusing 1:3 ethyl acetate:hexane as the eluting solvent. The elutedfractions were combined and concentrated to yield 6.9 g of purecarbamate 2126 (84%).

Part E:

The carbamate 2126 (1.9 g, 6.3 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (100 mL)and mixed with palladium hydroxide (20%, 0.4 g). The mixture wastransferred to a Parr bottle, which was then charged with hydrogen (20psi). The Parr bottle was shaken for 10 h. The remaining hydrogen wasremoved from the Parr bottle under vacuum, and the reaction was filteredthrough Celite. The filtrate was then concentrated to provide pure amine2127 (1.4 g).

Example 50G

N-Benzyltropinanecarbonitrile 2128 was prepared using known procedures(see, for example: Montzka, T. A.; Matiskella, J. D.; Partyka, R. A.Tetrahedron Letters 1974, 14, 1325; Lowe, J. A.; Drozda, S. E.; McLean,S.; Bryce, D. K.; Crawford, R. T.; Snider, R. M.; Tsuchiya, M. J. Med.Chem. 1994, 37, 2831).

Part A:

LiAlH₄ was added to dry THF (40 mL) and the mixture was then cooled to0° C. Then carbonitrile 2128 (0.9 g, 3.8 mmol, in a 10 mL THF solution)was added to the mixture dropwise. The reaction mixture was allowed towarm to ambient temperature and stirred for 48 h, then cooled to back to0° C. and quenched by the sequential addition of 1 mL of water, 2 mL of0.5 N aq. NaOH, and 1 mL of water. The resulting mixture was stirredvigorously for 2 h and then filtered through Celite. The filtrate wasconcentrated to yield pure 2129 as an oil (0.9 g, 100%).

Part B:

The crude product 2129 and triethylamine (TEA) (0.6 mL, 4.3 mmol) weredissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (50 mL). Di-tert-butyidicarbonate (0.85 g, 3.9 mmol)was added to this solution in portions, and the reaction mixture wasstirred for 16 h. The reaction mixture was then washed two times with 50mL of water and once with 50 mL of brine. The organic phase was driedand the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The crude productwas subjected to silica gel chromatography using 2.5% ammonia saturatedmethanol in CH₂Cl₂ as the eluting solvent. The eluted fractions werecombined and concentrated to yield 0.78 g of pure carbamate product 2130(61%).

Part C:

The carbamate 2130 (0.8 g, 2.3 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (60 mL)and treated with palladium hydroxide (20%, 0.08 g). The mixture wastransferred to a Parr bottle, which was then charged with hydrogen (20psi). The Parr bottle was shaken for 10 h. The hydrogen was removed fromthe Parr bottle under vacuum, and the reaction mixture was filteredthrough Celite. The filtrate was then concentrated to provide pure amine2131 (0.6 g).

Example 50H

Part A:

Tosylmethyl isocyanide (TosMIC) (7.2 g, 37 mmol) was added to3-methyl-N-benzyl piperidone (2132) (4.25 g, 20.93 mmol) in DME (150 mL)and cooled to 0° C. Ethyl alcohol (2.9 mL) and potassium tert-butoxide(7 g, 62.4 mmol) were added to the reaction mixture and stirred at roomtemperature for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into ice andextracted with ethyl acetate (2×50 mL). The organic layer was washedwith brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO₄ and concentrated under vacuum.The resulting residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (20%ethyl acetate/hexane) to give first 2133 (trans isomer, 1.85 g, 41%),and second 2134 (cis isomer, 1.05 g, 22%).

Part B:

The trans intermediate 2133 (2.0 g, 9.34 mmol) was dissolved in ethylalcohol (50 mL) and Raney Nickel (wet, 5.0 g) was added under N₂,followed by addition of conc. ammonium hydroxide (1.0 mL). The mixturewas subjected to H₂ atmosphere at 50 p.s.i. for 16 hours with vigorousshaking. The reaction was filtered through celite under N₂ and thefiltrate was concentrated under vacuum to provide 1.8 g (88%) ofintermediate 2135.

Part C:

Intermediate 2135 (1.0 g, 4.6 mmol) was dissolved in methyl alcohol (35mL). A solution of BOC-anhydride (1.2 g, 5.5 mmol) in methyl alcohol (15mL) was added dropwise at 0° C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 0°C. for one hour, then at ambient temperature for an additional hour. Thesolvent was removed under vacuum to provide a crude product that waspurified by silica-gel column chromatography using ethyl acetate as theeluting solvent. The relevant fractions were collected and concentratedunder reduced pressure to yield 1.1 g (76%) of intermediate 2136.

Part D:

Intermediate 2136 (0.5 g, 1.57 mmol) was dissolved in methyl alcohol (25mL).

Palladium hydroxide (20 wt % Pd, 0.1 g) was added under N₂. Theresulting mixture was exposed to H₂ atmosphere at 20 p.s.i. for 16 hourswith vigorous shaking. The reaction mixture was filtered through celiteand washed with methyl alcohol (1×25 mL). The filtrate was concentratedunder vacuum to provide intermediate 2137 (0.38 g) as an oil which wasused in the next step without further purification.

Intermediate 2138 was prepared using methods similar to those used inPart B-D. The following compounds were prepared using previouslydescribed procedures. Compound # Structure Exact mass MS m/z (M + H)2139

519.1 520.1 2140

477.2 478.1 2141

437.2 438.1 2142

491.2 492.1 2143

462.2 463.1 2144

490.3 491.1 2145

490.3 491.3 2146

462.2 463.3 2147

416.2 417.2 2148

520.2 521.1 2149

492.2 493.3 2150

432.2 433.2 2151

483.2 484.1 2152

488.2 489.1 2153

488.2 489.1 2154

460.2 461.1 2155

460.2 461.3 2156

500.2 500.1 2157

446.2 447.3 2158

501.3 502.3 2159

519.3 520.3

Example 51 Example 51A

Part A:

Compound 2161 was synthesized according to the procedures ofWO02060894A2. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.58 (bs, NH), 8.89 (m, 2H),7.57 (m, 1H), 4.88 (m, 1H), 3.80 (m, 2H), 2.06 (m, 4H).

Example 51B

Part A:

Compound 2163 was synthesized from Compound 2162 (made according to theprocedures of WO2004/052850) according to the procedures of Hanessianet. al. (Bioorg. Med. Chem Lett. 1998, 8, 2123 and the referencestherein.) HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.90 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated forformula C13H21NO4 255.2, observed LCMS m/z 278.2 (M+Na).

Part B:

Compound 2164 was synthesized according to the procedures of Example 10BPart A. HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.79 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated forformula C12H18ClNO3 259.1, observed LCMS m/z 282.1 (M+Na).

Part C:

Compound 2164 (190 mg) was cyclized with N-methylthiourea in DMF (2 mL)to afford 2165 (81 mg) according to the procedures of Example 10B PartB. HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.27 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formulaC14H21N3O2S 295.1, observed LCMS m/z 296.2 (M+H).

Part D:

To compound 2165 (81 mg) in methanol (2 mL) was added 4.0 M HCl/dioxane(1 mL) with ice bath cooling. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1.5hours and concentrated. The residue was suspended in DCM (5 mL) andconcentrated to afford impure 2166. The material was used withoutpurification.

Example 51C

Part A:

Compound 2167 was synthesized from Compound 2162 (made according to theprocedures of WO2004/052850) according to the procedures of Hanessianet. al. Bioorg. Med. Chem Lett. 1998, 8, 2123 and the referencestherein. HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.83 min (MS); mass calculated for formulaC13H21NO4 255.2, observed LCMS m/z 278.2 (M+Na).

Part B:

Compound 2168 was synthesized according to the procedures of Example 10BPart A. HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.78 min (MS); mass calculated for formulaC12H18ClNO3 259.1, observed LCMS m/z 282.1 (M+Na).

Part C:

Compound 2168 (117 mg) was cyclized with N-methylthiourea in DMF (2 mL)to afford 2169 (35 mg) according to the procedures of Example 10B PartB. HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.16 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formulaC₁₄H₂₁N₃O₂S 295.1, observed LCMS m/z 296.2 (M+H).

Part D:

To compound 2169 (35 mg) in methanol (2 mL) was added 4.0 M HCl/dioxane(1 mL) with ice bath cooling. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1.5hours and concentrated. The residue was suspended in DCM (5 mL) andconcentrated to afford impure 2170. The material was used withoutpurification.

Example 51D

Part A:

To hydroxy proline 2171 (1.52 g, 11.6 mmol) in methanol (25 mL) in anice bath was added thionyl chloride (0.95 mL, 13 mmol). The ice bath wasremoved and the reaction mixture was heated to reflux overnight. Thereaction mixture was cooled and concentrated. The residue was dissolvedin methanol and concentrated. The residue was dissolved in diethyl etherand concentrated to afford 2172 quantitatively. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₈) δ 10.25 (bs, 1H), 8.95 (bs, 1H), 4.50 (d, 1H, J=7.0 Hz), 4.36(m, 1H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.16 (m, 2H), 2.31 (m, 1H), 2.13 (m, 1H).

Part B:

To compound 2172 (2.11 g, 11.6 mmol) in DCM (25 mL) was added DIEA (4.2mL, 24 mmol) and a solution of BOC-anhydride (3.03 g, 13. 9 mmol) in DCM(25 mL) with ice bath cooling. The reaction mixture was slowly warmed toroom temperature and stirred overnight. The reaction mixture was washedwith water, 0.1 N HCl, bicarbonate solution and brine, dried over sodiumsulfate and concentrated. Purification by column chromatography (SiO₂,loaded with ethyl acetate and eluted with 30% ethyl acetate/hexane toethyl acetate) afforded 2173 (2.66 g) as an oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃)δ rotomers 4.40-4.29 (m, 2H), 3.81 and 3.80 (s, 3H), 3.75-3.64 (m, 1H),3.57-3.50 (m, 1H), 2.35 (m, 1H), 2.11 (m, 1H), 1.48 and 1.44 (s, 9H).

Part C:

To compound 2173 (2.66 g, 10.8 mmol) in DCM (50 mL) in an ice bath wasadded triethyl amine (1.66 mL, 11.9 mmol) and methanesulfonyl chloride(1.09 mL, 14.1 mmol) dropwise. The reaction mixture was slowly warmed toroom temperature and stirred overnight. The reaction mixture wasquenched with ice water and the layers were separated. The aqueous layerwas extracted with DCM. The combined organic layers were washed with 0.1N HCl and brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated.Purification by column chromatography (SiO₂, 50% ethyl acetate/hexanes)afforded 2174 (3.36 g) as an oil. HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.49 min (ELSD); masscalculated for formula C₁₂H₂₁N₀₇S 323.1, observed LCMS m/z 346.1 (M+Na).

Part D:

To diphenylselenide (1.97 g, 6.3 mmol) in ethanol (20 mL) in an ice bathwas added sodium borohydride (472 mg, 12.5 mmol) portion wise. Thereaction mixture was stirred for 10 minutes after the bubbling hadceased. The above solution was added to compound 2174 (3.36 g, 10.4mmol) in ethanol (10 mL). The reaction mixture was heated to reflux for2 hours. The reaction was cooled and the solvents removed in vacuo. Theresidue was partitioned between water (50 mL) and ethyl acetate (50 mL).The layers were separated. The organic layer was washed with water andbrine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. Purification bycolumn chromatography (SiO₂, 5% to 20% ethyl acetate/hexanes) afforded2175 (2.91 g) as an oil. HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.32 min (UV_(254 nm)); masscalculated for formula C18H25NO4Se 399.1, observed LCMS m/z 422.0(M+Na).

Part E:

To 2175 (481 mg, 1.21 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) in an ice bath was addeddropwise pyridine (0.162 mL, 2.0 mmol) and 50% hydrogen peroxide (0.161mL, 2.63 mmol). The ice bath was removed and the reaction mixture wasstirred at room temperature for 1.25 hours. The reaction mixture wasdiluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL), washed with 0.1 N HCl, bicarbonatesolution and brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to afford2176 (272 mg) as a yellow oil. HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.81 min (MS); masscalculated for formula C12H19NO4 241.1, observed LCMS m/z 264.1 (M+Na).

Part F:

Compound 2177 (123 mg) was prepared from 2176 (202 mg, 0.84 mmol)according to the procedure described in Example 10B Part B. HPLC-MSt_(R)=1.70 min (MS); mass calculated for formula C11H16ClNO3 245.1,observed LCMS m/z 264.1 (M+Na).

Part G:

Compound 2178 (48 mg) was prepared as described in Example 51B Part Cfrom compound 2177 (123 mg, 0.5 mmol). HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.12 min(UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₁₃H₁₉N₃O₂S 281.1, observedLCMS m/z 282.1 (M+H).

Part H:

A mixture of compound 2178 (48 mg, 0.17 mmol), TFA (2 mL) and DCM (2 mL)were stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The solvents were removedand the residue was dissolved in DCM (5 ml) and concentrated to afford2179 (70 mg). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ9.58 (bs, NH), 6.75 (s, 1H), 6.26(d, 1H, J=6.3 Hz), 5.92 (d, 1H, J=7.5 Hz), 5.77 (m, 1H), 4.43 (d, 1H,J=17.2 Hz), 4.28 (d, 1H, J=17.2 Hz), 3.11 (s, 3H).

Example 51E

Part A:

Compound 2180 was prepared using a modification of the procedure in J.Org. Chem. 1998, 63, 8, 2451-2455. Compound 2180 (0.400 g, 2.72 mmol)was dissolved in THF (60 mL) and cooled in a dry ice/acetone bath. Asolution of methyllithium (1.6 M in diethylether, 18 mL) was addeddropwise and the solution was warmed to room temperature. The reactionwas quenched with brine after 10 minutes. The reaction mixture waspoured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The combinedorganics were washed with 1N HCl, saturated sodium bicarbonate andwater, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. Purification bycolumn chromatography (SiO₂, 50% ethyl acetate/hexanes) afforded 2181(0.200 g). HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.126 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated forformula C₁₀H₁₁NO 161.1, observed LCMS m/z 162 (M+H).

Part B:

Compound 2181 (0.200 g, 1.24 mmol) was dissolved in THF (10 mL) and asolution of borane (2.5 M in THF, 3 mL) was added dropwise and thesolution was stirred at reflux overnight. The reaction was quenched witha solution of 1 M sodium hydroxide (2 mL) and methanol (2 mL) and refluxwas continued for 5 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into waterand extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organics were washed withsaturated sodium bicarbonate, water, dried over sodium sulfate andconcentrated to afford 2182 (65 mg). HPLC-MS t_(R)=0.595 min(UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₁₀H₁₁N 147.1, observed LCMSm/z 148 (M+H).

Example 51F

Part A:

Compound 2184 was prepared using a modification of the procedure in J.Med. Chem. 1994, 37, 23, 3878-3881. Compound 2183 (2.0 g, 12.9 mmol) wasdissolved in methylene chloride and cooled in an ice bath. Triethylamine(3.61 mL, 26 mmol) was added followed by the dropwise addition of TMSOTf(2.81 mL, 15.5 mmol). The reaction was warmed to room temperature andstirred for 30 minutes. Saturated sodium bicarbonate was added slowly toquench the reaction and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethylacetate. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried oversodium sulfate. In a separate flask TiCl₄ (1M in toluene, 20 mL) wasadded to methylene chloride (80 mL) at −780C. Acetone (1.2 g, 22 mmol)was added and stirred for 2 minutes. The silyl enol ether from theearlier was added and the reaction was stirred for 4 hours. Afterwarming to room temperature, the reaction was quenched with saturatedsodium bicarbonate and extracted with methylene chloride. The combinedorganic layers were dried over sodium sulfate and evaporated.Purification by column chromatography (SiO₂, 33% ethyl acetate/hexanes)afforded 2184 (600 mg). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.90 (d, 1H), 7.80 (d,1H), 7.55 (d, 1H), 7.40 (t, 1H), 3.15 (s, 2H), 1.40 (s, 6H).

Part B:

Compound 2184 (600 mg, 2.84 mmol) was dissolved in methylene chloride (2mL) and pyridine (2 mL) and cooled in an ice bath. TFM (0.894 g, 4.26mmol) was added dropwise and stirred 1 hour at room temperature. Thereaction mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. Theorganic layers were washed with 1N HCl, saturated sodium bicarbonate,brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated. The residue wasdissolved in methylene chloride (5 mL) and DBU (0.5 mL) was added andstirred for 1 hour at room temperature. The reaction mixture waspartitioned between methylene chloride and water. The organic layerswere washed with 1N HCl, saturated sodium bicarbonate, brine, dried oversodium sulfate, and concentrated. Purification by column chromatography(SiO₂, 10% ethyl acetate/hexanes) afforded 2185 (460 mg). ¹H NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.90 (d, 1H), 7.80 (d, 1H), 7.50 (d, 1H), 7.40 (t, 1H),6.70 (m, 1H), 2.20 (d, 3H), 2.05 (d, 3H).

Part C:

Compound 2185 (460 mg, 2.38 mmol) was dissolved in nitromethane (295 mg,4.76 mmol) and benzyltrimethylammonium hydroxide (40% weight in MeOH,200 mg) and stirred for 2 hours at room temperature. The reaction wasquenched with acetic acid (1 mL) and partitioned between diethyl etherand water. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate andconcentrated to afford 2186 (550 mg). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.90 (d,1H), 7.80 (d, 1H), 7.58 (d, 1H), 7.40 (t, 1H), 4.70 (s, 2H), 3.10 (s,2H), 1.30 (s, 6H).

Part D:

Compound 2187 was prepared according to the procedure in Chem. Ber.1958, 91, 1978-1980. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.38 (m, 1H), 7.22 (m,2H), 7.18 (m, 1H), 4.30 (m, 1H), 2.90-2.80 (dd, 2H), 2.00 (m, 1H), 1.50(m, 1H), 1.15 (d, 6H).

Example 51G

Part A:

Compound 2186 (500 mg, 1.96 mmol) and ammonium chloride (104 mg, 1.96mmol) were dissolved in THF (5 mL) and water (5 mL) and cooled in an icebath. Zn dust (637 mg, 9.8 mmol) was added in portions and stirredovernight. The reaction mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetateand water. The organic layers were washed with saturated sodiumbicarbonate, brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated. Theresidue was dissolved in methylene chloride (10 mL) and m-CPBA (510 mg,2.94 mmol) was added and stirred for 2 hours. The reaction mixture waspartitioned between methylene chloride and water. The organic layerswere washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate, brine, dried over sodiumsulfate, and concentrated to yield 2188 (300 mg). ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) δ 7.80 (m, 1H), 7.65 (m, 2H), 7.40-7.30 (m, 2H), 3.80 (t, 2H),2.80 (t, 2H), 1.20 (s, 6H).

Part B:

Compound 2188 (300 mg, 1.35 mmol) was dissolved in THF (10 mL) andMeMgBr (3M in THF, 5 mL) was added dropwise. After stirring for 30minutes at room temperature the reaction mixture was partitioned betweenethyl acetate and water. The organic layers were washed with saturatedsodium bicarbonate, brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentratedto afford 2189 (280 mg). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.53 (t, 1H), 7.42(m, 1H), 7.30-7.20 (m, 2H), 3.20 (m, 2H), 2.00 (m, 2H), 1.55 (s, 3H),1.20 (s, 3H), 1.15 (s, 3H).

Part C:

Compound 2189 (280 mg, 1.26 mmol) was dissolved in 1N HCl (10 mL) and Zndust (0.5 g) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 60° C. for12 hours. The reaction mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate andwater. The organic layers were washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate,brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated to afford 2190 (110mg). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.53 (bs, 1H), 7.38 (m, 1H), 7.30-7.20(m, 2H), 2.85 (m, 1H), 2.75 (m, 1H), 2.05 (m, 1H), 1.85 (m, 1H), 1.50(s, 3H), 1.20 (s, 3H), 0.95 (s, 3H).

Example 51H

Part A:

Compound 2191 (2.8 g, 11.2 mmol) was dissolved in toluene (10 mL) andMeOH (10 mL) and cooled in an ice bath. A solution of TMS diazomethanein hexanes (2M, 8.4 mL) was added dropwise until yellow color persisted.The reaction was quenched with acetic acid until color became clear andthe solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue waspartitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer waswashed with 1N HCl, saturated sodium bicarbonate, brine, dried oversodium sulfate and concentrated to afford 2192 (3.1 g). The product wasused without purification.

Part B:

Diisopropylamine (3.9 mL, 28 mmol) was dissolved in THF (20 mL) andcooled to −40° C. A solution of n-BuLi (2.5M in hexanes, 8.9 mL) wasadded dropwise and the reaction was stirred for 30 minutes. Compound2192 (3.1 g, 11.2 mmol) dissolved in THF (10 mL) was added dropwise at−78° C. and stirred for another 30 minutes. Iodomethane (3.1 g, 22.4mmol) was added dropwise and the reaction was stirred for one additionalhour. The reaction was warmed to room temperature and quenched withbrine and extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers werewashed with water, brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated toprovide 2193 (2.5 g). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.40-7.20 (m, 5H),5.20-5.00 (m, 2H), 3.70-3.40 (d, 3H), 3.70-3.60 (m, 2H), 2.20 (m, 1H),1.90 (m, 3H), 1.60 (d, 3H).

Part C:

Diisopropylamine (1.24 mL, 8.85 mmol) was dissolved in THF (10 mL) andcooled to −40° C. A solution of n-BuLi (2.5M in hexanes, 3.5 mL) wasadded dropwise and the reaction was stirred for 30 minutes. Thissolution was added dropwise to a solution of compound 2193 (450 mg, 1.61mmol) and chloroiodomethane (1.12 g, 6.44 mmol) in THF (10 mL) at −780C.The reaction was stirred for 30 minutes and then quenched by thedropwise addition of acetic acid (1 mL) in THF (5 mL). After 10 minutesof stirring the reaction mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetateand water. The organic layers were washed with saturated sodiumbicarbonate, brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated.Purification by column chromatography (SiO₂, 25% ethyl acetate/hexanes)afforded 2194 (330 mg). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.40-7.20 (m, 5H),5.20-5.00 (m, 2H), 4.40-4.00 (m, 2H), 3.80-3.60 (m, 2H), 2.20 (m, 1H),2.00-1.8 (m, 3H), 1.60-1.40 (m, 3H).

Part D:

Compound 2194 (175 mg, 0.59 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (5 mL) andthiourea (91 mg, 1.2 mmol) was added and stirred at room temperatureovernight. The reaction mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetateand water. The organic layers were washed with saturated sodiumbicarbonate, brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated.Purification by column chromatography (SiO₂, 50% ethyl acetate/hexanes)afforded 2195 (115 mg). HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.17 min (UV_(254 nm)); masscalculated for formula C₁₆H₁₉N₃O₂S 317.1, observed LCMS m/z 318.1 (M+H).

Part E:

Compound 2195 (115 mg, 0.36 mmol) was dissolved in 30% HBr/AcOH (2 mL)and stirred for 2 hours. The solvent was removed under reduced pressureand the residue was dissolved in water and washed with diethyl ether.The aqueous layer was lyophilized to provide 2196 as a di-HBr salt (100mg).

Example 51I

Part A:

Compound 2197 (2.3 g, 10.6 mmol), 4-chloro-2,6-dimethoxytriazine (2.4 g,13.9 mmol) and NMM (7.3 mL, 53 mmol) were dissolved in THF (50 mL) andstirred for 1 hour. N,O-dimethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (2.05 g,21.2 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred overnight atroom temperature. The reaction mixture was partitioned between ethylacetate and water. The organic layers were washed with 1N HCl, saturatedsodium bicarbonate, brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated.Purification by column chromatography (SiO₂, 50% ethyl acetate/hexanes)afforded 2198 (2.0 g). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 4.70-4.60 (m, 1H), 3.75(m, 3H), 3.60-3.40 (m, 2H), 3.20 (s, 3H), 2.20 (m, 1H), 2.00-1.80 (m,3H), 1.50-1.40 (m, 9H).

Part B:

Compound 2198 (550 mg, 2.13 mmol) was dissolved in THF (10 mL) and asolution of lithium (trimethylsilyl)acetylide (0.5 M in THF, 12 mL) wasadded dropwise and stirred overnight. The reaction mixture waspartitioned between ethyl acetate and 1N HCl. The organic layer waswashed with 1N HCl, saturated sodium bicarbonate, brine, dried oversodium sulfate and concentrated. Purification by column chromatography(SiO₂, 20% ethyl acetate/hexanes) afforded 2199 (370 mg). HPLC-MSt_(R)=1.69 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₁₂H₁₇NO₃223.1, observed LCMS m/z 168.1 (M-(t-butyl)).

Part C:

Compound 2199 (350 mg, 1.56 mmol) and diethylamine (228 mg, 3.13 mmol)were dissolved in EtOH (1.5 mL) and water (1.5 mL) and stirred for 3hours. The reaction mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate andwater. The organic layers were washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate,brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue wascombined with methyl guanidine hydrochloride (756 mg, 7.8 mmol) andsodium carbonate (826 mg, 7.8 mmol) in EtOH (6 mL) and refluxed for 48hours. The reaction mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate andwater. The organic layer was washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate,brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. Purification bycolumn chromatography (SiO₂, 80% ethyl acetate/hexanes) afforded 2200(210 mg). HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.26 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated forformula C₁₄H₂₂N₄O₂ 278.1, observed LCMS m/z 279.1 (M+H).

Part D:

Compound 2200 (105 mg, 0.377 mmol) was dissolved in 4 M HCl in dioxane(2 mL) and methanol (0.5 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 1 hr.The reaction mixture was concentrated and triturated with diethyl etherto afford 2201 (74 mg) as an HCl salt. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.00(bs, 1H), 8.70 (bs, 1H), 8.30 (s, 1H), 6.70 (d, 1H), 4.60 (bs, 1H), 3.40(m, 2H), 2.75 (s, 3H), 2.40 (m, 1H), 2.00-1.80 (m, 3H).

Example 51J

Part A:

Compound 2203 was prepared according to a procedure described in J. Org.Chem. 1991, 57, 7034-7038.

Part B:

A mixture of 2203 (200 mg, 1.42 mmol) and zinc dust (278 mg, 4.25 mmol)in concentrated hydrochloric acid (1.4 mL) and water (5.8 mL) wasstirred at reflux overnight. The mixture was made basic with potassiumhydroxide pellets, decanted and the aqueous solution extracted withethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, driedover sodium sulfate and concentrated to give 2204 as a yellow stickysolid (95 mg). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 3.35 (m, 2H), 1.88 (s, 2H),1.66 (s, 6H), 1.30 (s, 6H).

Example 51K

Compound 2205 was prepared using procedures described in Example 10B.

Part A:

To the solution of 2-methylaminothiazole 2205 (100 mg, 0.35 mmol) andDMAP (135 mg, 1.0 mmol) in THF (5 mL), Boc₂O (218 mg, 1.0 mmol) wasadded at room temperature. The resulting mixture was stirred overnightand then diluted with ethyl acetate (30 mL). The organics was washedwith water, Brine and dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. Theresidue which was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂, 20% ethylacetate/hexanes) afforded the protected product 2206 (130 mg) assemi-oil. HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.42 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated forformula C18H29N3O4S 383.2, observed LCMS m/z 384.1 (M+H).

Part B:

The solution of thiazole 2206 (150 mg, 0.39 mmol) in THF (5 mL) wascooled to −78° C., and n-BuLi (2.5 M in hexane, 0.19 mL, 0.47 mmol) wasadded slowly. The resulting mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 30 min,and then iodomethane (0.1 mL, 1.55 mmol) was added. The mixture wasstirred for another 30 min followed by the addition of saturated NH₄Clsolution (15 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate.The combined organics were washed with water, brine, dried over sodiumsulfate and concentrated. Purification by column chromatography (SiO₂,10% ethyl acetate/hexanes) afforded recovered thiazole 2206 (36 mg) and2207 (100 mg). HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.51 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated forformula C19H31N3O4S 397.2, observed LCMS m/z 398.2 (M+H).

Part C:

To a solution of 5-methylthiazole 2207 (100 mg, 0.25 mmol) in dioxane (2mL) was added HCl (4N in dioxane, 4 mL) followed by water (0.5 mL). Themixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour and concentrated. Theresulting residue 2208 (72 mg) was dried under vacuum and used in thenext step without further purification.

Example 51L

Part A:

To the solution of thiazole 2206 (190 mg, 0.5 mmol) in chloroform (5mL), NBS (107 mg, 0.6 mmol) was added. The mixture was heated to 50° C.and stirred for 1 hour. After cooling to room temperature, the mixturewas concentrated and purified by column chromatography (SiO₂, 10% ethylacetate/hexanes) to afford 5-bromothiazole 2209A (221 mg). HPLC-MSt_(R)=2.65 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C18H28BrN3O4S461.1, observed LCMS m/z 462.1 (M+H).

Part B:

A mixture of 5-bromothiazole 2209A (221 mg, 0.48 mmol), Zn(CN)₂ (117 mg,1.0 mmol), Pd₂(dba)₃ (45 mg, 0.05 mmol) and DPPF (55 mg, 0.1 mmol) in a25-ml round bottom flask was flushed with argon for 3 min. Under theargon, DMA (3 mL) was added and the flask was sealed under the argonatmosphere. The mixture was heated to 85° C. and stirred overnight.After cooling to room temperature, ethyl acetate (30 mL) was added todilute the reaction mixture and the solution was filtered throughcelite. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by columnchromatography (SiO₂, 10% ethyl acetate/hexanes) to afford5-cyanothiazole 2209B (167 mg) as oil. HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.39 min(UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C19H28N4O4S 408.2, observedLCMS m/z 409.2 (M+H).

Part C:

Compound 2210 (110 mg) was prepared from 2209B (167 mg, 0.41 mmol)according to the procedure described in Example 51K Part C. HPLC-MSt_(R)=0.62 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C9H12N4S208.1, observed LCMS m/z 209.1 (M+H).

Example 51M

Part A:

A solution of n-BuLi (2.5 M in hexane, 0.24 mL, 0.6 mmol) was addedslowly to a solution of thiazole 2206 (190 mg, 0.5 mmol) in THF (5 mL)at −78° C. The resulting mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 1 hour, andthen methyl disulfide (94 mg, 1.0 mmol) was added. The mixture wasstirred for another one hour, and then warmed to room temperatureslowly. Then saturated NH₄Cl solution was added to quench the reaction.The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (30 mL×3). The combinedorganics were dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated and purified bycolumn chromatography (SiO₂, 10% ethyl acetate/hexanes) to afford5-methylsulfidethiazole 2211 (137 mg) and recovered thiazole 2206 (38mg). HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.62 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formulaC19H31N3O4S2 429.2, observed LCMS m/z 430.1 (M+H).

Part B:

A mixture of sulfide 2211 (137 mg, 0.32 mmol) and m-CPBA (˜77%, 230 mg,1.0 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 mL) was stirred at room temperatureovernight. Ethyl acetate (80 mL) was added to dilute the mixture and theorganics were washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution twicefollowed by brine, dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated. The residuewas purified by column chromatography (SiO₂, 20% ethyl acetate/hexanes)afforded 5-methylsulfonethiazole 2212 (141 mg). HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.62 min(UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C19H31N3O6S2 461.2, observedLCMS m/z 406.1 (M+H−t−Bu).

Part C:

Compound 2213 (110 mg) was prepared from 2212 (141 mg, 0.30 mmol)according to the procedure described in Example 51K Part C. HPLC-MSt_(R)=0.63 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₉H₁₅N₃O₂S₂261.1, observed LCMS m/z 262.0 (M+H).

Example 51N

Starting pyrroline derivative 2214 was prepared by known methods(Billet, M; Schoenfelder, A; Klotz, P.; Mann, A. Tetrahedron Letters,2002, 1453).

Part A:

Trimethylsilyl iodide (0.44 g, 2.24 mmol) was added dropwise to asolution of 2214 (0.47 g, 1.5 mmol; 20 mL CH₂Cl₂) at room temperatureand stirred for 3 hours. The mixture was cooled to 0° C. beforequenching with methanol (5 mL). The solvent was removed under reducedpressure to provide crude amine 2215, which was used without furtherpurification.

Example 51O

Part A:

Borane dimethyl sulfide (2.0 M solution in toluene, 1.45 mL, 2.9 mmol)was added dropwise to a solution of intermediate 2214 (0.65 g, 2 mmol)in THF (10 mL) at 0° C. After addition, the mixture was stirred at roomtemperature for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was quenched with dropwiseaddition of water (1.0 mL) and 3N NaOH (3.0 mL). The resulting mixturewas stirred for 5 minutes and then cooled to 0° C. before adding 30%H₂O₂ (6.0 mL) dropwise. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperaturefor 2 hours and then treated with 5% Na₂S₂O₃ (25 mL) and stirredadditional half hour. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethylacetate (100 mL), and the organics were washed with brine, dried(Na₂SO₄), filtered, and concentrated under vacuum to provide a cruderesidue which was purified by silica-gel column chromatography (1:3 to1:2 ethyl acetate/hexane) to give first intermediate 2217 (0.3 g, 44%)followed by intermediate 2216 (0.2 g, 29%).

Part B:

Intermediate 2216 (0.075 g, 0.22 mmol) was dissolved in ethyl alcohol(1.5 mL). Then 1,4-cyclohexadiene (0.21 mL, 2.24 mmol) was added,followed by addition of 10% Pd/C under N₂. The reaction mixture wasstirred at r.t. for 2 hours, filtered through celite and concentratedunder vacuum to give intermediate 2218 (0.035 g, 80%).

Compound 2219 was prepared by using methods similar to those describedin Parts A-B for intermediate 2218.

Example 51P

Part A:

Intermediate 2214 (0.1 g, 0.3 mmol) was dissolved in t-butanol (3 mL)and water (3 mL). Potassium hexacyanoferrate (0.31 g, 0.94 mmol) andpotassium carbonate (0.13 g, 0.94 mmol) were added and stirred for 15minutes. To this mixture osmium tetraoxide (0.005 g, 0.02 mmol) wasadded and stirred for 16 h. The reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate(50 mL) and the organics were washed once with brine (10 mL), dried(Na₂SO₄), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provideintermediate 2220 (0.1 g, 91%).

Part B:

Diol 2220 (0.1 g, 0.28 mmol) was dissolved in acetone (5 mL) and2,2-dimethoxypropane (0.045 g, 0.43 mmol) was added, followed byaddition of catalytic amount of p-toluenesulfonic acid (0.06 g, 0.03mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 14 h.The solvent was removed under vacuum to provide a crude product whichwas purified by silica-gel preparative chromatography using ethylacetate/hexane (1/3) as the eluting solvent to yield 2221 (0.075 g,68%).

Part C:

Intermediate 2221 (0.06 g, 0.15 mmol) was dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (0.5 mL),followed by addition of trimethylsilyl iodide (0.034 mL, 0.24 mmol) at0° C. The mixture was stirred at r.t. for 2 hours. The reaction wasquenched with methanol (5 mL) and stirred for another 2 hours. Thereaction mixture was concentrated to provide the crude amine 2222, whichwas used without additional purification.

Example 51Q

Part A:

Compound 2223 (2.2 g, 13.9 mmol) was dissolved in methylene chloride (25mL) and triethylamine (3.9 mL, 27.8 mmol), DMAP (100 mg), anddi-t-butyidicarbonate (3.33 g, 15.3 mmol) were added. The reactionmixture was stirred for 5 hours at room temperature and then dilutedwith water and methylene chloride. The organic layers were washed with1N HCl, saturated sodium bicarbonate, water, brine, dried over sodiumsulfate and concentrated. Purification by column chromatography (SiO₂,33% ethyl acetate/hexanes) afforded the desired product (3.0 g). ¹H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 4.60 (m, 1H), 4.20 (q, 2H), 2.70-2.60 (m, 1H), 2.50(m, 1H), 2.40-2.30 (m, 1H), 2.05 (m, 1H), 1.50 (s, 9H), 1.20 (t, 3H).

Part B:

Compound 2162 (630 mg, 2.44 mmol) was added tot-butoxy-bis(dimethylamino)methane (2224) (0.705 mL, 3.42 mmol) andstirred at 80° C. overnight. The excess reagent was removed underreduced pressure to provide 2225 that was used without purification (750mg). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.10 (m, 1H), 4.50 (m, 1H), 4.30-4.20 (m,2H), 3.30 (m, 1H), 3.00 (s, 6H), 2.80 (m, 1H), 1.50 (s, 9H), 1.30 (m,3H).

Part C:

Compound 2225 (750 mg, 2.4 mmol) was dissolved in ethyl acetate (12 mL)and 10% Pd—C (200 mg) was added under an argon atmosphere. The reactionmixture was placed under a hydrogen atmosphere and stirred for 96 hoursat room temperature. The reaction was filtered and the solvent wasevaporated. Purification by column chromatography (SiO₂, 33% ethylacetate/hexanes) afforded the desired product (350 mg). ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) δ 4.50 (m, 1H), 4.25 (q, 2H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 1.65 (m, 1H), 1.50(s, 9H), 1.32 (t, 3H), 1.28 (d, 3H).

Part D:

Compound 2226 (200 mg, 0.73 mmol) was dissolved in THF (2 mL) and boranedimethyl sulfide (2M in THF, 1.5 mL) was added. The reaction mixture wasstirred for 40 hours and then cooled in an ice bath and quenched slowlywith methanol. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was purifiedby column chromatography (SiO₂, 33% ethyl acetate/hexanes) to afford thedesired product (80 mg). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ3.95 (m, 1H),3.75-3.50 (m, 3H), 2.75 (t, 1H), 2.25 (m, 2H), 1.50 (s, 9H), 1.20 (m,1H), 1.00 (d, 3H).

Part E:

Compound 2227 (70 mg, 0.32 mmol) was dissolved in acetone (3 mL) andJones Reagent (1 mL) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture wasstirred overnight and then quenched with methanol. The mixture was thenfiltered and concentrated. The residue was dissolved in saturated sodiumbicarbonate and washed with diethyl ether. The aqueous layer wasacidified to pH 2 and then extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethylacetate layers were dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated toprovide the desired product (55 mg). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 4.30-4.20(m, 1H), 3.80-3.70 (m, 1H), 2.95 (m, 1H), 2.50-2.30 (m, 1H), 2.25 (m,1H), 1.80-1.60 (m, 1H), 1.50 (d, 9H), 1.05 (m, 3H).

Part F:

Compound 2228 (370 mg, 1.62 mmol) was dissolved in toluene (2 mL) andmethanol (2 mL) and cooled in an ice bath. A solution of trimethylsilyldiazomethane (2M in hexanes, 1.5 mL) was added dropwise. The solutionwas stirred for 1 hour and then concentrated. The residue was dissolvedin ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with 1N HCl,saturated sodium bicarbonate, brine, dried over sodium sulfate, andconcentrated to provide the methyl ester 2229 (310 mg).

Part G:

In a separate flask diisopropylamine (1.0 mL) was dissolved in THF (10mL) and cooled to −78° C. A solution of n-butyl lithium (2.5 M inhexanes, 2.55 mL) was added dropwise and stirred for 30 minutes. Thissolution was added dropwise to a solution of the methyl ester 2229 (310mg, 1.27 mmol) and chloroiodomethane (0.9 g, 5.08 mmol) in THF (5 mL) at−78° C. After thirty minutes the reaction was quenched dropwise withacetic acid (1 mL) in THF (5 mL). The reaction mixture was warmed toroom temperature and diluted with water and ethyl acetate. The organiclayer was dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. Purification bycolumn chromatography (SiO₂, 25% ethyl acetate/hexanes) afforded thedesired alpha-chloro ketone 2230 (150 mg).

Part H:

The alpha-chloro ketone 2230 (150 mg, 0.575 mmol) was dissolved in DMF(5 mL) and ethyl thiourea (134 mg, 1.15 mmol) was added and stirred at80° C. overnight. The reaction mixture was partitioned between ethylacetate and water. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried oversodium sulfate and concentrated. Purification by column chromatography(SiO₂, ethyl acetate) afforded the desired product 2231 (85 mg). HPLC-MSt_(R)=1.35 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₁₅H₂₅N₃O₂S311.1, observed LCMS m/z 312.1 (M+H).

Part I:

Compound 2231 (85 mg, 0.30 mmol) was dissolved in 4M HCl in dioxane (2mL) and methanol (0.5 mL) and stirred for 30 minutes. The solvents wereremoved to provide 2232 as a di-HCl salt (65 mg). ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ 9.50 (bs, 1H), 8.70 (bs, 1H), 7.80 (bs, 1H), 6.70 (s, 1H),4.50 (m, 1H), 3.30-3.20 (m, 2H), 2.75-2.65 (m, 2H), 2.40 (m, 2H), 1.70(m, 1H), 1.15 (t, 3H), 1.10 (d, 3H).

The following compounds were prepared using previously describedprocedures. MS Compound Exact m/z # Structure mass (M + H) 2233

494.2 495.2 2234

506.2 507.1 2235

462.2 463.1 2236

510.2 511.1 2237

510.2 511.1 2238

524.2 525.1 2239

524.2 525.1 2240

524.2 525.1 2241

497.2 498.1 2242

450.2 451.1 2243

484.1 485.0 2244

498.2 499.1 2245

496.2 497.1 2246

496.2 497.1 2247

438.2 439.1 2248

452.2 453.1 2249

479.2 480.1 2250

482.2 483.1 2251

469.2 470.0 2252

484.2 485.1 2253

530.2 531.1 2254

428.2 429.2 2255

470.2 471.1 2256

498.2 499.1 2257

512.2 513.1 2258

538.2 539.2 2259

547.2 548.2 2260

498.2 499.1 2261

526.2 527.1 2262

480.2 481.1 2263

480.2 481.1 2264

480.2 481.3 2265

498.2 499.1 2266

498.2 499.1 2267

514.2 515.1 2268

498.2 499.1 2269

509.2 510.1 2270

562.2 563.0 2271

512.2 513.1

Example 52 Example 52A

Part A:

Sodium pellets (1.0 g, 43 mmol) were dissolved in ethanol (35 mL).Compound 2272 (1.4 g, 7.2 mmol) was added to the solution and thereaction was refluxed overnight. The solvent was removed under reducedpressure and the residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate andwater. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried oversodium sulfate and concentrated to afford 2273 (1.3 g). The product wasused without further purification. HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.92 min (UV_(254 nm));mass calculated for formula C₇H₈NOBr 201.0, observed LCMS m/z 202.1(M+H).

Part B:

Compound 2273 (171 mg, 0.8592 mmol) was dissolved in toluene (10 mL).The boronic acid 1270 (409 mg, 1.69 mmol), Pd₂(dba)₃ (38 mg, 0.0423mmol), S-PHOS (34 mg, 0.084 mmol), potassium phosphate (358 mg, 1.69mmol) were added to the solution and stirred at reflux overnight. Thereaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and filtered, and thetoluene was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was partitionedbetween ethyl acetate and water. The combined organic layers were driedover sodium sulfate and concentrated to afford 2274 (190 mg). Thematerial was used without further purification. HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.21 min(UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₁₉H₂₄N₂O₃ 328.2, observedLCMS m/z 329.2 (M+H).

Part C:

Compound 2274 (190 mg, 0.584 mmol) was dissolved in methylene chloride(4 mL) and TFA (1 mL) and stirred for 30 minutes. The solvents wereremoved to provide 2275 as the TFA salt (190 mg).

Example 52B

Part A:

Compound 559 (100 mg, 0.35 mmol) was dissolved in dioxane (5 mL). Thenboronic acid 2276 (113 mg, 0.52 mmol), Pd₂(dba)₃ (27 mg, 0.03 mmol),triphenylphosphine (13.7 mg, 0.052 mmol), potassium phosphate (148 mg,0.70 mmol) were added to the solution and stirred at reflux overnight.The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and filtered, andthe toluene was removed under reduced pressure. The residue waspartitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The combined organic layerswere dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. Purification by columnchromatography (SiO₂, 25% ethyl acetate/hexanes) afforded 2277 (80 mg).¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.50 (d, 1H), 7.45 (m, 2H), 7.30-7.15 (m, 5H),7.20-7.10 (m, 2H), 7.00-6.90 (m, 3H), 4.30 (d, 2H), 1.45 (s, 9H).

Part B:

Compound 2277 (80 mg, 0.21 mmol) was dissolved in 4 M HCl in dioxane (2mL) and stirred at room temperature for 1 hr. The reaction was dilutedwith diethyl ether (5 mL) and 2278 (60 mg) was collected by filtration.

Example 52C

Part A:

Compound 2279 (500 mg, 3.08 mmol), cesium carbonate (3.0 g, 9.25 mmol),and 2-bromophenol (527 mg, 3.08 mmol) were dissolved in DMF (15 mL) andstirred at 60° C. for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was partitionedbetween ethyl acetate and water. The organic layers were washed withsaturated sodium bicarbonate, brine, dried over sodium sulfate, andconcentrated. Purification by column chromatography (SiO₂, 10% ethylacetate/hexanes) afforded 2280 (400 mg). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.50(m, 1H), 7.20 (m, 1H), 6.85 (d, 1H), 6.80 (t, 1H), 3.90 (d, 2H), 2.40(m, 1H), 1.85 (m, 2H), 1.60-1.45 (m, 4H), 1.40 (m, 2H).

Part B:

Compound 2280 (157 mg, 0.50 mmol), compound 568 (250 mg, 1.02 mmol),Pd₂(dba)₃ (9.1 mg, 0.01 mmol), S-PHOS (8.3 mg, 0.02 mmol), potassiumfluoride (350 mg, 3.0 mmol) were dissolved in dioxane (8 mL) and stirredat reflux overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperatureand filtered, and the toluene was removed under reduced pressure. Theresidue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The combinedorganic layers were dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated.Purification by column chromatography (SiO₂, 10% ethyl acetate/hexanes)afforded 2281 (200 mg). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.60 (m, 2H), 7.40 (m,2H), 7.30 (m, 2H), 7.00 (m, 2H), 4.60 (d, 2H), 3.85 (d, 2H), 2.35 (m,1H), 1.80 (m, 2H), 1.60 (m, 4H), 1.30 (m, 2H).

Part C:

Compound 2281 (100 mg, 0.317 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (5 mL) and asaturated solution of potassium carbonate (1 mL) was added and thereaction was stirred for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was partitionedbetween ethyl acetate and water. The organic layers were washed withsaturated sodium bicarbonate, brine, dried over sodium sulfate, andconcentrated to afford 2282 (40 mg). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.55 (d,2H), 7.40 (m, 4H), 7.00 (m, 2H), 4.60 (d, 2H), 3.85 (d, 2H), 2.35 (m,1H), 1.80 (m, 2H), 1.60 (m, 4H), 1.35 (m, 2H).

Example 52D

Part A:

Compound 567 (500 mg, 2.29 mmol), 4-cyanophenylboronic acid (483 mg,3.43 mmol), Pd₂(dba)₃ (70 mg, 0.08 mmol), triphenylphosphine (70 mg,0.26 mmol), potassium phosphate (970 mg, 4.58 mmol) were dissolved indioxane (15 mL) and stirred at reflux overnight. The reaction mixturewas cooled to room temperature and filtered and the dioxane was removedunder reduced pressure. The residue was partitioned between ethylacetate and water. The combined organic layers were dried over sodiumsulfate and concentrated. Purification by column chromatography (SiO₂,5% ethyl acetate/hexanes) afforded 2283 (240 mg). ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) δ 7.70-7.58 (m, 4H), 7.27-7.23 (m, 1H), 6.75-6.70 (m, 2H), 4.05(q, 2H), 1.38 (t, 3H).

Part B:

Compound 2284 was prepared according to the procedure in J. Org. Chem.1992, 57, 4521-4527.

Example 52E

Part A:

To a mixture of compound 841 (2.96 g, 10 mmol), pyrrole-2-carbonitrile(1.1 g, 12 mmol) and 1,10-phenanthroline (1.17 g, 6.5 mmol) in DMA (10mL) was added cesium carbonate (6.52 g, 20 mmol) and CuI (0.42 g, 2.2mmol) and the mixture was heated at 150° C. for 18 hours. The mixturewas filtered and rinsed with EtOAc (100 mL). The filtrate was washedwith water (2×10 mL) and brine (10 mL), dried over MgSO₄ andconcentrated. Purification by column chromatography (SiO₂, 10%EtOAc/hexane followed by 20% EtOAc/hexane) afforded compound 2285 as anoil (0.17 g, 5.7%).

Part B:

A mixture of compound 2285 (0.17 g, 0.57 mmol) and aq. 1M LiOH (1 mL, 1mmol) in dioxane (3 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours.The reaction mixture was concentrated and added water (2 mL) andextracted with CH₂Cl₂ (2×10 mL). The organic layer was dried over MgSO₄,filtered and concentrated. Purification by column chromatography (SiO₂,1% MeOH/CH₂Cl₂ followed by 5% MeOH/CH₂Cl₂) afforded compound 2286 as anoil (0.085 g, 71%).

Example 52F

Part A:

To a solution of compound 2287 (20.6 g, 136.4 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (200 mL)was added triethylamine (27.5 g, 272.8 mmol) and the reaction mixturewas cooled to 0° C., and (Boc)₂O (32.7 g, 150 mmol) was added. Themixture was stirred at 0° C. for 10 minutes and then warmed to roomtemperature and stirred for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was washedwith aq. sat. NH₄Cl (100 mL) and dried over MgSO₄, filtered andconcentrated. Purification by column chromatography (SiO₂, 10%EtOAc/hexane followed by 15% EtOAc/hexane) afforded the compound 2288 aswhite solid (32.7 g, 95%).

Part B:

To a solution of compound 2288 (3.95 g, 15.7 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (200 mL) at−78° C. was added a solution of 1M BBr3/CH₂Cl₂ (37 mL) dropwise via adropping funnel over 15 minutes. The reaction mixture was stirred at−78° C. for 2 hours, then poured carefully into MeOH (100 mL) andconcentrated to a brown tar (3.6 g). Trituration with ether (3×20 mL)and concentrated afforded compound 2289 as brown tar which was used innext reaction without further purification.

Part C:

The crude compound 2289 was suspended in CH₂Cl₂ (100 mL) andtriethylamine (8.8 mL, 63 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture wascooled to 0° C. and (Boc)₂O (3.77 g, 17.3 mmol) was added. The mixturewas stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction mixture wasthen washed with water (100 mL), sat. NaHCO₃ (25 mL) and brine (10 mL).The organic layer was dried over MgSO₄, filtered and concentrated.Purification by column chromatography (SiO₂, 10% EtOAc/hexane followedby 15% EtOAc/hexane and 20% EtOAc/hexane) afforded compound 2290 as anoil (1.85 g, 62% over two steps).

Part D:

To a solution of compound 2290 (0.45 g, 1.9 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (10 mL) wasadded a solution of NBS (0.34 g, 1.9 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (10 mL) via adropping funnel. Stirred at room temperature for 3.5 hours and thenwashed with aq. 10% H₂SO₄ (10 mL). The organic layer was dried overMgSO₄, filtered and concentrated. Purification by column chromatography(SiO₂, 100% CH₂Cl₂ followed by 1% EtOAc/CH₂Cl₂) afforded compound 2291(0.13 g, 21%).

Part E:

To a solution of compound 2291 (0.22 g, 0.7 mmol) in acetone (6 mL) wasadded K₂CO₃ (0.288 g, 2.1 mmol) followed by a solution of methyl iodide(0.065 mL, 1.05 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at roomtemperature for 18 hours. The mixture was filtered and concentrated todryness. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc (20 mL) and washed withwater (2 mL) followed by brine (2 mL). The organic layer was dried overMgSO₄, filtered and concentrated to afford the compound 2292 (0.2 g,86%).

Part F:

Compound 2293 was prepared following the procedure described in Example52E, Part A.

Part G:

Compound 2294 was prepared from compound 2293 via TFA deprotection asdescribed in Example 1.

Example 52G

Part A:

Compound 2295 was prepared from compound 2292 2293 via TFA as describedin Example 1.

Examples 52H

Part A:

Compound 2289 was converted to compound 2296 via the procedure describedin Example 52F Part C and using trifluoroacetic anhydride in place ofBoc₂O.

Part B, C, D:

Compounds 2297, 2298 and 2299 were prepared following the proceduresdescribed in Example 52F, Part D, E and F using benzyl bromide andcyclopropyl bromide in place of methyl iodide.

Part E:

Compound 2300 were prepared from compound 2299 following the proceduresdescribed in Example 52E, Part B.

Example 52I

Part A:

A mixture of compound 2299 (0.27 g, 0.69 mmol), 10% Pd—C (0.18 g) andEtOH (25 mL) was stirred under hydrogen atmosphere at 55 psi for 18hours. Filtered through celite and rinsed with CH₂Cl₂ and concentratedto afford the desired compound 2301 (0.21 g, 100%).

Part B, C:

Compounds 2302 and 2303 were prepared following the procedures describedin Example 52H, Part C and E and using 1-bromo-2-butyne as thealkylating reagent.

Example 52J

Part A:

A mixture of compound 2304 (60 mg), 10% Pd—C (30 mg) and MeOH (10 mL)was stirred at room temperature under hydrogen atmosphere for 18 hours.Filtered and rinsed with CH₂Cl₂ and concentrated to afford the desiredproduct 2305 (50 mg).

Example 52K

Part A:

Compound 2307 was prepared from compound 2306 following the proceduredescribed in Example 52F, Part B.

Example 52L

Part A:

To a mixture of 2307 (0.065 g, 0.18 mmol) in acetone (10 mL) was addedK₂CO₃(0.082 g, 0.59 mmol) followed by benzyl bromide (0.022 mL, 0.19mmol) and the reaction mixture was refluxed for 18 hours. DMF (0.5 mL)was added to the reaction mixture and heated at 70° C. for 18 hours. Thereaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and EtOAc (5 mL) wasadded, then was washed with water (2×1 mL) followed by brine (1 mL). Theorganic layer was dried over MgSO₄, filtered and concentrated.Purification by column chromatography (SiO₂, 5% MeOH(NH₃)/CH₂Cl₂)afforded 2308 (0.019 g, 23%).

Example 52M

Part A:

To a solution of 5-bromopicoline (20 g, 116 mmol) in chloroform (100 mL)at 0° C. was added portionwise 77% mCPBA (28.7 g, 128 mmol) over 20 min.The reaction mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature overnight,after which time the solid was filtered off, the filtrate was washedwith saturated Na₂CO₃, dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated to afford2309 (17.83 g, 82%) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.39 (s,1H), 7.29 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 2.47 (s, 3H).

Part B:

Compound 2309 (15 g, 80 mmol) was cooled to 0° C., and trifluoroaceticanhydride (35 mL, 250 mmol) was slowly added under argon. The mixturewas allowed to stir at room temperature for 30 min, then at 55° C. for30 min after which it was cooled to 0° C. in an ice bath. NaHCO₃ aqueoussolution (10%, 150 mL) was slowly added with caution. After thecompletion of addition, the mixture was allowed to stir at roomtemperature for 6 h. The solution was extracted with dichloromethane,dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated. The residue was purified by flashcolumn chromatography on silica gel (EtOAc/hexane 50:50), affordingproduct 2310 as a white solid (9.2 g, 61%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.61 (d, J=1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (dd, J=7.9, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (dd, J=8.3,0.9 Hz, 1H), 4.73 (s, 2H), 3.37 (br s, 1H).

Part C:

To a solution of 2310 (9.0 g, 47.86 mmol) in toluene (40 mL) was addedPBr₃ (5 mL, 52.6 mmol) dropwise. After the completion of addition, themixture was stirred at 100° C. for 2 h. It was cooled to roomtemperature; the solid was collected by filtration to afford 2311 as ayellow solid (HBr salt, 14.83 g, 93%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.74(br, 1H), 8.66 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 8.06 (dd, J=8.4, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 7.19(dd, J=8.3, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 4.67 (s, 2H).

Part D:

To a solution of 2311 (14.83 g, 44.7 mmol) in DMF at 0° C. was slowlyadded Cs₂CO₃ (29.1 g, 89.4 mmol) and potassium phthalimde (9.1 g, 49.2mmol). The reaction mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature for6 h after which the solvent was evaporated to dryness. The resultingsolid was washed with H₂O. The solid cake was recrystallized in hotEtOH, affording compound 2312 (7.64 g, 54%) as a white solid. ¹H NMR(400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.54 (d, J=1.9 Hz, 1H), 8.00 (dd, J=8.4, 2.3 Hz,1H), 7.90-7.83 (m, 4H), 7.41 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 4.88 (s, 2H).

Part E:

A mixture of Pd(OAc)₂ (45 mg, 0.2 mmol),2-bis(tert-butyl)phosphino-biphenyl (120 mg, 0.4 mmol), compound 2312(3.17 g, 10 mmol), 2-trifluoromethoxyphenyl boronic acid (2.47 g, 12mmol) and KF (2.1 g, 36 mmol) was charged into a 250-mL round bottomflask. Then THF (30 mL) was added under argon, and the reaction mixturewas allowed at stir at 50° C. overnight, after which it was cooled toroom temperature, filtered through celite and concentrated. Flash columnchromatography on silica gel (EtOAc/hexane (5:95) provided compound 2313(3.27 g, 82%) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.59 (d, J=1.5Hz, 1H), 7.91-7.89 (m, 2H), 7.77-7.73 (m, 3H), 7.44-7.34 (m, 5H), 5.08(s, 2H).

Part F:

Compound 2314 was prepared according to the same procedure as in Example52M Part A. HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.74 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated forformula C₂₁H₁₃F₃N₂O₄ 414.1, observed LCMS m/z 415.0 (M+H).

Part G:

To a solution of compound 2314 (210 mg, 0.51 mmol) in EtOH (10 mL) wasadded with hydrazine (0.5 mL). The solution was refluxed for 3 h, thencooled to room temperature. After removing the precipitate byfiltration, the solution was concentrated. The resulting residue wasextracted with Et₂O and concentrated, affording compound 2315 as a paleyellow oil (160 mg, 91%). HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.74 min (UV_(254 nm)); masscalculated for formula C₁₃H₁₁F₃N₂O₂ 284.1, observed LCMS m/z 285.1(M+H).

Example 52N

Part A:

To compound 2314 (200 mg, 0.48 mmol) in acetonitrile (1 mL) was addedEt₃N (0.094 mL, 0.672 mmol) and Me₃SiCN (0.225 mL, 1.69 mmol)subsequently under argon. The reaction mixture was stirred at 80° C. for48 h, after which it was cooled to room temperature and concentrated invacuo. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc, washed with saturated NaHCO₃,brine, dried (Na₂SO₄), and concentrated. Flash column chromatography(EtOAc/hexane 40:60) afforded compound 2316 (130 mg, 64%). HPLC-MSt_(R)=2.06 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₂₂H₁₂F₃N₃O₃423.1, observed LCMS m/z 424.0 (M+H).

Part B:

Compound 2317 was prepared using the procedure described in Example 52MPart G. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.77 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (d, J=8.0Hz, 1H), 7.47-7.42 (m, 4H), 4.12 (s, 2H). 1.98 (br s, 2H).

Example 52O

Part A:

Phosphorous trichloride (0.330 mL, 3.62 mmol) was added to a solution of2314 (300 mg, 0.72 mmol) in CHCl₃ (1 mL). The reaction mixture wasstirred at 60° C. overnight, after which it was cooled to roomtemperature and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved inEtOAc, washed with saturated NaHCO₃, brine, dried (Na₂SO₄), andconcentrated. Flash column chromatography (EtOAc/hexane 30:70) afforded2318 (180 mg, 58%). HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.33 min (UV_(254 nm)); masscalculated for formula C₂₁H₁₂ClF₃N₂O₃ 432.1, observed LCMS m/z 433.0(M+H).

Part B:

Compound 2319 was prepared using the procedure described in Example 52MPart G. HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.26 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated forformula C₁₃H₁₀ClF₃N₂O 302.0, observed LCMS m/z 303.0 (M+H).

Example 52P

Part A:

3-Bromo-2-chloro-6-picoline (1.0 g, 4.84 mmol) and NBS (1.20 g, 6.78mmol) were dissolved in CCl₄ (20 mL). The solution was briefly flushedwith argon, then AIBN (16 mg, 0.097 mmol) was added. The mixture wasstirred at room temperature overnight, after which the solvent wasevaporated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash columnchromatography (EtOAc/hexane 5:95) providing compound 2320 as a whitesolid (1.28 g, 92%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.01 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H),7.65 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 4.19 (s, 2H).

Part B:

Compound 2321 was prepared according to the procedure described inExample 52M, Part D. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.19 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H),7.92-7.84 (m, 4H), 7.41 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.86 (s, 2H).

Part C:

Compound 2322 was prepared according to the procedure described inExample 52M, Part G. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.87 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H),7.41 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 3.93 (s, 2H), 1.78 (br s, 2H).

Part D:

Compound 2322 (370 mg, 1.67 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added dropwise intothe solution of Boc₂O (437 mg, 2.0 mmol) in THF (10 mL), followed byDIEA (300 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight andconcentrated. Column chromatography on silica gel (EtOAc/hexane 20:80)provided compound 2323 (450 mg, 84%) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) δ 7.89 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 5.35 (br s,1H), 4.37 (d, J=5.9 Hz, 2H), 1.47 (s, 9H).

Part E:

Sodium (4 pellets) was dissolved in MeOH (15 mL). The mixture wasstirred at room temperature for 10 min until all the sodium had reacted.To this solution was added compound 2323 (450 mg, 1.4 mmol) in MeOH (5mL) via syringe. The reaction mixture was stirred at 60° C. for 48 h andconcentrated. The residue was dissolved with EtOAc and 1 N NH₄Clsolution, washed with brine, dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated. Columnchromatography (SiO₂, EtOAc/hexane 20:80) afforded compound 2324 as awhite solid (350 mg, 79%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.43 (d, J=7.3 Hz,1H), 6.73 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 5.26 (br s, 1H), 4.32 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 2H),4.02 (s, 3H), 1.48 (s, 9H).

Part F:

Compound 2325 was prepared according to the same procedure as in Example52M Part E for the Suzuki coupling. HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.35 min(UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₁₉H₂₁F₃N₂O₄ 398.2, observedLCMS m/z 399.1 (M+H).

Part G:

Compound 2325 was deprotected with TFA in CH₂Cl₂. HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.12 min(UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₁₄H₁₃F₃N₂O₂ 298.1, observedLCMS m/z 299.0 (M+H).

Example 52Q

Part A:

Ethyl-4-hydroxycyclohexylcarboxylate (2327) (cis/trans mixture) (4.3 g,25 mmol), 2-trifluoromethylbenzimidazole (4.65 g, 25 mmol), andtriphenylphosphine (9.8 g, 37.5 mmol) were dissolved in dioxane (60 mL).The resulting solution was treated with diethyldiazodicarboxylate (6.5g, 37.5 mmol), dropwise, over a period of 1 h and stirred for 16 h. Thereaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (200 mL) and washed insequence with water (2×100 mL) and brine (1×100 mL). The organics weredried and concentrated to yield a crude which was subjected tosilica-gel column chromatography (10% ethyl acetate/hexane) to yieldpure 2328 (0.2 g, 0.6 mmol).

Part B:

LiAlH₄ was added to dry THF (40 mL) and the mixture was then cooled to0° C. Then ester 2328 (0.2 g, 0.6 mmol) in THF (5 mL) was added to themixture dropwise. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to ambienttemperature and stirred for 48 h, then cooled back to 0° C. and quenchedby the sequential addition of 1 mL of water, 2 mL of 0.5 N NaOH, and 1mL of water. The resulting mixture was stirred vigorously for 2 h andthen filtered through Celite. The filtrate was concentrated to yieldpure 2329 as an oil (0.2 g, 0.6 mmol).

Part C:

Alcohol 2329 (0.2 g, 0.6 mmol) and triethylamine (0.18 g, 1.8 mmol) weredissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (200 mL) and cooled to 0° C. The cooled solution wasstirred, and CH₃SO₂Cl (as a CH₂Cl₂ solution; 0.2 g, 1.8 mmol, 5 mLCH₂Cl₂) was added dropwise, and the stirring was continued for 24 h. Thereaction mixture was then washed two times with 50 mL of water and twotimes with 50 mL of brine. The organic and aqueous phases wereseparated, and the organic phase was dried, and concentrated to providepure product 2330 as an oil (0.21 g).

Part D:

The mesylate 2330 was dissolved in DMF (10 mL) and treated with NaN₃(0.23 g, 1.8 mmol), and the mixture was stirred vigorously for 36-72 h.The reaction mixture was then diluted with 100 mL water and extractedwith ethyl acetate (2×100 mL). The organic phases were combined, dried,and concentrated to yield pure azide 2331 (0.19 g, 87%).

Part E:

The azide 2331 (0.19 g, 0.6 mmol)) and triphenylphosphine (0.15 g, 0.6mmol) were dissolved in 5 mL of THF, and then water (0.6 mL, 33.3 mmol)was added. The resulting mixture was stirred vigorously for 16-24 h. Thesolvent was removed and the crude amine 2332 was taken to the next stepwithout further purification.

The following compounds were prepared using previously describedprocedures. MS Compound Exact m/z # Structure mass (M + H) 2333

537.2 538.1 2334

523.2 524.1 2335

413.2 414.2 2336

460.2 461.0 2337

484.2 485.2 2338

494.3 495.2 2339

480.3 481.1 2340

466.3 467.2 2341

486.3 487.2 2342

512.3 513.2 2343

497.3 498.2 2344

458.2 459.2 2345

526.2 527.0 2346

483.2 484.0 2347

469.2 470.0 2348

517.2 518.0 2349

431.2 432.1 2350

453.2 454.1 2351

558.2 559.1 2352

558.2 559.1 2306

385.2 386.1 2307

371.2 372.1 2308

461.2 462.1 2353A

571.3 572.3 2353B

557.3 558.1 2354

459.2 460.1 2355

465.2 466.3 2356

477.1 478.3 2357

541.2 542.3 2358

505.2 506.3 2304

527.2 528.3 2359

489.2 490.3 2360

503.2 504.3 2305

437.2 438.1

Example 53 Example 53A

Part A:

Compound 2361 was prepared using procedures described in Adamczyk, M. etal. Synth. Commun. 2002, 32, 3199-3205.

According to a modification of a procedure by Neidigh, K. A. et al. (J.Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans. 1 1998, 2527-2531) a mixture of ketone 2361(1.56 g, 7 mmol), titanium (IV) isopropoxide (4.1 mL, 14 mmol),methylamine hydrochloride (0.94 g, 14 mmol) and triethylamine (1.95 mL,14 mmol) in ethanol (15 mL) was stirred at rt overnight. Then sodiumborohydride (0.4 g, 10.5 mmol) was added and the resulting mixture wasstirred at rt for 8 h. The reaction mixture was then poured into aqueousammonium hydroxide (40 mL), the resulting white inorganic precipitatewas filtered off, and washed several times with dichloromethane. Theorganic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted withdichloromethane. Combined dichloromethane extracts were washed withbrine, concentrated and chromatographed (SiO₂, 5%methanol/dichloromethane) to give 2362 (1.03 g, 62%). ¹H NMR (400 Mhz,CDCl₃) δ 7.30-7.17 (m, 5H), 4.31-4.30 (d, 1H), 3.78-3.62 (m, 2H),3.57-3.47 (m, 2H), 2.97-2.70 (m, 3H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 1.27-1.20 (m, 6H).

Part B:

Compound 2005 was prepared using procedures described in Example 27.Compound 2363 was prepared using the coupling conditions described inExample 1. HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.42 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated forformula C₃₄H₄₅FN₄O₆ 624.3, observed LCMS m/z 625.2 (M+H).

Part C:

Compound 2364 was prepared using the cyclization conditions described inExample 29. HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.66 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated forformula C₃₀H₃₄FN₅O₃ 531.3, observed LCMS m/z 532.2 (M+H).

Part D:

Compound 2364 was deprotected using procedures described in Example 29.Purification by prep-LC and conversion to a hydrochloric salt afforded2365 as an off-white solid. HPLC-MS t_(R)=3.54 min (10 min;UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₂₇H₃₀FN₅O₃ 491.2, observedLCMS m/z 492.1 (M+H).

Example 53B

Part A:

Compound 2366 was prepared using procedures described in Waldvogel, E.et al. Helv. Chim. Acta. 1997, 80, 2084-2099.

Compound 2367 was prepared using the coupling conditions described inExample 1. HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.88 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated forformula C26H35FN4O6 518.2, observed LCMS m/z 519.2 (M+H).

Part B:

Compound 2368 was prepared using the cyclization conditions described inExample 29. HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.40 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated forformula C24H30FN5O3 455.2, observed LCMS m/z 456.1 (M+H).

Part C:

Compound 2368 was deprotected using procedures described in Example 29.Purification by prep-LC and conversion to a hydrochloric salt afforded2369 as an off-white solid. HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.99 min (10 min;UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₂₁H₂₆FN₅O₃ 415.2, observedLCMS m/z 416.2 (M+H).

Example 53C

Part A:

Compound 2370 was prepared using previously described procedures inExample 29. HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.30 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated forformula C23H28FN5O3 441.2, observed LCMS m/z 442.1 (M+H).

According to a modification of a procedure by Miller, R. D. et al.(Chem. Mater. 1994, 6, 1023-1032) to an ice cold solution of compound2370 (104 mg, 0.23 mmol) and pyridine (0.039 mL, 0.48 mmol) indichloromethane (3 mL) was added dropwise a solution of bromine (0.016mL, 0.31 mmol) in dichloromethane (1 mL) and the resulting solution wasstirred at 0° C. for 20 min. The reaction mixture was quenched with 10%sodium thiosulfate solution, and extracted with dichloromethane.Combined organic extracts were dried, concentrated and chromatographed(SiO₂, gradient elution 50% to 80% ethyl acetate/hexane, ethyl acetatefollowed by 5% methanol/ethyl acetate) to give 2371 as a white solid (35mg, 37% based on reacted starting material). HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.94 min(UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C23H27BrFN5O3 519.1, observedLCMS m/z 520.0 (M+H).

Part B:

Compound 2371 was deprotected using procedures described in Example 29.Purification by prep-LC and conversion to a hydrochloric salt afforded2372 as a white solid. HPLC-MS t_(R)=3.1 min (10 min; UV_(254 nm)); masscalculated for formula C20H23BrFN5O3 479.1, observed LCMS m/z 480.0(M+H).

Example 53D

Part A:

Compound 2373 was prepared using previously described procedures inExamples 1 and 27.

To a solution of 2373 (300 mg, 0.71 mmol) in methanol (7 mL) was addedhydrazine monohydrate (0.35 mL, 7.1 mmol) and the resulting mixture washeated at 70° C. in a sealed tube overnight. The mixture was then cooledto rt, concentrated, diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with water,brine and concentrated to give 2374 (220 mg, 73%).

¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.27-7.24 (m, 1H), 7.22-7.17 (m, 1H), 7.00 (t,1H, NH), 6.99-6.96 (m, 2H), 4.62-4.57 (dd, 2H), 3.51-3.48 (d, 2H),3.38-3.24 (m, 2H), 2.80-2.74 (m, 2H), 1.88-1.84 (d, 2H), 1.79-1.69 (m,1H), 1.61-1.50 (m, 2H), 1.53 (s, 3H), 1.52 (s, 3H). HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.49min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₂₀H₂₆FN₅O₄ 419.2observed LCMS m/z 420.1 (M+H).

Part B:

According to a modification of a procedure by Stocks, M. J. et al. (Org.Lett. 2004, 17, 2969-2971) to a solution of hydrazide 2374 (110 mg, 0.26mmol) in acetonitrile (1 mL) was added N,N-dimethylformamide dimethylacetal (0.035 mL, 0.26 mmol) and the mixture was heated at 50° C. for 50min. Then methylamine (0.18 mL of 2 M solution in THF, 0.36 mmol) wasadded, followed by acetic acid (1 mL) and the resulting mixture washeated at 80° C. overnight. The reaction mixture was then concentratedand chromatographed (SiO₂, 9:1:90methanol:triethylamine:dichloromethane) to give 2375. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) δ 8.42 (s, 1H), 7.27-7.24 (m, 1H), 7.21-7.18 (m, 1H), 7.02-6.97(m, 1H), 6.92 (t, 1H, NH), 5.48-5.37 (dd, 2H), 3.51-3.47 (m, 2H),3.36-3.23 (m, 2H), 2.80-2.74 (m, 2H), 1.88-1.81 (m, 2H), 1.76-1.70 (m,1H), 1.58-1.54 (m, 2H), 1.58 (s, 3H), 1.43 (s, 3H). HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.58min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C22H27FN6O3 442.2observed LCMS m/z 443.2 (M+H).

Part C:

Compound 2375 was deprotected with 4 M HCl in dioxane (3 mL) and water(0.3 mL) at 55° C. for 1 hour. Purification by prep-LC and conversion toa hydrochloric salt afforded 2376 as an off-white solid (20 mg). HPLC-MSt_(R)=1.23 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C19H23FN6O3402.2, observed LCMS m/z 403.1 (M+H).

Example 53E

Part A:

(tert-Butoxycarbonylmethylene)triphenylphosphorane (15.1 g, 40 mmol) wasadded portionwise to a solution of 2-pyridinecarboxaldehyde (4.28 g, 40mmol) in THF (60 mL) at 0° C. over a period of 5 min. The reactionmixture was allowed to stir at room temperature overnight. The solutionwas concentrated, extracted with hexane (120 mL). After filtration toremove the solid, the filtrate was concentrated to give a yellow oil.Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel (EtOAc/hexane 15:85)yielded the desired product 2377 (4.5 g, 55%) as slightly yellow liquid.¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.62 (d, J=4.9 Hz, 1H), 7.69 (td, J=6.6, 1.7Hz, 1H), 7.58 (d, J=15.5 Hz, 1H), 7,41 (dd, J=7.8, 0.6 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (m,1H), 6.82 (d, J=16.1 Hz, 1H), 1.54 (s, 9H).

Part B:

Compound 2377 (4.5 g, 21.92 mmol) was dissolved in dry DCM (40 mL) andcooled to 0° C., then 77% m-CPBA (5.41 g, 24.12 mmol) was added in threeportions over 5 min. The reaction mixture was allowed to stir overnightat room temperature. It was poured into saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (100mL) and the product was extracted into DCM. The organic layer was washedwith water and brine and dried (Na₂SO₄). Flash chromatography on silicagel (MeOH/DCM 5:95) afforded compound 2378 as a pale yellow solid (3.2g, 66%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.24 (m, 1H), 7.96 (d, J=16.0 Hz,1H), 7.51 (m, 1H), 7.22 (m, 1H), 6.85 (d, J=16.0 Hz, 1H), 1.55 (s, 1H).

Part C:

A 250-mL round bottom flask filled with H₂O (30 mL) was cooled to 0° C.in an ice bath. Reagents K₃[Fe(CN)₆] (9.88 g, 30 mmol), K₂CO₃ (6.91 g,50 mmol), and MeSO₂NH₂ (0.95 g, 10 mmol) were subsequently added,followed by K₂[OsO₂(OH)₄] (14.7 mg, 0.04 mmol), (DHQ)PHAL (233.7 mg, 0.3mmol), compound 2378 (2.21 g, 10 mmol) and t-BuOH (20 mL). The reactionmixture was stirred at 0° C. for 24 h. The solid was filtered off andwashed with excess EtOAc. The organic layer was separated. The aqueoussolution was concentrated to dryness, and the resulting solid wasextracted with CH₂Cl₂. The above EtOAc and CH₂Cl₂ solutions werecombined and concentrated. Flash chromatography on silica gel(MeOH/CH₂Cl₂ 10:90) provided compound 2379 as a white solid (2.2 g,86%). Recrystallization from EtOAc afforded analytically pure material(1.51 g, 52% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃), δ 8.24 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 1H),7.54 (dd, J=7.7, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (m, 1H), 5.41(d, J=2.6 Hz, 1H), 4.69 (d, J=2.7 Hz, 1H), 1.54 (s, 9H).

Part D:

Compound 2379 (1.0 g, 3.9 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (10 mL) was treated with TFA(4 mL). The solution was allowed to stir at room temperature for 2 h,and then concentrated to afford compound 2380 as a white solid (750 mg,96%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.20 (dd, J=6.3, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.54(dd, J=6.4, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.37-7.32 (m, 2H), 5.38 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 4.62(d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H).

Part E:

Compound 2381 was prepared using the coupling conditions described inExample 1. Purification by prep-LC afforded 2381 as a white solid (63mg). HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.30 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formulaC₂₁H₂₃FN₄O₄, 414.2, observed LCMS m/z 415.1 (M+H).

Part F:

To compound 2381 (25 mg, 0.06 mmol) in EtOH (5 mL) was added withsaturated NH₄Cl aqueous solution (5 mL) and indium (16.6 mg, 0.072mmol). The reaction mixture was allowed to reflux for 24 h. Aftercooling to room temperature, it was concentrated and extracted with DCM.The DCM extract was filtered and concentrated. Purification by columnchromatography on silica gel (Et₃N/MeOH/EtOAc 5:5:95) afforded compound2382 as a white solid (8.5 mg, 35%). HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.16 min(UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₂₁H₂₃FN₄O₃, 398.2, observedLCMS m/z 399.1 (M+H).

Example 53F

Part A:

Under argon, to a mixture of Pd₂(dba)₃ (384 mg, 0.42 mmol),tri(t-butyl)phosphinium tetrafluoroborate (243 mg, 0.84 mmol), and2,6-dichloropyrizine (5.0 g, 33.56 mmol) were added sequentially NMP (10mL), t-butyl acrylate (2.46 mL, 16.78 mmol) and Et₃N (3.51 mL, 25.17mmol). The reaction mixture was allowed to stir at 50° C. for 12 h.After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was diluted with EtOAcand water, filtered through a pad of celite, washed with water, brine,dried (Na₂SO₄), and concentrated. Flash column chromatography on silicagel (EtOAc/hexane 15:85) afforded compound 2383 as a pale yellow solid(2.32 g, 57%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, acetone-d₆) δ 8.84 (s, 1H), 8.68 (s,1H), 7.61 (d, J=15.7 Hz, 1H), 6.92 (d, J=15.5 Hz, 1H), 1.55 (s, 9H).

Part B:

A 50-mL round bottom flask filled with H₂O (9 mL) was cooled to 0° C. inan ice bath. Reagents K₃[Fe(CN)₆] (1.29 g, 3.93 mmol), K₂CO₃ (905 mg,6.55 mmol), and MeSO₂NH₂ (124.6 mg, 1.31 mmol) were subsequently added,followed by K₂[OsO₂(OH)₄] (2.0 mg, 0.005 mmol), (DHQ)PHAL (31.0 mg, 0.04mmol), compound 2383 (315 mg, 1 mmol) and t-BuOH (6 mL). The reactionmixture was stirred at 0° C. for 36 h. Then EtOAc and H₂O were added todissolve the solid. The organic layer was separated and the aqueouslayer was back extracted with EtOAc. The EtOAc extracts were combined,washed with water and brine, dried (Na₂SO₄), and concentrated. Flashchromatography on silica gel (EtOAc/hexane 40:60) provided compound 2384as a white solid (285 mg, 79%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.68 (s, 1H),8.54 (s, 1H), 5.13 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 4.55 (d, J=2.9 Hz, 1H), 1.55 (s,9H). HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.73 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formulaC₁₁H₁₅ClN₂O₄, 274.1, observed LCMS m/z 275.0 (M+H).

Part C:

Compound 2384 (285 mg, 1.04 mmol) in dioxane (5 mL) was treated with 4NHCl in dioxane (5 mL). After stirring at room temperature for 2 h, thesolution was concentrated to afford compound 2385 (200 mg, 88%). ¹H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.70 (s, 1H), 8.66 (s, 1H), 5.00 (d, J=2.6 Hz, 1H),4.31 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 1.55 (s, 9H).

Part D:

Compound 2386 was prepared using the coupling conditions described inExample 1. Purification by prep-LC afforded 2386 as a white solid (42mg). HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.55 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formulaC₂₀H₂₁ClFN₅O₃, 433.1, observed LCMS m/z 434.0

Part E:

Compound 2386 (20 mg, 0.046 mmol) along with 10% Pd/C (20 mg) in EtOAc(10 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 12 h under hydrogenatmosphere (1 atm). The solution was filtered through celite andconcentrated. Purification by prep-LC afforded 2387 as a white solid (15mg, 81%). HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.35 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated forformula C₂₀H₂₂FN₅O₃, 399.2, observed LCMS m/z 400.1

Example 53G

Part A:

To compound 2385 (150 mg, 0.69 mmol) in acetic acid (2 mL) was addedacetic anhydride (0.5 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at roomtemperature for 2 h, and then concentrated. The residue was dissolved inEtOAc, washed with H₂O, brine, dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated,giving rise to compound 2388 as oily solid (180 mg, 86%). HPLC-MSt_(R)=1.10 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₁₁H₁₁ClN₂O₆302.0, observed LCMS m/z 303.0 (M+H).

Part B:

To compound 2388 (180 mg, 0.59 mmol) and HATU (269 mg, 0.71 mmol) in DMF(4 mL) was added isoindoline (84 mg, 0.71 mmol). The reaction mixturewas stirred at room temperature for 12 h, and concentrated. The residuewas dissolved with EtOAc and water, washed with saturated bicarbonatesolution, and brine, dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated. Purificationby column chromatography on silica gel (EtOAc/hexane 60:40) afforded thedesired product 2389 as a pale yellow solid (150 mg, 63%). ¹H NMR (400MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.67 (s, 1H), 8.51 (s, 1H), 7.29 (m, 4H), 6.39 (d, J=7.1Hz, 1H), 5.93 (d, J=6.7 Hz, 1H), 5.21 (d, J=5.4 Hz, 1H), 5.05 (d, J=4.1Hz, 1H), 4.78 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 4.52 (d, J=4.7 Hz, 1H), 2.18 (s, 3H),2.16 (s, 3H). HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.70 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated forformula C₁₉H₁₈ClN₃O₅ 403.1, observed LCMS m/z 404.0 (M+H).

Part C:

A 4-mL vial was charged with Pd₂(dba)₃ (2.3 mg, 0.0025 mmol),tri(t-butyl)phosphonium tetrafluoroborate (1.5 mg, 0.0025 mmol),compound 2389 (20 mg, 0.05 mmol), phenylboronic acid (9.1 mg, 0.075mmol) and potassium fluoride (13 mg, 0.225 mmol). Under argon, dioxane(1 mL) was added via syringe. The vial was sealed with a Teflon coatedscrew cap and placed into an oil bath preheated to 80° C. The reactionmixture was allowed to stir at 80° C. for 12 h. LC-MS indicated thereaction was completed. After cooling to room temperature, the reactionmixture was filtered through celite with the aid of EtOAc. The filtratewas washed with saturated NaHCO3, brine, dried over Na2SO4, andconcentrated. The resulting solid (21 mg) was used for next step withoutpurification. HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.89 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated forformula C₂₅H₂₃N₃O₅ 445.1, observed LCMS m/z 446.0 (M+H).

Part D:

Compound 2390 (21 mg) was deprotected using procedures described inExample 2. Purification by prep-LC afforded 2391 as an off-white solid(8.3 mg). HPLC-MS t_(R)=4.02 min (10 min method) (UV_(254 nm)); masscalculated for formula C₂₁H₁₉N₃O₅ 361.1, observed LCMS m/z 362.0 (M+H).

Example 53H

Part A:

To compound 2389 (50 mg, 0.12 mmol) in NMP (1 mL) was added4-N-phenylpipyzine (29 mg, 0.18 mmol) and DIEA (0.032 mL, 0.18 mmol).The reaction mixture was allowed to stir at 80° C. for 16 h. Aftercooling to room temperature, the solution was diluted with EtOAc, washedwith water and brine, dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated. The resultingoily solid (52 mg) was utilized for next step without furtherpurification. HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.96 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated forformula C₂₉H₃₁N₅O₅ 529.2, observed LCMS m/z 530.2 (M+H).

Part B:

Compound 2392 (52 mg) was deprotected using procedures described inExample 2. Purification by prep-LC afforded 2393 as an off-white solid(15 mg). HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.60 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated forformula C₂₅H₂₇N₅O₃ 445.2, observed LCMS m/z 446.1 (M+H).

The following compounds were prepared using previously describedprocedures. MS Compound Exact m/z # Structure mass (M + H) 2394

451.2 452.2 2395

415.2 416.2 2382

398.2 399.1 2396

477.2 478.2 2397

341.2 342.1 2398

433.1 434.0 2376

402.2 403.1 2399

416.2 417.1 2400

415.2 416.2 2369

415.2 416.2 2401

442.2 443.2 2372

479.1 480.0 2402

477.2 478.1 2365

491.2 492.1 2387

399.2 400.1 2403

437.2 438.0 2393

445.2 446.1 2391

361.1 362.0 2408

386.2 387.1 2409

414.2 415.1 2410

462.2 463.1 2411

476.2 477.1 2412

414.2 415.1 2413

464.2 465.1 2414

463.2 464.2 2415

496.2 497.0 2416

469.2 470.0 2417

484.2 485.0 2418

496.2 497.0 2419

509.2 510.1 2420

427.2 428.2 2421

434.2 435.1 2422

388.2 389.1 2423

387.2 388.1 2424

413.2 414.1 2425

477.2 478.1

Example 54

Part A:

Methyl pipecolinate hydrochloride (2.0 g, 11 mmol) was dissolved in THF(20 mL) and saturated sodium bicarbonate (20 mL) and cooled in an icebath. Benzyl chloroformate (1.5 mL, 11 mmol) was added dropwise and thereaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixturewas partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer waswashed with 1 N HCl, saturated sodium bicarbonate, water and brine,dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. Purification by columnchromatography (SiO₂, 10% ethyl acetate/hexane to 15% ethylacetate/hexane) afforded 2404 as a clear oil (2.9 g, 93%).

Part B and C:

Compounds 2405 and 2406 were prepared following the procedures describedin Example 10B part A and part B. Compound 2406: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃)δ 7.40-7.30 (m, 5H), 6.11 (s, 1H), 5.36 (m, 1H), 5.18 (s, 2H), 3.72 (m,1H), 3.00 (m, 1H), 2.33 (m, 1H), 1.90-1.40 (m, 7H). HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.34min (UV_(254 nm)); Mass calculated for C16H19N3O2S 317.4, observed LSMSm/z 318.1 (M+H).

Part D:

Compound 2406 (75 mg, 0.24 mmol) was stirred in 30% HBr in acetic acid(2 mL) for 1 hour at room temperature. The solvent was evaporated andthe residue was dissolved in water and lyophilized to afford 2407 (66mg) as a red solid.

The following compounds were prepared using previously describedprocedures. Compound # Structure Exact mass MS m/z (M + H) 2408

386.2 387.1 2409

414.2 415.1 2410

462.2 463.1 2411

476.2 477.1 2412

414.2 415.1 2413

464.2 465.1 2414

463.2 464.2 2415

496.2 497.0 2416

469.2 470.0 2417

484.2 485.0 2418

496.2 497.0 2419

509.2 510.1 2420

427.2 428.2 2421

434.2 435.1 2422

388.2 389.1 2423

387.2 388.1 2424

413.2 414.1 2425

477.2 478.1

Example 55 Example 55A

Part A:

To an ice cold solution of acid 2426 (1.0 g, 3.8 mmol) in 1:1methanol:toluene (10 mL) was added dropwise TMS-diazomethane (3.2 mL of2 M solution in hexane, 6.4 mmol) and the resulting solution was stirredat rt for 1 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated, partitionedbetween ethyl acetate and water and extracted with ethyl acetate. Thecombined organic extracts were washed with saturated sodium bicarbonatesolution, brine, dried and evaporated to give ester 2427 as an off-whitesolid (0.907 g, 86%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.43-7.28 (m, 4H),5.53-5.46 (dd, 1H), 4.86-4.69 (m, 2H), 3.77-3.75 (d, 3H), 1.54-1.49 (d,9H).

Part B:

Chloroketone 2428 was prepared using procedures described in Example 10.¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.46-7.30 (m, 4H), 5.65-5.48 (d of d, 1H),4.90-4.71 (m, 2H), 4.42-4.06 (m, 2H), 1.57-1.52 (d, 9H).

Part C:

Compound 2429 was prepared using procedures described in Example 10.HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.51 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formulaC17H21N3O2S 331.1, observed LCMS m/z 332.1 (M+H).

Part D:

Compound 2430 was prepared using procedures described in Example 10.HPLC-MS t_(R)=0.80 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formulaC12H13N3S 231.1, observed LCMS m/z 232.1 (M+H).

Example 55B

Part A:

According to a modification of a procedure by Mach, U. R. et al.(ChemBioChem 2004, 5, 508-518) to a mixture of 3-chlorophenethylamine2431 (3.89 g, 25 mmol) and 2 M potassium hydroxide solution (35 mL) wasadded dropwise benzoyl chloride (3.48 mL, 30 mmol). Within minutes awhite precipitate formed, it was filtered and washed thoroughly withwater, dried (air) and recrystallized (ethanol) to give amide 2432 as awhite solid (4.22 g, 65%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.53 (t, 1H, NH),7.78-7.76 (d, 2H), 7.50-7.17 (m, 7H), 3.50-3.46 (m, 2H), 2.85 (t, 2H).HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.81 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formulaC15H14ClNO 259.1, observed LCMS m/z 260.0 (M+H).

Part B:

According to a modification of a procedure by Mach, U. R. et al.(ChemBioChem 2004, 5, 508-518) to a mixture of amide 2432 (1.79 g, 6.9mmol) and powder zinc chloride (3.29 g, 24.1 mmol) in toluene (30 mL)was added dropwise phosphorus oxychloride (4.4 mL, 48.3 mmol) and themixture was heated at reflux for 2 h, during which time a polymer-likeresidue formed. The reaction mixture was cooled in an ice bath, quenchedby the addition of 2 M sodium hydroxide solution, extracted andsonicated with dichloromethane (the residue dissolved). The combineddichloromethane extracts were concentrated to a solid residue, which wasthen triturated with THF. The resulting white solid was filtered anddried to give compound 2433 (1.23 g, 74%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ7.82-7.67 (m, 6H), 7.58-7.55 (dd, 1H), 7.41-7.39 (d, 1H), 3.98 (t, 2H),3.23 (t, 2H). HPLC-MS t_(R)=0.96 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated forformula C15H12ClN 241.1, observed LCMS m/z 242.1 (M+H).

Part C:

According to a modification of a procedure by Mach, U. R. et al.(ChemBioChem 2004, 5, 508-518) to a solution of imine 2433 (760 mg, 3.14mmol) in ethanol (50 mL) was added portionwise sodium borohydride (300mg, 7.86 mmol) and the resulting mixture was heated at reflux overnight.The reaction mixture was cooled, quenched with water, concentrated,partitioned between ethyl acetate and water, and extracted with ethylacetate. The combined organic extracts were dried and concentrated togive amine 2434 (418 mg, 55%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.33-7.04 (m,7H), 6.62-6.60 (d, 1H), 5.00 (s, 1H), 3.36-3.26 (m, 1H), 3.11-3.06 (m,1H), 2.98-2.73 (m, 2H). HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.14 min (UV_(254 nm)); masscalculated for formula C15H14ClN 243.1, observed LCMS m/z 244.1 (M+H).

Example 55C

Part A:

A mixture of compound 2435 (6 g, 36.5 mmol) and urea (1.95 g, 32.5 mmol)was heated over a sand bath at 350° C. for 30 minutes. The resultingblack tar was cooled down to 100° C. and water (25 mL) was carefullyadded. This mixture was stirred for 1 hour. The solid was collected byfiltration, dissolved in DMF (40 mL) and stirred with Darco (1 g) for 1hour. The mixture was filtered and water (100 mL) was added to thefiltrate to precipitate out a brown solid. The solid was collected byfiltration and air dried. The the solid was dissolved in boiling MeOH(120 mL) with Darco (1 g). The mixture was filtered and the filtrate wasconcentrated to dryness. The residue was suspended in EtOAc and filteredto afford the desired compound 2436 as brown solid (2.5 g, 43%).

Part B:

Compound 2436 (1 g, 6.2 mmol) was added to a solution of 1M borane/THF(21 mL, 21 mmol) at 0° C. and the mixture was warmed to room temperatureand then refluxed for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to roomtemperature and 6N HCl (50 mL) was added dropwise. The reaction mixturewas concentrated to remove THF and then cooled to 0° C. and sodiumhydroxide pellets (13 g) were added carefully to the reaction mixture.The reaction mixture was extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (1×50 mL, 1×20 mL). Theorganic layer was dried over MgSO₄, filtered and concentrated.Purification by column chromatography (SiO₂, 3% MeOH(NH₃)/CH₂Cl₂,followed by 5% MeOH(NH₃)/CH₂Cl₂) afforded the desired compound 2437 astan solid (64 mg, 7.7%).

The following compounds were prepared using previously describedprocedures. MS Compound Exact m/z # Structure mass (M + H) 2438

434.2 435.1 2439

452.2 453.1 2440

466.2 467.0 2441

420.2 421.1 2442

570.2 571.1 2443

578.2 579.1 2444

544.2 545.0 2445

532.2 533.0 2446

448.2 449.1

Example 56 Example 56A

Parts A-D:

Compounds 2448-2451 were prepared according to the procedures in Syn.Lett. 1999, 12, 1907-1910.

Part E:

Compound 2451 (200 mg, 0.52 mmol), HATU (260 mg, 0.68 mmol), pyrrolidine(0.052 mL, 0.624 mmol), and DIEA (0.1 mL) were dissolved in DMF (5 mL).The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature and thenpartitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layers werewashed with 1 M HCl, saturated sodium bicarbonate, brine, dried oversodium sulfate, and concentrated. Purification by column chromatography(SiO₂, 50% ethyl acetate/hexanes) afforded the desired product (200 mg).HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.91 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formulaC₂₂H₃₀N₂O₇ 434.21, observed LCMS m/z 435.1 (M+H).

Part F:

Compound 2452 (200 mg, 0.46 mmol) was dissolved in methylene chloride (4mL) and trifluoroacetic acid (1 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred atroom temperature for 4 hours. The solvent was evaporated and thematerial was used without further purification (160 mg). HPLC-MSt_(R)=1.31 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₁₈H₂₂N₂O₇434.21, observed LCMS m/z 379.1 (M+H).

Part G:

Compound 2453 (160 mg, 0.423 mmol), compound 3000 (prepared as describedin Example 27A) (122 mg, 0.423 mmol), HATU (210 mg, 0.55 mmol), and DIEA(0.5 mL) were dissolved in DMF (10 mL). The reaction mixture was stirredovernight at room temperature and then partitioned between ethyl acetateand water. The organic layers were washed with 1 M HCl, saturated sodiumbicarbonate, brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated.Purification by column chromatography (SiO₂, 25% ethyl acetate/hexanesto 100% ethyl acetate) afforded the desired product (175 mg). HPLC-MSt_(R)=1.94 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₃₁H₃₆FN₅O₆593.2, observed LCMS m/z 594.2 (M+H).

Part H:

Compound 2454 (50 mg, 0.084 mmol) was dissolved in 7 M ammonia in MeOH(0.5 mL) and MeOH (2 mL) and stirred for 30 minutes. The solvent wasremoved under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in MeOH (5 mL)and acetic acid (0.3 mL) and Pd—C (100 mg) was added under an argonatmosphere. The reaction was stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere for 3hours and then filtered through a pad of celite. The solvent wasevaporated and the residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate andwater. The combined organic layers were washed with saturated sodiumbicarbonate, brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. Theresidue was dissolved in ethyl acetate (2 mL) and treated with 4 M HClin dioxane (0.1 mL). The solids were filtered and washed several timeswith ethyl acetate to obtain the desired product as an HCl salt (23 mg).HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.15 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formulaC₂₁H₂₈FN₅O₃417.2, observed LCMS m/z 418.1 (M+H).

Example 56B

Part A:

Compound 2451 (200 mg, 0.52 mmol), compound 3000 (194 mg, 0.68 mmol),HATU (260 mg, 0.68 mmol), and DIEA (0.5 mL) were dissolved in DMF (5mL). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature andthen partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layerswere washed with 1 M HCl, saturated sodium bicarbonate, brine, driedover sodium sulfate, and concentrated. Purification by columnchromatography (SiO₂, 33% ethyl acetate/hexanes to 100% ethyl acetate)afforded the desired product (230 mg). HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.20 min(UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₃₁H₃₇FN₄O₇ 596.2, observedLCMS m/z 597.2 (M+H).

Part B:

Compound 2457 (230 mg, 0.386 mmol) was dissolved in methylene chloride(4 mL) and trifluoroacetic acid (1 mL). The reaction mixture was stirredat room temperature for 4 hours. The solvent was evaporated and 2458(190 mg) was used without further purification. HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.77 min(UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₂₇H₂₉FN₄O₇ 540.2, observedLCMS m/z 541.2 (M+H).

Part C:

Compound 2458 (190 mg, 0.32 mmol), HATU (160 mg, 0.416 mmol),pyrrolidine (0.035 mL, 0.416 mmol), and DIEA (0.5 mL) were dissolved inDMF (5 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at roomtemperature and then partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. Theorganic layers were washed with 1 M HCl, saturated sodium bicarbonate,brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated. Purification bycolumn chromatography (SiO₂, 25% ethyl acetate/hexanes to 100% ethylacetate) afforded the desired product (200 mg). HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.92 min(UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₃₁H₃₆FN₅O₆593.2, observedLCMS m/z 594.2 (M+H).

Part D:

Compound 2459 (55 mg, 0.092 mmol) was dissolved in 7 M ammonia in MeOH(0.5 mL) and MeOH (2 mL) and stirred for 30 minutes. The solvent wasremoved under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in MeOH (5 mL)and acetic acid (0.3 mL) and Pd—C (100 mg) was added under an argonatmosphere. The reaction was stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere for 3hours and then filtered over a bed of celite. The solvent was evaporatedand the residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. Thecombined organic layers were washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate,brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue wasdissolved in ethyl acetate (2 mL) and treated with 4 M HCl in dioxane(0.1 mL). The solids were filtered and washed several times with ethylacetate to obtain 2460 as an HCl salt (29 mg). HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.15 min(UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₂₁H₂₈FN₅O₃417.2, observedLCMS m/z 418.1 (M+H).

Example 56C

Part A:

Compound 2462 was prepared using a modification of the procedure inChem. Pharm. Bull. 1991, 39, 8, 1972-1982. Compound 2461 (1.06 g, 5.14mmol) and Bu₂SnO (1.28 g, 5.14 mmol) were dissolved in toluene (20 mL)and stirred at reflux for 1.5 hours using a Dean-Stark trap to azeotropethe water formed in the reaction. The solvent was evaporated underreduced pressure and placed under vacuum for 1 hr. Cesium fluoride (1.08g, 6.68 mmol) was added to the residue and placed under vacuum for anadditional 2 hours. The mixture was then dissolved in DMF (20 mL) andiodomethane (2.99 g, 22.1 mmol) and stirred overnight at roomtemperature. The reaction mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetateand water. The organic layers were washed with 1 N HCl, saturated sodiumbicarbonate, brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated.Purification by column chromatography (SiO₂, 33% ethyl acetate/hexanes)afforded the desired product (800 mg). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 4.60(d, 1H), 4.30 (m, 4H), 4.15 (d, 1H), 3.50 (s, 3H), 1.35 (t, 6H).

Part B:

Compound 2463 was prepared using a modification to a procedure found inTetrahedron 1993, 49, 37, 8381-8396. The diester 2462 (0.837 g, 3.6mmol) was suspended in pH 8 phosphate buffer (75 mL) and pH wasmonitored at 8.33. Pig liver esterase (20 mg) was added to thesuspension and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature. ThepH of the reaction was maintained between 7.9-8.2 by the dropwiseaddition of 1 M NaOH (3.27 mL, 3.24 mmol) over 1.5 hours. The reactionmixture was partitioned between diethyl ether and water. The aqueouslayer was acidified to pH 2 and extracted with ethyl acetate. Thecombined ethyl acetate layers were dried over sodium sulfate andevaporated to provide the desired product as a 4.5:1 mixture ofinseparable acids (275 mg). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 4.60 (d, 1H), 4.40(m, 2H), 4.25 (d, 1H), 3.50 (s, 3H), 1.35 (t, 3H).

Part C:

Compound 2463 (130 mg, 0.65 mmol), HATU (322 mg, 0.845 mmol),4-phenylbenrzylamine (153 mg, 0.845 mmol), and DIEA (0.2 mL) weredissolved in DMF (6 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight atroom temperature and then partitioned between ethyl acetate and water.The organic layers were washed with 1 M HCl, saturated sodiumbicarbonate, brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated.Recrystallization from ethyl acetate provided pure product (50 mg) andslightly impure product (150 mg). HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.70 min (UV_(254 nm));mass calculated for formula C₂₀H₂₃NO₅ 357.1, observed LCMS m/z 358.1(M+H).

Part D:

Compound 2464 (50 mg, 0.140 mmol) was dissolved in 1 M LiOH (0.151 mL,0.151 mmol) and THF (5 mL) and stirred for 1 hour. The reaction mixturewas partitioned between ethyl acetate and water and the aqueous layerwas acidified to pH 2 using 1N HCl. The organic layers were dried oversodium sulfate and concentrated to provide the desired product (46 mg).HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.43 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formulaC₁₈H₁₉NO₅ 329.1, observed LCMS m/z 330.1 (M+H).

Part E:

Compound 2465 (46 mg, 0.140 mmol), HATU (70 mg, 0.182 mmol), compound2000 (35 mg, 0.182 mmol), and DIEA (0.12 mL) were dissolved in DMF (6mL). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature andthen partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layerswere washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate, brine, dried over sodiumsulfate, and concentrated. Recrystallization from ethyl acetate providedpure product (30 mg). HPLC-MS (10 min) t_(R)=3.51 min (UV_(254 nm));mass calculated for formula C₂₅H₂₅N₃O₄ 431.2, observed LCMS m/z 432.1(M+H).

Example 56D

Part A:

Compound 2467 was prepared according to a modified literature procedure(Nagashima, N. and Ohno, M., Chem. Pharm. Bull., 1991, 39, 1972-1982.)

L-Diethyl tartrate (2461) (6.18 g, 30 mmol) and dibutyltin oxide (7.47g, 30 mmol) in toluene (100 mL) was heated under reflux for 1 h,removing water formed as the azotropic mixture. The solution wasevaporated to complete dryness in vacuo to afford a white solid. To thissolid was added dry CsF (8.66 g, 59 mmol) and DMF (60 mL). The resultingmixture was cooled to 0° C., and benzyl bromide (6 mL, 51 mmol) wasadded dropwise via a syringe. After the completion of addition, thereaction mixture was allowed to stir rigorously at room temperature for12 h. The solvent was removed under vacuum and the obtained residue wasdissolved in EtOAc and H₂O. The organic layer was washed with NaHCO₃aqueous solution, brine, dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated.Purification by flask column chromatography on silica gel (EtOAc/hexane30:70) afforded compound 2467 as colorless liquid (8.10 g, 91%). ¹H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.37-7.25 (m, 5H), 4.87 (d, J=12.0 Hz, 1H), 4.58 (brs, 1H), 4.02 (d, J=12.0 Hz, 1H), 4.34-4.25 (m, 3H), 4.23-4.21 (m, 1H),4.08-4.03 (m, 1H), 3.12 (br s, 1H), 1.35 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.19 (t,J=6.9 Hz, 3H).

Part B:

To compound 2467 (2.96 g, 10 mmol) in toluene (10 mL) was added withAg₂O (4.63 g, 20 mmol) and allyl bromide (1.31 mL, 15 mmol). Thereaction mixture was allowed to stir at 110° C. for 16 h and cooled toroom temperature. After filtering through a pad of celite, the solutionwas concentrated. Flash column chromatography on silica gel(EtOAc/hexane 20:80) afforded the desired product 2468 (2.65 g, 79%). ¹HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.33-7.25 (m, 5H), 4.87 (d, J=12.0 Hz, 1H),5.89-5.79 (m, 1H), 5.26-5.15 (m, 2H), 4.87 (d, J=11.4 Hz, 1H), 4.46 (d,J=11.7 Hz, 1H), 4.41-4.38 (m, 2H), 4.34-3.92 (m, 6H), 1.32 (t, J=7.2 Hz,3H), 1.19 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).

Part C:

To an ice-cold mixture of compound 2468 (1.0 g, 3 mmol) andN-methylmorpholine monohydrate (703 mg, 6 mmol) in THF/H₂O 3:1 (20 mL)was added OsO₄ (2.5 wt % in t-BuOH, 610 mg, 0.06 mmol). After stirringfor 30 min, the ice bath was removed and the reaction mixture wasstirred at room temperature overnight. Solid NaHSO₃ (750 mg, 7.2 mmol)was added, and the mixture was stirred for an additional 30 min. Themixture was filtered through a pad of silica and the solution wasconcentrated in vacuo giving rise to an oil. This material was dissolvedin THF/H₂O 3:1 (20 mL) and NaIO₄ (1.28 g, 6 mmol) was added. The mixturewas allowed to stir at room temperature for 1 h. It was filtered throughsilica, and the solvent was evaporated. Flash column chromatography onsilica gel (EtOAc/hexane 50:50) provided the aldehyde 2469 (760 mg, 75%)as a colorless oil). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 9.72 (s, 1H), 7.35-7.26(m, 5H), 4.89 (d, J=11.8 Hz, 1H), 4.52-4.48 (m, 2H), 4.45-4.04 (m, 7H),1.34 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 3H), 1.19 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3H).

Part D:

Compound 2469 (340 mg, 1 mmol) and amine 916 (187 mg, 1 mmol) in1,2-dichloroethane (5 mL) were stirred at room temperature for 5 min,after which sodium tri(acetoxyl)borohydride (254 mg, 1.2 mmol) was addedslowly. The reaction mixture was allowed to stir at room temperatureovernight. The solution was concentrated, the crude residue was purifiedby flash column chromatography on silica gel (MeOH/EtOAc 10:90),affording desired product 2470 (350 mg, 69%) as a colorless oil. HPLC-MSt_(R)=1.49 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₂₈H₃₅N₃O₆509.2, observed LCMS m/z 510.1 (M+H).

Part E:

To a solution of compound 2470 (170 mg, 0.33 mmol) in dioxane/water 1:1(10 mL) was added LiOH (1 M, 1.32 mL, 1.32 mmol) dropwise. The mixturewas stirred at room temperature for 2 h after which it was neutralizedwith 1 M HCl and concentrated. The residue was utilized for thefollowing step without further purification. HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.12 min(UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₂₄H₂₇N₃O₆ 453.2, observedLCMS m/z 454.1 (M+H).

Part F:

The crude compound 2471 was dissolved in DMF (10 mL) and cooled to 0° C.in an ice bath, HATU (304 mg, 0.8 mmol) was added slowly and thereaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 2 h. LC-MS indicated thedisappearance of diacid and the formation of the cyclized product 2472.HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.65 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formulaC₂₄H₂₅N₃O₅ 435.2, observed LCMS m/z 436.1 (M+H).

Part G:

To the above solution at 0° C. was added isoindoline (48 mg, 0.4 mmol)and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. TheDMF was evaporated, the residue was dissolved inn EtOAc and water,washed with 1N HCl, saturated NaHCO3 and brine, dried over Na2SO4 andconcentrated to afford 2437 as an oily solid (85 mg, 47% yield overthree steps). HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.00 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated forformula C₃₂H₃₂N₄O₄ 536.1, observed LCMS m/z 537.1 (M+H).

Part H:

Crude compound 2473 was dissolved in EtOH (20 mL), and palladium oncarbon (10%, 40 mg) was added. The mixture was hydrogenated (atmosphericpressure) at room temperature overnight. The suspension was filteredthrough celite and concentrated. The resulting residue was purified bypreparative LC affording 2474 as a white solid (9.4 mg). HPLC-MSt_(R)=3.57 min (10 min method, UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formulaC₂₅H₂₆N₄O₄ 446.2, observed LCMS m/z 447.1 (M+H).

The following compounds were prepared using previously describedprocedures. MS Compound Exact m/z # Structure mass (M + H) 2475

549.3 550.2 2476

575.3 576.1 2477

493.2 494.2 2478

474.2 475.1 2474

446.2 447.1

Example 57

Part A:

Compound 2183 (200 mg, 1.3 mmol) and cyclopropylmethyl amine (0.16 mL)were dissolved in MeOH (5 mL) and stirred at 50° C. overnight. Thensodium borohydride (42 mg, 1.3 mmol) was added and the mixture wasstirred for 2 hours. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure andthe residue was partitioned between diethyl ether and 1 N HCl. Theaqueous layer was made basic and extracted with ethyl acetate. Thecombined ethyl acetate layers were dried over sodium sulfate andconcentrated to provide the desired product 2479 (130 mg). ¹H NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.32 (m, 1H), 7.28-7.18 (m, 3H), 3.79 (m, 1H), 2.50-2.25(m, 2H), 1.38 (d, 3H), 1.00-0.90 (m, 1H), 0.50-0.45 (m, 2H), 0.10-0.00(m, 2H).

The following compounds were prepared using previously describedprocedures. MS Compound Exact m/z # Structure mass (M + H) 2480

470.2 471.1 2481

484.2 485.0 2482

512.2 513.1 2483

496.2 497.0 2485

510.2 511.1 2486

498.2 499.1 2487

484.2 485.0 2489

448.2 449.1

Example 58 Example 58A

Part A:

To a solution of Boc₂O (6.1 g, 28 mmol) and Et₃N (7.8 mL, 56 mmol) inDMF (20 mL) at 0° C. was added portionwise 3-chlorophenylhyrazinehydrocloride (5.0 g, 28 mmol) in DMF (20 mL). The reaction mixture wasallowed to stir at room temperature for 2 h and concentrated. Theresidue was dissolved in EtOAc and H₂O, washed with 1N citric acid andsaturated NaHCO₃, dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated, affording 2490(17.83 g, 97%) as a off-white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.13 (t,J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 6.86-6.81 (m, 2H), 6.70-6.66 (m, 1H), 6.36 (br s, 1H),1.48 (s, 10H).

Part B:

3-Chloropropionyl chloride (0.400 mL, 4.12 mmol) was added dropwise intoa solution of compound 2490 (1.0 g, 4.12 mmol) and K₂CO₃ (1.14 g, 8.24mmol) in DMF (10 mL) at 0° C. The reaction mixture was allowed to stirat 80° C. overnight and concentrated. The residue was dissolved in EtOAcand H₂O, washed with 1N citric acid and saturated NaHCO₃, dried overNa₂SO₄, and concentrated. Column chromatography (EtOAc/hexane 25:75)provided compound 2491 (600 mg, 49%) as an off-white solid. ¹H NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.57 (t, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.51-7.48 (m, 1H), 7.27 (t, J=8.3Hz, 1H), 7.12-7.09 (m, 1H), 4.16 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.77 (t, J=7.3 Hz,2H), 1.34 (s, 9H).

Part C:

Compound 2491 was deprotected with TFA in CH₂Cl₂. The material was usedwithout further purification.

Example 58B

Part A:

To a suspension of NaH (60% in mineral oil, 1.56 g, 39 mmol) in benzene(40 mL) at 0° C. was added with 3-chlorophenylhyrazine (2.13 g, 15mmol). The mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 1 h, after which1,3-dibromopropane (2.0 g, 10 mmol) was added slowly via syringe. It wasstirred at 80° C. overnight and quenched by adding water (20 mL). Theorganic layer was separated, washed with water and brine, dried overNa₂SO₄, and concentrated. Column chromatography (DCM) provided compound2493 (850 mg, 47%) as pale yellow oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.12(t, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.04 (t, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.84-6.81 (m, 1H), 6.74-6.71(m, 1H), 3.75 (bs, 1H), 3.35 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 3.00 (t, J=6.7 Hz, 2H),2.16-2.11 (m, 2H).

The following compounds were prepared using previously describedprocedures. MS Compound Exact m/z # Structure mass (M + H) 2494

497.2 498.1 2495

483.2 484.1 2496

449.2 450.1

Example 59 Example 59A

Part A:

To compound 471 (100 mg, 0.37 mmol) in EtOH (2 mL) was addedchloroacetaldehyde (50 wt. % in water, 233 mg, 1.48 mmol). The reactionmixture was allowed to stir at 90° C. overnight and concentrated. Theresidue was dissolved in EtOAc, washed with water and brine, dried(Na₂SO₄) and concentrated. The crude product 2500 (90 mg, 82%) was usedwithout further purification. HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.10 min; Mass calculatedfor formula C₁₄H₁₉N₃O₂S 293.1, observed m/z 294.1 (M+H).

Part B:

Compound 2500 (90 mg) was dissolved in 2 mL of 4 N HCL in dioxane/H₂O(1:1). After stirring at room temperature for 1 h, the solution wasconcentrated, affording a brown solid (80 mg, 90%). HPLC-MS t_(R)=0.22min; Mass calculated for formula C₉H₁₁N₃S 193.1, observed m/z 194.1(M+H).

Example 59B

Part A:

A mixture of chloroketone 470 (200 mg, 0.81 mmol) and 2-aminopyridine(77 mg, 0.82 mmol) in ethanol (5 ml) was heated to reflux and stirredovernight. The reaction mixture was concentrated and purified byprep-HPLC to afford 2502 (103 mg). HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.00 min (UV_(254 nm));mass calculated for formula C₁₆H₂₁N₃O₂ 287.2, observed LCMS m/z 288.3(M+H).

Part B:

To a solution of imidazopyridine 2502 (103 mg, 0.56 mmol) in dioxane (2mL) was added HCl (4N in dioxane, 4 mL) and water (0.5 mL). The mixturewas stirred at room temperature for 1 hour and concentrated. Theresulting residue 2503 (81 mg) was dried under vacuum and used in thenext step without further purification. HPLC-MS t_(R)=0.19 min(UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C11H13N3 187.1, observed LCMSm/z 188.1 (M+H).

Example 59C

Part A:

A mixture of chloroketone 471 (200 mg, 0.81 mmol) and 2-aminopyridine(140 mg, 0.81 mmol) in ethanol (5 ml) was heated up to reflux andstirred overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated and purified byprep-HPLC to afford 2504 (119 mg). HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.22 min (UV_(254 nm));mass calculated for formula C₁₉H₂₅N₃O₄ 359.2, observed LCMS m/z 360.1(M+H).

Part B:

To a solution of imidazopyridine 2504 (119 mg, 0.33 mmol) in dioxane (2mL) was added HCl (4N in dioxane, 4 mL) and water (0.5 mL). The mixturewas stirred at room temperature for 1 hour and concentrated. Theresulting residue 2505 (83 mg) was dried under vacuum and used in thenext step without further purification. HPLC-MS t_(R)=0.70 min(UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C₁₄H₁₇N₃O₂ 259.1, observedLCMS m/z 260.1 (M+H).

The following compounds were prepared using previously describedprocedures. MS Compound Exact m/z # Structure mass (M + H) 2506

494.2 495.1 2507

488.2 489.1 2508

560.2 561.2

Example 60

Part A:

Trifluoroacetic anhydride (16 mL, 115.1 mmol) was dissolved in methylenechloride (60 mL) and cooled in an ice bat h. Compound 840 (10.0 g, 82.6mmol) was added dropwise in methylene chloride (40 mL) and stirred atroom temperature for one hour. The solution was cooled in an ice bathand iodine (11.0 g, 43.2 mmol) and compound 2509 (9.8 g, 22 mmol) wereadded and stirred for 12 hours in the dark (cover flask with aluminumfoil). Additional compound 2509 (9.5 g, 20 mmol) was added and stirringwas continued for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was added to a cooledsolution of methylene chloride and 5% sodium bisulfite and stirred forone hour. The organic layer was washed with saturated sodiumbicarbonate, filtered through a pad of silica, and concentrated. Theresidue was suspended in diethyl ether (30 mL) and hexanes (90 mL) andstirred for 30 minutes. The mixture was filtered to provide compound2510 as a white solid (15.5 g). The product was stored in the dark atroom temperature. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.70 (d, 2H), 7.06 (d, 2H),5.10 (m, 1H), 1.60 (d, 3H).

Part B:

Compound 2510 (4.0 g, 11.66 mmol), pyrazole (0.953 g, 14 mmol), copper(I) iodide (444 mg, 2.33 mmol), cesium carbonate (7.6 g, 23.3 mmol),1,10 phenanthroline (844 mg, 4.66 mmol) and dimethylacetamide (40 mL)were combined in a 80 mL screw-capped vial and stirred in the dark at120° C. for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into ethyl acetate(200 mL) and filtered. The organic layer was washed with water severaltimes followed by 1N citric acid solution. The organic layer was driedover sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was recrystallizedfrom ethyl acetate and hexanes to provide 2.45 g of compound 915. ¹H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.92 (m, 1H), 7.70 (m, 2H), 7.40 (d, 1H), 6.45 (t,1H), 5.20 (m, 1H), 1.65 (d, 3H).

Part C:

Compound 915 (2.43 g, 9.13 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (20 mL) and1N lithium hydroxide (20 mL) and stirred for 6 hours. The reactionmixture was poured into ethyl acetate and water. The aqueous layer wasextracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washedwith brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated to providecompound 916 (1.45 g). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl) δ7.90 (d, 1H), 7.70 (d,1H), 7.64 (d, 2H), 7.43 (d, 2H), 6.46 (t, 1H), 1.44 (d, 3H).

Part D:

Compound 916 (1.45 g, 7.7 mmol), compound 1 (1.5 g, 7.35 mmol), HATU(3.63 g, 9.55 mmol), and diisopropylethylamine (1.28 mL, 7.35 mmol) weredissolved in DMF (20 mL) at 0° C. The reaction mixture was stirred for12 hours and then diluted with water and extracted with ethyl acetate.The combined organic layers were washed with 1N HCl, saturated sodiumbicarbonate, brine and water, dried over sodium sulfate andconcentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (2:1hexanes/ethyl acetate) to provide compound 2511 (2.15 g). ¹H NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.90 (d, 1H), 7.72 (m, 1H), 7.66 (d, 2H), 7.40 (d, 2H),6.75 (d, 1H), 6.49 (d, 1H), 5.20 (m, 1H), 4.82-4.75 (dd, 2H), 3.83 (s,3H), 1.57 (d, 3H), 1.54 (s, 3H), 1.50 (s, 3H).

Part E:

Compound 2511 (2.15 g, 5.76 mmol) was dissolved in THF (20 mL) and 1Nlithium hydroxide and stirred for 2 hours. Diethyl ether was added andthe aqueous layer was acidified to pH 2 with 1 N HCl and extracted withethyl acetate. The combined ethyl acetate layers were dried over sodiumsulfate and concentrated to provide compound 2512 as a white solid (1.95g). 1H NMP (400 MHz CDCl₃) δ7.9 (d, 1H), 7.74 (m, 1H), 7.70 (d, 2H),7.42 (d, 2H), 6.96 (d, 1H), 6.49 (t, 1H), 5.2 (m, 1H), 4.60-4.50 (dd,2H), 1.64 (d, 3H), 1.54 (d, 3H).

Example 61 Example 61A

Part A:

(R,S)-BOC-1,3-Dihydro-2H-Isoindole carboxylic acid 2520 (3.0 g, 11.39mmol) and cesium carbonate (4.05 g, 12.43 mmol) were stirred together inDMF (25 mL) at r.t. for one hour. Iodomethane (1.05 mL, 16.86 mmol) wasadded and the reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperatureovernight. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate thenwashed several times with water, brine (1×50 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄ andconcentrated to give light yellow oil. Purification by columnchromatography (SiO2, 25% ethyl acetate/hexane) afforded 2521 (2.66 g,84%) as white solid.

Part B:

A mixture of 2521 (0.2 g, 0.72 mmol) and hydrazine (0.22 mL, 7.0 mmol)in ethanol (20 mL) was heated at 70° C. for 5 hours. The solvent wasremoved under reduced pressure and the resulting residue was dissolvedin ethyl acetate, washed with water (2×30 mL), brine (1×20 mL), driedover Na₂SO₄ and concentrated to provide 2522 (0.18 g, 86%) as an yellowoil, which was used in the next step without further purification.

Part C:

A mixture of 2522 (0.2 g, 0.72 mmol) and ethyl isocyanate (0.077 g,1.083 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) was stirred at r.t. for 16 hours. Additionalethyl isocyanate (0.077 g, 1.083 mmol) was added and reaction wasstirred for another two hours. The solvent was removed under reducedpressure to provide the crude product as a white gum. It was dissolvedin DCM (20 mL) and treated triethyl amine (0.5 mL, 3.6 mmol), DMAP(0.017 g, 0.139 mmol) and p-toluene sulphonyl chloride (0.16 g, 0.83mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 64 hours and thesolvent was removed. The residue was purified by preparativechromatography using 5% MeOH/CH₂Cl₂, to provide the product which wasagain purified using ethyl acetate/Hexane (3/1) to yield intermediate2523 (0.1 g, 44%) as a light brown solid.

Part D:

Intermediate 2523 (0.05 g, 0.15 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (10 mL) thentrifluoroacetic acid (0.06 mL, 0.77 mmol) was added. Reaction wasstirred at ambient temperature for 3 hours and then concentrated. Theresidue was dissolved in DCM and washed with saturated sodiumbicarbonate solution (1×0.8 mL), saline (1×0.8 mL), dried over sodiumsulfate and concentrated under vacuum to provide amine 2524 (0.03 g,86%) as a brown oil. It was used in the next step without additionalpurification.

Example 61B

Part A:

Intermediate 2525 was prepared by known methods (Showell, G. A.;Gibbons, T. L.; Kneen, C. O.; Macleod, A. M.; Merchant, K.; Saunders,J.; Freedman, S. B.; Patel, S; Baker, R. J Med. Chem. 1991, 34 (3),1086-1094).

Part B:

Intermediate 2526 was prepared using the method described in Example 61APart D.

The following compounds were prepared using previously describedprocedures. MS Compound Exact m/z # SCH Structure mass (M + H) 2527786656

531.2 532.2 2528 7867566

502.2 503.2

Example 62 Example 62A

Part A:

A mixture of 2173 (1.54 g, 6.28 mmol) and Dess-Martin periodinane (2.72g, 6.41 mmol) in DCM (30 ml) was stirred at room temperature overnight.To the reaction mixture was add saturated sodium bicarbonate solutionand the mixture was stirred for 2 hours. The solids were removed byfiltration. The filtrate was separated and the organic layer was washedwith brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. Purification bycolumn chromatography (SiO₂, 30% ethyl acetate/hexane) afforded 2530(939 mg, 61%) as an oil. HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.10 min (MS); Mass calculatedfor formula C11H17NO5 243.1, observed m/z 266.1 (M+Na).

Part B:

To ketone 2530 (939 mg, 3.86 mmol) in DCM (30 mL) at −78° C. under argonwas added (diethylamino)sulfur trifluoride (2.53 mL, 19.3 mmol). Thebath was slowly warmed to room temperature while the mixture was stirredovernight. The reaction mixture was poured into saturated sodiumbicarbonate and the layers were separated. The organic layer was washedwith brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. Purification bycolumn chromatography (SiO₂, 10% to 30% ethyl acetate/hexane) afforded2531 (751 mg, 74%) as an oil. HPLC-MS t_(R)=4.72 min (10 min, MS); Masscalculated for formula C1H17F2NO4 265.1, observed m/z 288.1 (M+Na).

Part C:

Compound 2531 (751 mg, 2.83 mmol) was converted to 2532 (418 mg, 52%)using the procedures described in Example 10 Part A. HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.85min (MS); Mass calculated for formula C11H16ClF2NO3 283.1, observed m/z228.1 (M-55).

Part D:

Compound 2532 (418 mg, 1.47 mmol) was cyclized with N-methylthioureaaccording to the procedures described in Example 51B Part C to afford2533 (200 mg, 42%). HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.38 min (UV 254 nm); Mass calculatedfor formula C8H11F2N3S 319.1, observed m/z 320.1 (M+H).

Part E:

Compound 2534 was synthesized in quantitative yield using the proceduredescribed in Example 51D Part H. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 6.89 (s, 1H),4.98 (dd, 1H, J=7.2, 11.7 Hz), 3.89 (m, 1H), 3.72 (m, 1H), 3.13 (s, 3H),3.09-2.85 (m, 2H).

Example 62B

Part A:

The mixture of 5-bromothiazole 2209A (210 mg, 0.45 mmol),cyclopropylboronic acid (80 mg, 1.0 mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl₂ (41 mg, 0.05mmol) and K₃PO₄ (424 mg, 2.0 mmol) in 20-ml vial was flushed with argonfor 3 min. Under the argon, dioxane (5 mL) was added and the vial wassealed under the argon atmosphere. The mixture was heated to 80° C. andstirred overnight. After cooling to room temperature, ethyl acetate (30mL) was added to the reaction mixture and the solution was filteredthrough celite. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by columnchromatography (SiO₂, 10% ethyl acetate/hexanes) to afford5-cyclopropylthiazole 2535 (166 mg) as oil. HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.65 min(UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formula C21H33N3O4S 423.2, observedLCMS m/z 424.1 (M+H).

Part B:

To the solution of 5-cyclopropylthiazole 2535 (166 mg, 0.39 mmol) indioxane (2 mL), HCl (4N in dioxane, 4 mL) was added followed by theaddition of water (0.5 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperaturefor 1 hour and concentrated. The resulting residue 2536 (111 mg) wasdried under vacuum and used in the next step without furtherpurification. HPLC-MS t_(R)=0.86 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated forformula C11H17N3S 223.1, observed LCMS m/z 224.1 (M+H).

Example 62C

Part A:

To Fmoc-D-Tiq-OH (2537) (1.0 g, 2.5 mmol) in dichloromethane (20 mL) at0° C. was added (COCl)₂ (0.262 mL, 3.0 mmol) and DMF (2 drops,catalytic) under argon. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 2hr and concentrated to dryness in vacuo. The resulting syrup wasdissolved in dry THF (20 mL) and cooled to 0° C.Trimethylsilyidiazomethane (2.0 M in Et2O, 5 mL, 10 mmol) was addeddropwise under argon during a period of 30 min. After the completion ofaddition, the solution was stirred at 0° C. for 3 hr and concentratedunder reduced pressure. Flash column chromatography on silica(EtOAc/hexane 25:75) afforded 2538 (630 mg, 60%) as a yellow oily solid.HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.23 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formulaC₂₆H₂₁N₃O₃ 423.2, observed LCMS m/z 446.2 (M+Na).

Part B:

Compound 2538 (630 mg, 1.49 mmol) in Et₂O (20 mL) was cooled to 0° C. Tothis solution was added 2.15 M hydrobromide acid in Et₂O (830 □L, 1.79mmol) dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred for 20 min at 0° C. andconcentrated. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc, the solution was thanwashed with saturated bicarbonate solution, brine, dried (Na₂SO₄) andconcentrated in vacuo to afford 2539 (630 mg, 89%) as an off whitesolid. HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.40 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formulaC₂₆H₂₂BrNO₃ 475.1, observed LCMS m/z 476.0 (M+H).

Part C:

Compound 2539 (150 mg, 0.31 mmol) and thiourea (36 mg, 0.47 mmol) in DMF(2 mL) was allowed to stir at room temperature for 3 hr. The solutionwas concentrated and the residue was dissolved with EtOAc and saturatedNaHCO₃ solution. The organic phase was washed with H₂O, brine, driedover Na₂SO₄, and concentrated. Flash column chromatography on silica(EtOAc/hexane 60:40) afforded 2540 (120 mg, 84%) as a white solid.HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.96 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formulaC₂₇H₂₃N₃O₂S 453.2, observed LCMS m/z 454.1 (M+H).

Part D:

Compound 2540 (150 mg, 0.26 mmol) was treated with 20% piperidine in DMF(10 mL). The solution was stirred at room temperature for 2 hr andconcentrated. LC-MS indicated the clean deprotection of the Fmoc group.HPLC-MS t_(R)=0.72 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formulaC₁₂H₁₃N₃S 231.1, observed LCMS m/z 232.1 (M+H).

Example 62D

Part A:

According to a modification of a procedure by Ortwine, D. F. et al. (J.Med. Chem. 1992, 35, 1345-1370) to an ice-cold solution of3-chlorophenethylamine 2431 (10 g, 64.6 mmol) and triethylamine (6.46mL, 67.8 mmol) in DCM (200 mL) was added dropwise ethyl chloroformate(9.45 mL, 67.8 mmol), and the resulting solution was stirred at 0° C.for 1 h, and then at rt for 1.5 h. The reaction mixture was washed withsaturated sodium bicarbonate solution, brine, dried and concentrated togive ethyl carbamate 2542 as a colorless oil (14.36 g, 98%). ¹H NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.24-7.19 (m, 3H), 7.09-7.07 (d, 1H), 4.66 (s, broad, NH),4.12 (q, 2H), 3.44 (q, 2H), 2.81 (t, 2H), 1.25 (t, 3H).

Part B:

According to a modification of a procedure by Ortwine, D. F. et al. (J.Med. Chem. 1992, 35, 1345-1370) to an ice-cold mixture of carbamate 2542(6.81 g, 29.9 mmol) and 3:1 glacial acetic acid:sulfuric acid (64 mL)was added (in two portions) glyoxylic acid monohydrate (3.03 g, 32.9mmol) and the mixture was stirred at rt overnight. The reaction mixturewas poured in ice, and extracted with dichloromethane (5 times). Thecombined dichloromethane extracts were dried and concentrated to an oilyresidue, which was then taken in toluene and concentrated (3 times) anddried under vacuum overnight to give compound 2543 (7.91 g, 93%). ¹H NMR(400 MHz, DMSO-d₆). 12.9 (s, broad, COOH), 7.50-7.12 (m, 3H), 5.42 (s,1H), 4.12-4.03 (m, 2H), 3.77-3.50 (m, 2H), 2.89-2.79 (m, 2H), 1.24-1.16(m, 3H). HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.68 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated forformula C13H₁₄ClNO4 283.1, observed LCMS m/z 284.0 (M+H).

Part C:

Diazoketone 2544 was prepared using procedures described in Example 62CPart A. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.23-7.18 (m, 3H), 5.60-5.41 (m, 2H),4.26-4.22 (m, 2H), 3.90-3.65 (m, 2H), 2.97-2.82 (m, 2H), 1.36-1.32 (m,3H). HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.8 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formulaC14H14ClN3O3 307.1, observed LCMS m/z 280.1 (M−N2+H), and 330.1 (M+Na).

Part D:

Bromoketone 2545 was prepared using procedures described in Example 62CPart B. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.31-7.20 (m, 3H), 5.87-5.81 (m, 1H),4.25-4.04 (m, 4H), 3.90-3.82 (m, 1H), 3.60-3.51 (m, 1H), 2.98-2.79 (m,2H), 1.34-1.31 (m, 3H). HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.07 min (UV_(254 nm)); masscalculated for formula C14H15BrClNO3 359.0, observed LCMS m/z 360.0(M+H).

Part E:

Thiazole 2546 was prepared using procedures described in Example 10.HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.05 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formulaC18H22ClN3O2S 379.1, observed LCMS m/z 380.1 (M+H).

Part F:

To a solution of thiazole 2546 (117 mg, 0.31 mmol) in chloroform (1.5mL) was added iodotrimethylsilane (0.32 mL, 2.24 mmol) and the resultingmixture was heated at 50° C. for 2 h. The reaction mixture was dilutedwith dichloromethane, washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate, brineand concentrated to give amine 2547 as a dark yellow solid (93 mg, 97%).¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.12-6.97 (m, 3H), 6.01 (s, 1H), 5.26 (s,broad, 1H), 5.15 (s, 1H), 3.60-3.53 (m, 1H), 3.18-2.80 (m, 4H),1.28-1.26 (d of d, 6H). HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.24 min (UV_(254 nm)); masscalculated for formula C₁₅H₁₈ClN₃S 307.1, observed LCMS m/z 308.2 (M+H).

Example 62E

Part A:

According to a modification of a procedure by Ortwine, D. F. et al. (J.Med. Chem. 1992, 35, 1345-1370) to an ice-cold solution of3-chlorophenethylamine 2431 (11.6 g, 75 mmol) and triethylamine (10.9mL, 78.7 mmol) in DCM (300 mL) was added dropwise benzyl chloroformate(11.1 mL, 78.1 mmol), and the resulting solution was stirred at 0° C.for 30 min, and then at rt overnight. The reaction mixture was washedwith saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, brine, dried andconcentrated to give benzyl carbamate 2548 as a colorless oil (21.4 g,99%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.38-7.30 (m, 5H), 7.23-7.05 (m, 4H),5.1 (s, 2H), 4.75 (s, broad, NH), 3.46 (q, 2H), 2.82 (t, 2H).

Part B:

According to a modification of a procedure by Ortwine, D. F. et al. (J.Med. Chem. 1992, 35, 1345-1370) to an ice-cold mixture of benzylcarbamate 2548 (8.6 g, 31.4 mmol) and 3:1 glacial acetic acid:sulfuricacid (64 mL) was added (in two portions) glyoxylic acid monohydrate (3.0g, 32.6 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at rt overnight. The reactionmixture was poured in ice, and washed with dichloromethane (4 times).The aqueous phase was concentrated, diluted with tetrahydrofuran (200mL), and treated with 6M NaOH solution (130 mL) to pH 12-13, followed bydi-tert-butyl dicarbonate (7.94 g, 36.4 mmol), and then stirred at rtovernight. The reaction mixture was concentrated, diluted with water,acidified with 2 M HCl solution to pH 2, and extracted with ethylacetate. The combined organic extracts were concentrated andchromatographed (SiO₂, 5% methanol/dichloromethane) to give compound2549 (0.95 g, 15% based on reacted starting material). ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) δ 7.54-7.27 (m, 3H), 5.67-5.50 (d, 1H), 3.87-3.79 (m, 2H),3.01-2.88 (m, 2H), 1.61-1.57 (9H).

Part C:

Weinreb amide 2550 was prepared using procedures described in Example51I, Part A. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.37-7.14 (m, 3H), 6.1-5.88 (d,1H), 4.0 (s, 3H), 3.84-3.67 (m, 2H), 3.21 (s, 3H), 3.17-3.09 (m, 1H),2.79-2.72 (m, 1H), 1.5 (s, 9H). HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.15 min (UV_(254 nm));mass calculated for formula C₁₇H₂₃ClN₂O₄ 354.1, observed LCMS m/z 255.1(M-BOC+H).

Part D:

Acetylene 2551 was prepared using procedures described in Example 51I,Part B. HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.22 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated forformula C17H18ClNO3 319.1, observed LCMS m/z 264.0 (M-(t-butyl)).

Part E:

Pyrazole 2552 was prepared using procedures described in Example 62GPart A. HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.97 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated forformula C₁₇H₂₀ClN₃O₂ 333.1, observed LCMS m/z 234 (M−BOC+H).

Part F:

Amine 2553 was prepared using a procedure similar to that described inExample 51I, Part D. HPLC-MS t_(R)=0.89 min (UV_(254 nm)); masscalculated for formula C12H12ClN3 233.1, observed LCMS m/z 234.1 (M+H).

Example 62F

Part A:

Compound 2554 (3.7 g, 13.4 mmol) was dissolved in methylene chloride (35mL) and Dess-Martin periodinane (8.55 g, 20.18 mmol) was added andstirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was quenched withsaturated sodium bicarbonate and stirred for 1 hour. The reactionmixture was filtered through celite. The aqueous layer was extractedwith methylene chloride. The combined organic layers were dried oversodium sulfate and concentrated. Purification by column chromatography(SiO₂, 50% ethyl acetate/hexanes) afforded 2555 (1.75 g). ¹H NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.40-7.30 (m, 5H), 5.25-5.20 (m, 2H), 4.90-4.80 (m, 1H),4.00-3.80 (m, 2H), 3.80-3.60 (m, 3H), 3.00 (m, 1H), 2.60 (m, 1H).

Part B:

Compound 2556 was prepared according to the procedure in Bioorg. Med.Chem. 2002, 10, 5, 1197-1206. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.25 (s, 1H),7.4-7.3 (m, 5H), 5.3-5.15 (m, 3H), 4.74.55 (m, 2H), 4.34.2 (m, 2H), 1.3(t, 3H).

Part C:

Compound 2557 was prepared from compound 2556 according to the proceduredescribed in Example 10B Part B. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.00 (m, 1H),7.60-7.40 (m, 5H), 5.30-5.20 (m, 2H), 5.10 (m, 2H), 4.80-4.60 (m, 1H).

Part D:

Compound 2558 was prepared as described in Example 51B Part C fromcompound 2557. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.00 (s, 1H), 7.40-7.20 (m,5H), 6.20 (s, 1H), 5.30-5.00 (m, 3H), 4.70 (m, 2H), 3.25 (m, 2H), 1.30(m, 3H).

Part E:

Compound 2558 (80 mg, 0.202 mmol) was dissolved in 30% HBr in aceticacid (3 mL) and stirred for 2 hours. The solvent was removed and theresidue was dissolved in water and washed with ethyl acetate. Theaqueous layer was lyophilized to provide 2559 as a red solid (100 mg).HPLC-MS t_(R)=0.414 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formulaC₁₁H₁₄N₆S 262.1, observed LCMS m/z 263.1 (M+H).

Example 62G

Part A:

Compound 2199 (1.11 g, 3.7 mmol), isopropyl hydrazine hydrochloride (616mg, 5.55 mmol), and sodium carbonate (980 mg, 9.25 mmol) were dissolvedin ethanol (12 mL) and stirred at 80° C. for 5 hours. The reactionmixture was cooled to room temperature and diluted with ethyl acetateand water. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate. Thecombined organic layers were washed with water, brine, dried over sodiumsulfate and concentrated. Purification by column chromatography (SiO₂,33% ethyl acetate/hexanes) afforded 2560 (750 mg). ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) δ 7.35 (d, 1H), 6.00 (d, 1H), 5.10-4.90 (m, 1H), 4.50 (m, 1H),3.60-3.40 (m, 2H), 2.30-2.10 (m, 1H), 2.10-1.80 (m, 3H), 1.50 (m, 9H),1.30 (s, 6H).

Part B:

Compound 2560 (541 mg, 1.93 mmol) was dissolved in chloroform (10 mL)and N-bromosuccinimide (412 mg, 2.31 mmol) was added and stirred at roomtemperature overnight. The reaction was diluted with methylene chlorideand water. The organic layer was washed with 1N NaOH, brine, dried oversodium sulfate, and concentrated. Purification by column chromatography(SiO₂, 15% ethyl acetate/hexanes) afforded 2561 (350 mg). ¹H NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.35 (s, 1H), 5.00-4.80 (m, 1H), 4.40 (m, 1H), 3.60-3.40(m, 2H), 2.30-2.20 (m, 1H), 2.10-2.00 (m, 1H), 2.00-1.80 (m, 2H), 1.40(m, 9H), 1.20 (s, 6H).

Part C:

Compound 2561 (86 mg, 0.238 mmol) was dissolved in 4M HCl in dioxane(2.0 mL) and stirred for 1 hour. The solvent was removed to provide 2562as a white solid (82 mg). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.60 (bs, 1H),8.80 (bs, 1H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 4.60 (m, 1H), 4.50 (m, 1H), 3.25 (m, 2H),2.35 (m, 1H), 2.10-1.90 (m, 3H), 1.40 (d, 6H).

Example 62H

Part A:

To 471 (81 mg, 0.30 mmol) and DIEA (0.156 mL, 0.90 mmol) indichloromethane (5 mL) was added slowly acetyl chloride (0.052 mL, 0.72mmol) at 0° C. The reaction mixture was allowed to stir at roomtemperature for 2 hr and concentrated. The residue was then dissolved inEtOAc and H₂O, washed with 1N citric acid, NaHCO₃, brine, dried overNa₂SO₄, and concentrated. The resulting sticky solid was dissolved inmethanol (5 mL) and stirred with solid K₂CO₃ (100 mg) for 2 hr. Afterremoving the solvent, the residue was dissolved in EtOAc and H₂O, washedwith H₂O, brine, dried (Na₂SO₄) and concentrated to afford 2563 (82 mg,87%) as an oily solid. HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.60 min (UV_(254 nm)); masscalculated for formula C₁₄H₂₁N₃O₄S 311.1, observed LCMS m/z 312.1 (M+H).

Example 62I

Part A:

To compound 2205 (100 mg, 0.35 mmol) and DIEA (0.092 mL, 0.53 mmol) indichloromethane (5 mL) was slowly added methylsulfonic chloride (0.033mL, 0.42 mmol) at 0° C. The reaction mixture was allowed to stir at roomtemperature for 2 hr and concentrated. The residue was dissolved inEtOAc, washed with water, 1N citric acid, NaHCO₃, and brine, dried overNa₂SO₄ and concentrated to afford 2564 (120 mg, 94%) as an oily solid.HPLC-MS t_(R)=1.96 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formulaC₁₄H₂₃N₃O₄S₂ 361.1, observed LCMS m/z 362.0 (M+H).

Example 62J

Part A:

To compound 2205 (80 mg, 0.28 mmol) and DIEA (0.098 mL, 0.56 mmol) indichloromethane (5 mL) was added slowly ethyl chloroformate (0.054 mL,0.56 mmol) at 0° C. The reaction mixture was allowed to stir at roomtemperature for 2 hr and concentrated. The residue was dissolved inEtOAc, washed with water, 1N citric acid, NaHCO₃ and brine, dried overNa₂SO₄ and concentrated to afford 2565 (88 mg, 88%) as an oily solid.HPLC-MS t_(R)=2.23 min (UV_(254 nm)); mass calculated for formulaC₁₁H₂₅N₃O₄S 355.2, observed LCMS m/z 356.2 (M+H).

The following compounds were prepared using previously describedprocedures. Compound # Structure Exact Mass MS m/z (M + H) 2567

520.17 521.0 2568

510.2 511.1 2569

524.2 525.3 2570

580.2 581.2 2571

550.2 551.0 2572

548.2 549.2 2573

576.2 577.3 2574

590.2 591.3 2575

524.2 525.2 2576

563.2 564.2 2577

530.1 531.1 2578

558.2 559.2 2579

512.2 513.2 2580

526.2 527.2 2581

548.2 549.2 2582

562.2 563.2 2583

542.2 543.2 2584

556.2 557.2 2585

532.2 533.2 2586

546.2 547.2 2587

560.2 561.1 2588

574.2 575.2 2589

608.2 609.2 2590

608.2 609.2 2591

469.2 470.2 2592

560.2 561.1 2593

560.2 561.1 2594

546.2 547.2 2595

546.2 547.2 2596

534.2 535.2 2597

514.2 515.2 2598

532.2 533.2 2599

532.2 533.2 2600

455.2 456.2

It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that changes could bemade to the embodiments described above without departing from the broadinventive concept thereof. It is understood, therefore, that thisinvention is not limited to the particular embodiments disclosed, but itis intended to cover modifications that are within the spirit and scopeof the invention, as defined by the appended claims.

1. A compound of formula (I):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein: A isselected from the group consisting of:

d is 0 to 4; J is selected from the group consisting of O, S, and NR⁵; Eis selected from the group consisting of: O, S, and NR⁵; T is O or S; R¹and R² are the same or different, each being independently selected fromthe group consisting of H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl,arylalkyl, heteroaralkyl, and heteroaryl; or alternatively R¹ and R²,taken together with the N to which R¹ and R² are shown attached,represent a 4-8 membered heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatomsincluding said N, said heterocyclic ring being optionally fused witharyl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocyclyl, wherein each of saidalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaralkyl,heteroaryl and 4-8 membered heterocyclic ring can be unsubstituted oroptionally independently substituted with one or more moieties which canbe the same or different, each moiety being independently selected fromthe group of R⁷⁰ moieties below; R¹⁰ is selected from the groupconsisting of H, alkyl, and fluoroalkyl; R²⁰ is selected from the groupconsisting of H, alkyl, and fluoroalkyl; R³⁰ is H or alkyl, oralternatively R³⁰ and R⁴⁰ taken together with the N to which R⁴⁰ isshown attached to in Formula I, are joined to form a 4-7 memberedheterocylic ring, wherein said heterocylic ring is unsubstituted oroptionally independently substituted with one or more moieties which canbe the same or different, each moiety being independently selected fromthe group of R⁷⁰ moieties below; R⁴⁰ is H or alkyl; R⁵⁰ is H or alkyl; Wis —(CR¹³ ₂)_(n)—, wherein n is 0 to 5 or a covalent bond, oralternatively two R¹³ groups can fuse to form a 3-8 membered cycloalkyl,wherein said 3-8 membered cycloalkyl can be unsubstituted or optionallyindependently substituted with one or more moieties which can be thesame or different, each moiety being independently selected from thegroup of R⁶ moieties below; X is absent or present, and if present X isselected from the group consisting of a covalent bond, alkyl, alkenyl,alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein saidalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroarylcan be unsubstituted or optionally independently substituted with one ormore moieties which can be the same or different, each moiety beingindependently selected from the group of R⁷⁰ moieties below; Y is absentor present, and if present Y is selected from the group consisting of acovalent bond, —[C(R⁶)₂]_(n)— wherein n is 1 or 2, —O—, —S—, —NR¹—,—SO_(v)— wherein v is 1 to 2, —SO_(n)(CR⁶ ₂)_(p)— wherein n is 1 or 2and p is 1 to 4, —O(CR⁶ ₂)_(q)— or —(CR⁶ ₂)_(q)O— wherein q is 1 to 4,—N(R⁷)S(O)_(n)— or —S(O)_(n)N(R⁷)— wherein n is 1 or 2, and —N(R⁷)C(O)—or —C(O)N(R⁷)—; Z is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl,alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, saidcycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl being optionally fusedwith aryl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl or cycloalky; wherein each of saidalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroarylcan be unsubstituted or optionally independently substituted with one ormore moieties which can be the same or different, each moiety beingindependently selected from the group of R⁷⁰ moieties below; R⁵ isselected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and alkylaryl;each R⁶ is the same or different and is independently selected from thegroup consisting of hydrogen, halogen, —SR¹⁵, —S(O)_(q)R¹⁵ wherein q is1 to 2, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, alkoxyl, hydroxy, nitro, cyano,amino, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylalkyl, aminocarbonyl, alkylcarbonyl, andalkoxycarbonyl; each R⁷ is the same or different and is independentlyselected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl,heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylalkyl, alkylcarbonyl,and alkoxycarbonyl, wherein each of the aryl, heteroaryl andheterocyclyl can be unsubstituted or optionally independentlysubstituted with one or more moieties which can be the same ordifferent, each moiety being independently selected from the group ofR⁷⁰ moieties below; R¹³ is the same or different and is independentlyselected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, —OH, —OR¹⁴,alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkylaryl,alkylamino, and alkylcarbonyl; R¹⁴ is alkyl; each R⁷⁰ is a substituentfor H where indicated and is the same or different and is independentlyselected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl,cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl,heteroarylalkyl, halo, —CN, —CF₃, —OCF₃, —OR¹⁵, —C(O)R¹⁵, —C(O)OR¹⁵,—C(O)N(R¹⁵)(R¹⁶), —SR¹⁵, —S(O)_(q)N(R¹⁵)(R¹⁶) wherein q is 1 to 2,—C(═NOR¹⁵)R¹⁶, —N(R¹⁵)(R¹⁶), -alkyl-N(R¹⁵)(R¹⁶), —N(R¹⁵)C(O)R¹⁶,—CH₂—N(R¹⁵)C(O)R¹⁶, —N(R¹⁵)S(O)R¹⁶—N(R¹⁵)S(O)₂R¹⁶, CH₂—N(R¹⁵)S(O)₂R¹⁶,—N(R¹⁷)S(O)₂N(R¹⁶)(R¹⁵), N(R¹⁷)S(O)N(R¹⁶)(R¹⁵), —N(R¹⁷)C(O)N(R¹⁶)(R¹⁵),—CH₂—N(R¹⁷)C(O)N(R¹⁶)(R¹⁵), —N(R¹⁵)C(O)OR¹⁶, —CH₂—N(R¹⁵)C(O)OR¹⁶, and—S(O)_(q)R¹⁵ wherein q is 1 to 2; and wherein each of the alkyl,cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl,alkenyl and alkynyl are independently unsubstituted or substituted by 1to 5 groups independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl,cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, —CF₃, —CN, —OR¹⁵,—N(R¹⁵)(R¹⁶), —C(O)OR¹⁵, —C(O)N(R¹⁵)(R¹⁶), and —N(R¹⁵)S(O)R¹⁶; and eachR¹⁵, R¹⁶ and R¹⁷ are independently selected from the group consisting ofH, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, oralternatively R¹⁵ and R¹⁶ taken together with the N to which they areshown attached, are joined to form a 4-8 membered heterocylic ring,wherein said 4-8 membered cycloalkyl can be unsubstituted or optionallyindependently substituted with one or more moieties which can be thesame or different, each moiety being independently selected from thegroup of R⁷⁵ moieties below; each R⁷⁵ is independently selected from thegroup consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, arylalkyl,heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl, and wherein each ofthe alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl,heteroarylalkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl are independently unsubstituted orsubstituted by 1 to 5 groups independently selected from the groupconsisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo,—CF₃, —CN, —OR¹⁹, —N(R¹⁹)₂, —C(O)OR¹⁹, —C(O)N(R¹⁹)₂, and —N(R¹⁹)S(O)R¹⁹;and each R¹⁹ is independently selected from the group consisting of H,alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl.
 2. The compoundof claim 1 wherein A is selected from the group consisting of:

wherein R¹ and R², taken together with the N to which R¹ and R² areshown attached, represent a 4-8 membered heterocyclic ring having 1-3heteroatoms including said N, said heterocyclic ring being optionallysubstituted with R⁷⁰, or optionally fused with aryl, heteroaryl,cycloalkyl, or heterocyclyl, wherein said 4-8 membered heterocyclic ringcan be unsubstituted or optionally independently substituted with one ormore moieties which can be the same or different, each moiety beingindependently selected from the group of R⁷⁰ moieties.
 3. The compoundof claim 1 wherein A is

wherein R¹ and R² are the same or different, each being independentlyselected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, cycloalkyl,heterocyclyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaralkyl, and heteroaryl; whereinsaid alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaralkyl andheteroaryl can be unsubstituted or optionally independently substitutedwith one or more moieties which can be the same or different, eachmoiety being independently selected from the group of R⁷⁰ moieties. 4.The compound of claim 3 wherein A is


5. The compound of claim 2 wherein A is

wherein a is 0 to 4; and x is 0 to
 4. 6. The compound of claim 2 whereinA is

wherein each x idependently is 0 to
 4. 7. The compound of claim 2wherein a ring is formed from —NR¹R² and said ring is

wherein each R⁹ is a substituent for H where indicated and can be thesame or different, each being independently selected from the groupconsisting of —OH, —OR¹⁴, —C(O)OR¹⁵, —C(O)N(R¹⁵)(R¹⁶), alkyl, aryl,heteroaryl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl, wherein saidalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclylcan be unsubstituted or optionally independently substituted with one ormore moieties which can be the same or different, each moiety beingindependently selected from the group of R⁷⁰ moieties; R¹¹ and R¹² takentogether with the carbon to which each R¹¹ and R¹² are shown attachedare fused heteroaryl or fused cycloalkyl, wherein said fused heteroaryland fused cycloalkyl can be unsubstituted or optionally independentlysubstituted with one or more moieties which can be the same ordifferent, each moiety being independently selected from the group ofR⁷⁰ moieties; and x is 0 to 4, and when x is greater than 1, each R⁹moiety can be the same or different, each moiety being independentlyselected from the group of R⁹ moieties.
 8. The compound of claim 2wherein a ring is formed from —NR¹R² and said ring is

wherein each R⁹ is a substituent for H where indicated and can be thesame or different, each being independently selected from the groupconsisting of —OH, —OR¹⁴—C(O)OR¹⁵, —C(O)N(R¹⁵)(R¹⁶), alkyl, aryl,heteroaryl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl, wherein saidalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclylcan be unsubstituted or optionally independently substituted with one ormore moieties which can be the same or different, each moiety beingindependently selected from the group of R⁷⁰ moieties; x is 0 to 4, andwhen x is greater than 1, each R⁹ moiety can be the same or different,each moiety being independently selected from the group of R⁹ moieties;and G is selected from the group consisting of CH₂, NR⁷, O, S, or SO₂.9. The compound of claim 2 wherein a ring is formed from —NR¹R² and saidring is selected from the group consisting of

wherein x is 0 to 4, and when x is greater than 1, each R⁷⁰ moiety canbe the same or different, each moiety being independently selected fromthe group of R⁷⁰ moieties; and each R¹⁸ is the same or different and isindependently H or alkyl.
 10. The compound of claim 2 wherein a ring isformed from —NR¹R² and said ring is selected from the group consistingof:

wherein x is 0 to 4, and when x is greater than 1, each R⁷⁰ moiety canbe the same or different, each moiety being independently selected fromthe group of R⁷⁰ moieties.
 11. The compound of claim 2 wherein a ring isformed from —NR¹R² and is

wherein each R⁹ is a substituent for H where indicated and can be thesame or different, each being independently selected from the groupconsisting of —OH, —OR¹⁴, —C(O)OR¹⁵, —C(O)N(R¹⁵)(R¹⁶) alkyl aryl,heteroaryl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl, wherein saidalkyl aryl, heteroaryl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclylcan be unsubstituted or optionally independently substituted with one ormore moieties which can be the same or different, each moiety beingindependently selected from the group of R⁷⁰ moieties; and x is 0 to 4,and when x is greater than 1, each R⁹ moiety can be the same ordifferent, each moiety being independently selected from the group of R⁹moieties.
 12. The compound of claim 2 wherein J is O.
 13. The compoundof claim 2 wherein E is O.
 14. The compound of claim 2 wherein R¹⁰ is Hor alkyl.
 15. The compound of claim 2 wherein R²⁰ is H.
 16. The compoundof claim 2 wherein R³⁰ is H.
 17. The compound of claim 2 wherein R⁴⁰ isH.
 18. The compound of claim 2 wherein R⁵⁰ is H.
 19. The compound ofclaim 2 wherein R¹³ is H or alkyl.
 20. The compound of claim 19 whereinR¹³ is H or —CH₃.
 21. The compound of claim 2 wherein R¹ and R², takentogether with the N to which R¹ and R² are shown attached, represent a4-6 membered heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms including said N,said heterocyclic ring being optionally substituted with R⁷⁰, whereinR⁷⁰ is aryl.
 22. The compound of claim 2 wherein Y is a covalent bond or—[C(R⁶)₂]_(n)— wherein n is 1 to
 2. 23. The compound of claim 2 whereinY is selected from the group consisting of a covalent bond, —CH₂—,—C(H)(OH)—, —C(O)— and —O—.
 24. The compound of claim 23 wherein Y is acovalent bond or —CH₂—.
 25. The compound of claim 24 wherein Y is acovalent bond.
 26. The compound of claim 2 wherein W is —(CR¹³ ₂)_(n)—,in which n is 1-5 and each R¹³ is H, or alkyl.
 27. The compound of claim2 wherein W is selected from the group consisting of —CH₂—, —C(H)(CH₃)—,—C(CH₃)₂— and —CH₂CH₂—.
 28. The compound of claim 27, wherein W is —CH₂—or —C(H)(CH₃)—.
 29. The compound of claim 2 wherein X is selected fromthe group consisting of alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl and heteroaryl. 30.The compound of claim 29, wherein X is selected from the groupconsisting of phenyl, azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, pyridinyl,thienyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, imidazolyl and pyrazolyl.
 31. The compoundof claim 30 wherein X is selected from the group consisting of phenyl,piperidinyl and pyridinyl.
 32. The compound of claim 29 wherein X isselected from the group consisting of

wherein x is 0 to 4, and wherein x is greater than 1, each R⁷⁰ moietycan be the same or different, each moiety being independently selectedfrom the group of R⁷⁰ moieties.
 33. The compound of claim 29, wherein Xis selected from the group consisting of

wherein x is 0 to 4, and when x is greater than 1, each R⁷⁰ moiety canbe the same or different, each moiety being independently selected fromthe group of R⁷⁰ moieties.
 34. The compound of claim 2 wherein Z isselected from the group consisting of H, aryl and heteroaryl.
 35. Thecompound of claim 34 wherein Z is selected from the group consisting ofH, phenyl, indolyl, benzimidazolyl, pyrazolyl, thienyl, pyridinyl,thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazinyl, triazolyl,tetrazolyl and tetrazinyl, wherein said phenyl, indolyl, benzimidazolyl,pyrazolyl, thienyl, pyridinyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, imidazolyl,pyrrolidinyl, pyrazinyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl and tetrazinyl can beunsubstituted or optionally independently substituted with one or moremoieties which can be the same or different, each moiety beingindependently selected from the group consisting of R⁷⁰ moieties. 36.The compound of claim 35 wherein Z is selected from the group consistingof

wherein x is 0 to 4, and when x is greater than 1, each R⁷⁰ moiety canbe the same or different, each moiety being independently selected fromthe group of R⁷⁰ moieties.
 37. The compound of claim 35 wherein Z isphenyl.
 38. The compound of claim 37 wherein said phenyl is substitutedwith at least one substituent selected from the group consisting ofcyano, alkoxy, halogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, hydroxy, aryl, heteroaryl,aryloxy, amino and tetrazole.
 39. The compound of claim 35 wherein Z isthienyl.
 40. The compound of claim 39 wherein said thienyl issubstituted with at least one substituent selected from the groupconsisting of cyano, alkoxy, halogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, hydroxy, aryl,heteroaryl, aryloxy, amino and tetrazole.
 41. The compound of claim 35wherein Z is pyrazolyl.
 42. The compound of claim 41 wherein saidpyrazolyl is substituted with at least one substituent selected from thegroup consisting of cyano, alkoxy, halogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, hydroxy,aryl, heteroaryl, aryloxy, amino and tetrazole.
 43. The compound ofclaim 35 wherein Z is pyridinyl.
 44. The compound of claim 43 whereinsaid pyridinyl is substituted with at least one substituent selectedfrom the group consisting of cyano, alkoxy, halogen, alkyl, haloalkyl,hydroxy, aryl, heteroaryl, aryloxy, amino and tetrazole.
 45. Thecompound of claim 35 wherein Z is imidazolyl.
 46. The compound of claim45 wherein said imidazolyl is substituted with at least one substituentselected from the group consisting of cyano, alkoxy, halogen, alkyl,haloalkyl, hydroxy, aryl, heteroaryl, aryloxy, amino and tetrazole. 47.The compound of claim 2 wherein A is

wherein R¹ and R², taken together with the N to which R¹ and R² areshown attached, represent a 4-8 membered heterocyclic ring having 1-3heteroatoms including said N, said heterocyclic ring being optionallysubstituted with one or more R⁷⁰, or optionally fused with aryl,heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocyclyl, wherein said 4-8 memberedheterocyclic ring can be unsubstituted or optionally independentlysubstituted with one or more moieties which can be the same ordifferent, each moiety being independently selected from the group ofR⁷⁰ moieties; E, J and T are the same and are O; R¹⁰ is H or alkyl; R²⁰,R³⁰, R⁴⁰, and R⁵⁰ are the same and are H; W is —(CR¹³ ₂)_(n)—, wherein nis 0 to 5; X is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryland heterocyclyl; Y is selected from the group consisting of a covalentbond, —[C(R⁶)₂]_(n)— wherein n is 1 to 2, —O—, —S—, and —NR¹—; and Z isselected from the group consisting of


48. The compound of claim 47 wherein the —NR¹R² of

wherein each R⁹ is a substituent for H where indicated and can be thesame or different, each being independently selected from the groupconsisting of —OH, —OR¹⁴, —C(O)OR¹⁵, —C(O)N(R¹⁵)(R¹⁶), alkyl, aryl,heteroaryl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl, wherein saidalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclylcan be unsubstituted or optionally independently substituted with one ormore moieties which can be the same or different, each moiety beingindependently selected from the group of R⁷⁰ moieties; and x is 0 to 4,and when x is greater than 1, each R⁹ moiety can be the same ordifferent, each moiety being independently selected from the group of R⁹moieties.
 49. The compound of claim 47 wherein X is selected from thegroup consisting of phenyl, piperidinyl, pyridinyl, thienyl, thiazolyl,oxazolyl, and pyrazolyl.
 50. The compound of claim 48 wherein X isselected from the group consisting of phenyl, piperidinyl, thienyl, andpyridinyl and Y is selected from the group consisting of a covalentbond, —[C(R⁶)₂]_(n)— wherein n is 1 to 2 and —O—.
 51. The compound ofclaim 48 wherein X is piperidinyl, Y is a covalent bond, and Z is arylor heteroaryl having two substituents which can be the same ordifferent, each moiety being independently selected from the groupconsisting of cyano, alkoxy, halogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, hydroxy, aryl,heteroaryl, aryloxy and amino.
 52. The compound of claim 47 wherein W isselected from the group consisting of —CH₂—, —C(H)CH₃—, —C(CH₃)₂— and Yis a covalent bond.
 53. The compound of claim 47 wherein W is —CH₂— or—C(H)(CH₃)— and Y is —CH₂—.
 54. The compound of claim 47 wherein X isselected from the group consisting of phenyl, piperidinyl, pyridinyl,thienyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl and pyrazolyl; Y is —[C(R⁶)₂]_(n)— whereinn is 1 to 2; and Z is selected from the group consisting of


55. The compound of claim 47 wherein X is selected from the groupconsisting of phenyl, piperidinyl, pyridinyl, thienyl, thiazolyl,oxazolyl and pyrazolyl; Y is selected from the group consisting of O—,—S—, and —NR¹—; and Z is selected from the group consisting of


56. The compound of claim 47 wherein W is (CR¹³ ₂)_(n)— wherein n is 1or 2; X is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, piperidinyl,pyridinyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl and pyrazolyl; Y is a covalentbond and Z is selected from the group consisting of


57. The compound of claim 53 wherein Z is selected from the groupconsisting of


58. The compound of claim 54 wherein Z is selected from the groupconsisting of


59. The compound of claim 55 wherein Z is selected from the groupconsisting of


60. A compound exhibiting TACE, TNF-α, MMP or any combination thereofinhibitory activity, including enantiomers, stereoisomers and tautomersof said compound, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates ofsaid compound, said compound being selected from the compounds ofstructures listed below:


61. The compound of claim 60, said compound being selected from thecompounds of structures listed below:


62. The compound of claim 61, said compound being selected from thecompounds of structures listed below:


63. A pharmaceutical composition comprising as an active ingredient atleast one compound of claim
 1. 64. The pharmaceutical composition ofclaim 1 additionally comprising at least one pharmaceutically acceptablecarrier.
 65. A method of treating disorders associated with tumornecrosis factor-alpha-converting enzyme (TACE), tumor necrosisfactor-alpha (TNF-α), matrix metalloproteinases (MMPs), a disintegrinand metalloproteases (ADAMs) or any combination thereof, said methodcomprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment apharmaceutical composition which comprises therapeutically effectiveamounts of at least one compound of claim
 1. 66. The use of a compoundof claim 1 for the manufacture of a medicament to treat disordersassociated with TACE, TNF-α, MMPs, ADAMs or any combination thereof. 67.A method of preparing a pharmaceutical composition for treating thedisorders associated with TACE, TNF-α, MMPs, ADAMs or any combinationthereof, said method comprising bringing into intimate contact at leastone compound of claim 1 and at least one pharmaceutically acceptablecarrier.
 68. A pharmaceutical composition for treating disordersassociated with TACE, TNF-α, MMP, ADAM or any combination thereof in asubject comprising, administering to the subject in need of suchtreatment a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound ofclaim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or isomerthereof.
 69. A compound of claim 1 in purified form.
 70. A method oftreating a condition or disease mediated by TACE, MMPs, TNF-α,aggrecanase, or any combination thereof in a subject comprising:administering to the subject in need of such treatment a therapeuticallyeffective amount of at least one compound of claim 1 or apharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or isomer thereof.
 71. Themethod of claim 70, wherein said aggrecanase is aggrecanase 1 oraggrecanase
 2. 72. A method of treating a condition or disease selectedfrom the group consisting of rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis,periodontitis, gingivitis, corneal ulceration, solid tumor growth andtumor invasion by secondary metastases, neovascular glaucoma,inflammatory bowel disease, multiple sclerosis and psoriasis in asubject, comprising: administering to the subject in need of suchtreatment a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound ofclaim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or isomerthereof.
 73. A method of treating a condition or disease selected fromthe group consisting of fever, cardiovascular conditions, hemorrhage,coagulation, cachexia, anorexia, alcoholism, acute phase response, acuteinfection, shock, graft versus host reaction, autoimmune disease and HIVinfection in a subject comprising administering to the subject in needof such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of at least onecompound of claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate orisomer thereof.
 74. A method of treating a condition or disease selectedfrom the group consisting of septic shock, haemodynamic shock, sepsissyndrome, post ischaemic reperfusion injury, malaria, mycobacterialinfection, meningitis, psoriasis, congestive heart failure, fibroticdiseases, cachexia, graft rejection, cancers such as cutaneous T-celllymphoma, diseases involving angiogenesis, autoimmune diseases, skininflammatory diseases, inflammatory bowel diseases such as Crohn'sdisease and colitis, osteo and rheumatoid arthritis, ankylosingspondylitis, psoriatic arthritis, adult Still's disease, ureitis,Wegener's granulomatosis, Behcehe disease, Sjogren's syndrome,sarcoidosis, polymyositis, dermatomyositis, multiple sclerosis,sciatica, complex regional pain syndrome, radiation damage, hyperoxicalveolar injury, periodontal disease, HIV, non-insulin dependentdiabetes mellitus, systemic lupus erythematosus, glaucoma, sarcoidosis,idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, bronchopulmonary dysplasia, retinaldisease, scleroderma, osteoporosis, renal ischemia, myocardialinfarction, cerebral stroke, cerebral ischemia, nephritis, hepatitis,glomerulonephritis, cryptogenic fibrosing aveolitis, psoriasis,transplant rejection, atopic dermatitis, vasculitis, allergy, seasonalallergic rhinitis, reversible airway obstruction, adult respiratorydistress syndrome, asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD)and bronchitis in a subject comprising administering to the subject inneed of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of at leastone compound of claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvateor isomer thereof.
 75. A method of treating a condition or diseaseassociated with COPD, comprising: administering to the subject in needof such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of at least onecompound of claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate orisomer thereof.
 76. A method of treating a condition or diseaseassociated with rheumatoid arthritis, comprising: administering to thesubject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount ofat least one compound of claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt,solvate or isomer thereof.
 77. A method of treating a condition ordisease associated with Crohn's disease, comprising: administering tothe subject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amountof at least one compound of claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptablesalt, solvate or isomer thereof.
 78. A method of treating a condition ordisease associated with psoriasis, comprising: administering to thesubject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount ofat least one compound of claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt,solvate or isomer thereof.
 79. A method of treating a condition ordisease associated with ankylosing spondylitis, comprising:administering to the subject in need of such treatment a therapeuticallyeffective amount of at least one compound of claim 1 or apharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or isomer thereof.
 80. Amethod of treating a condition or disease associated with sciatica,comprising: administering to the subject in need of such treatment atherapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of claim 1 ora pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or isomer thereof.
 81. Amethod of treating a condition or disease associated with complexregional pain syndrome, comprising: administering to the subject in needof such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of at least onecompound of claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate orisomer thereof.
 82. A method of treating a condition or diseaseassociated with psoriatic arthritis, comprising: administering to thesubject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount ofat least one compound of claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt,solvate or isomer thereof.
 83. A method of treating a condition ordisease associated with multiple sclerosis, comprising: administering tothe subject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amountof at least one compound of claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptablesalt, solvate or isomer thereof, in combination with a compound selectedfrom the group consisting of Avonex□, Betaseron, Copaxone or othercompounds indicated for the treatment of multiple sclerosis.
 84. Themethod of claim 71 further comprising administering to said subject atherapeutically effective amount of at least one medicament selectedfrom the group consisting of disease modifying anti-rheumatic drugs(DMARDS), NSAIDs, COX-2 inhibitors, COX-1 inhibitors,immunosuppressives, biological response modifiers (BRMs),anti-infammatory agents and H1 antagonists.
 85. A method of claim 73,further comprising administering to said subject a therapeuticallyeffective amount of at least one medicament selected from the groupconsisting of DMARDS, NSAIDs, COX-2 inhibitors, COX-1 inhibitors,immunosuppressives, BRMs, anti-infammatory agents and H1 antagonists.86. A method of claim 75, further comprising administering to saidsubject a therapeutically effective amount of at least one medicamentselected from the group consisting of DMARDS, NSAIDs, COX-2 inhibitors,COX-1 inhibitors, immunosuppressives, BRMs, anti-infammatory agents andH1 antagonists.